v%- »• ,"V-v JUL ! k 1376 ' LIBRARY OF THE ' UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 595.705 COLB v. 28 - 29 BIOLOGY "'„s“o,c;rsSnSS|;HH Which it was withdrawn on or before Latest Date stamped below. Theft, mutilation, and ^^dismissal from for disciplinary action and may resu the University. RAOO KSTtCE P3ttir» w ^ ,fmf- _ e.. w ««h Last BooK iq <50°° T1»*!!S!£,T w T.161 'I Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2019 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign https://archive.org/details/coleopteristsbul2829unse AN INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES VOLUME 28, NUMBER 1 MARCH, 1974 THE 26 \Y 2 3 1974 COCCINELLIDAE: N. A. Chilocorini by R. D. Gordon . . . . 1-6 CURCULIONIDAE: C. A. Pandeletius (Exmenetypus) by A. T. Howden . .. . 7-16 CONONOTIDAE vs ANTHICIDAE: New interpretation of old observations by M. Abdullah . . - . - . 17-25 PROCEDURE: Outline Drawings by I. Moore LAMPYRIDAE: Behavior of Nova Scotian Firefly, Photuris fa ire hi Id i by L. Buschman . - . 27oWwf|RSI*nr OF ILUNOtS CHAULIOGNATHIDAE: Zoogeography of 2 Neotropical Siblings by G. W. Miskimen . . . - . 35-39 SCARABAEIDAE: Crab spiders preying on by D. T. Jennings . — - . 41-43 COCCINELLIDAE: New Mexican Cephaloscymnus by R. D. Gordon . 45-48 BUPRESTIDAE: New Dicerca & notes by Frank M. Beer . - . 49-50 TREASURER’S REPORT . . 51-52 COLEOPTERISTS NEWSLETTER Ed. by C. W. O’Brien 32-34, 39-40, 43-44, 48, 50 Edited By: Robert E. Woodruff Mailing date for this issue: May 3, 1974 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN (Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.) The Coleopterists Bulletin is published quarterly, beginning in March, by the Coleopterists Society. All manuscripts, editorial questions, or business matters should be sent to the editor: Dr. Robert E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., Div. Plant Ind., P. 0. Box 1269, Gainesville, Florida 32601. Subscriptions: Each annual volume consists of 4 numbers, and subscriptions are for the calendar year. Back issues will be supplied for subscriptions taken out anytime during the year. Society Membership (without subscription, but includes Coleopterists Newsletter) . $ 5.00 Individual Subscription (including Society membership) . 8.00 Institutional Subscription . 10.00 Back Issues: At the present time the Society maintains no supplies of back issues prior to Volume 25. Earlier volumes may be supplied by previous publishers: Vol. 1-3 out of print Vol. 4-20 Catholic University Press, Washington, DC 20017. Vol. 21-24 Dept. Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN 47907. Missing Issues: Subscribers failing to receive issues may notify the editor within a year and receive a free replacement. Please notify the editor immediately of any address changes. Separates: All articles will be arranged to begin on a right hand page. Because of economics, copies will be supplied to authors as separates rather than reprints. These will be supplied from additional copies of the issue, based on the maximum order of separates and cannot be supplied with covers nor free of extraneous matter. Twenty-five tear sheets are provided free to authors of notes of less than one printed page. Costs of separates with the estimated number of printed pages, will be supplied with the galley proof and an order form for separates. The Coleopterists Newsletter is a mimeographed publication issued twice a year and mailed to all members of the Coleopterists Society regardless of whether they have a subscription to the Coleopterists Bulletin. News items and correspondence con¬ cerning the Newsletter should be sent to the editor: Dr. C. W. O’Brien, Lab. of Aquatic Entomology, Univ. P. O. Box 111, Florida A&M Univ., Tallahassee, FL 32307. Notice to Authors Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, although those from members of the Coleopterists Society will be given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors join the Society. All manuscripts should conform to instructions in the Style Manual for Biological Journals (3rd Ed.) prepared by the Committee on Form and Style of the Conference of Biological Editors, and published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, 2000 P Street NW, Washington, DC 20063. The following exceptions are noted: 1) All geographical names are to be spelled out, 2) use words, not symbols, for male and female, 3) use numerals throughout, except to begin a sentence, 4) entomology, -ical, -ist, etc. are to be abbreviated Ent. in literature citations. Specimen label data should be listed in the following manner: MEXICO: State of Veracruz, Fortin de las Flores, 10-VIII-70, I. B. Jones, under bark of Pinus moctezumae, 7000ft. [USNM] (2). The number in parentheses indicates the number of specimens. Geographical names are listed in order with largest units first, with states, Continued inside back cover (Mailed under second-class permit at Gainesville, Florida. Postmaster: send form 3579 to editorial office— Dr. R. E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., Div. Plant Industry, P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601). * / o / THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 1 NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CHILOCORINI (COLEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE) WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF EXOCHOMUS FROM MEXICO Robert D. Gordon Systematic Entomology Laboratory Agricultural Research Service, USD A1 Abstract Brumus blumi Nunenmacher is transferred to Brumoides; Exochomus mormonicus Casey is treated as a synonym of E. aethiops (Bland); and Exochomus townsendi Casey is recorded for the first time from the United States. Exochomus decemnotatus and E. minutus are described as new. Examination of specimens of Chilocorini in the Canadian National Collection [CNC] precipitated a further study of the black forms related to or resembling Exochomus aethiops (Bland). Casey (1908) described Exochomus mormonicus from Utah and E. townsendi from Chihuahua, Mexico, compar¬ ing them with the previously described E. aethiops. E. mormonicus was later treated as a subspecies or aberration of aethiops by Leng (1920) and Fig. 1-2, habitus views: 1) Exochomus decemnotatus. 2) Exochomus minutus. ‘Mail address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. 2 GORDON: N.A. CHILOCORINI Korschefsky (1931). My examination of genitalia plus the available informa¬ tion on geographic distribution indicates that mormonicus is a junior synonym of aethiops and cannot be maintained even as a subspecies (see synonymy below). The Mexican E. townsendi has not previously been reported from the U. S., but several specimens from Colorado labeled “ aethiops ” proved to be townsendi (see synonymy below). Nunenmacher (1934) described Brumus blumi from California and compared it with aethiops and mormonicus. My dissection of a paratype of Brumus blumi shows it to be a member of the genus Brumoides Chapin (1956). Nunenmacher (1934), following Korschefsky (1934), considered aethiops and mormonicus to belong in Brumus, but Chapin (1965) correctly included them in Exochomus (see synonymy below). Two new species of Exochomus were among the CNC specimens and are described below. Thanks are due Miss Linda Heath for preparing the illustrations presented herein. Exochomus aethiops (Bland) Fig. 3, 4, 5 Coccinella aethiops Bland, 1864:72. Exochomus marginipennis var. aethiops : Crotch, 1872-1873:377. Exochomus aethiops : Casey, 1899:109. Exochomus (Brumus) aethiops : Leng, 1908:41; Leng, 1920:217. Brumus aethiops : Korschefsky, 1931:265; Hatch, 1961:163. Exochomus (Exochomus) aethiops : Chapin, 1965:249. Exochomus mormonicus Casey, 1908:411. New Synonym. Exochomus (Brumus) aethiops a. mormonicus : Leng, 1920:217. Brumus aethiops ab. mormonicus : Korschefsky, 1931:265. Exochomus (Exochomus) mormonicus: Chapin, 1965:249. This species occurs from western Kansas and Nebraska to the Pacific Coast and from Wyoming, Idaho, and southeastern Oregon south to Durango and Nuevo Leon, Mexico. The solid black dorsal surface immediately distin¬ guishes aethiops from all related species except E. townsendi and Brumoides blumi (see comments under those species). There are 4 type specimens of mormonicus in the Casey collection [USNM], all labeled “Marysvale, Ut., Aug., Wickham”, and bearing USNM type no. 35556. The first of these is here designated lectotype, the other 3 paralectotypes, labels are attached. Exochomus townsendi Casey Fig. 6, 7, 8 Exochomus townsendi Casey, 1908:411; Korschefsky, 1931:264; Blackwelder, 1945:451. E. townsendi was described from 2 males from Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua, Mexico, collected by Townsend. The first of these 2 specimens in the Casey Collection [USNM], bearing the type number 35557, is here designated as lectotype and the second specimen as paralectotype, labels are attached. No specimens other than the type series have been seen from Mexico. Eight specimens of this species from Colorado have been examined. The following localities are apparently the first recorded subsequent to the original descrip¬ tion: Colorado: Gunnison Co., near Gunnison; Estes Park; Garland; Buena THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 3 Fig. 3-8, male genitalia: 3-5) Exochomus aethiops : 3) phallobase, lateral; 4) sipho; 5) tip of sipho enlarged, 6-8) Exochomus townsendi : 6) phallobase, lateral; 7) sipho; 8) tip of sipho enlarged. 4 GORDON: N.A. CHILOCORINI Vista. The species probably occurs in Arizona and New Mexico but the records of this have probably been obscured by the mixing of townsendi specimens with series of the more abundant aethiops in collections. At first glance aethiops and townsendi are extremely similar. E. townsendi has the lateral margin of the elytron less than half as strongly explanate as aethiops and in dorsal view the sides of the pronotum and elytron appear almost continuous in townsendi, definitely discontinuous in aethiops. The lateral margin of the elytron is also sinuate medially in townsendi, straight in aethiops. The form of townsendi is somewhat elongate, the form of aethiops is round. The male genitalia of townsendi have the parameres broader and the basal lobe relatively shorter and broader than the corresponding structures in aethiops (Fig. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8). Brumoides hlumi (Nunenmacher), n. comb. Fig. 9 Brumus blumi Nunenmacher, 1934:114; Blackwelder, 1945:48. Brumus blumi must now be placed in Brumoides Chapin because of the 8-segmented antennae. Brumoides is a North American genus. Brumus has 10-segmented antennae and is an Old World genus. Chapin (1965) did not examine specimens of blumi while preparing his excellent paper on chilocorine Fig. 9-13, male genitalia: 9) Brumoides blumi, ventral view of phallobase; 10-12) Exochomus minutus: fig. 10, phallobase, ventral view; 11) phallobase, lateral view; 12) sipho; 13) tip of sipho enlarged. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 5 genera, thus he did not indicate to what genus blumi belonged. A paratype of blumi in the USNM collection was available for study. B. blumi resembles E. townsendi in external appearance but has simple tarsal claws. The claws in species of Exochomus have a basal tooth or an¬ gulation. The male genitalia have the basal lobe symmetrical (Fig. 9) while it is asymmetrical in species of Exochomus. All specimens of blumi examined have been from California, Contra Costa and Alameda counties. I am not aware of it having been recorded from anywhere other than California. Exochomus (Exochomus) decemnotatus Gordon, new species Fig. 1 Holotype: length 2.83 mm, greatest width 2.35 mm. Form rounded, slightly elongate, lateral margin of elytron feebly but distinctly explanate, discontinuous with pronotal margin in dorsal view. Color mostly • reddish yellow; pronotum with an irregularly oval, black spot at base at each side of midline; elytron with 4 black spots arranged in 2 transverse rows, first row just anterior to middle, second row on apical one-third, marginal bead with narrow piceous band (Fig. 1); pro-, meso- and metasterna and median area of first 2 abdominal sterna black. Head distinctly alutaceus with fine punctures separated by 3 to 5 times their diameter. Pronotum and elytron feebly alu¬ taceus, shining, with very fine punctures separated by 2 to 6 times their diameter. Epipleuron strongly descending externally with distinct, yellowish-white pubescence medially. Postcoxal line on first abdominal ster¬ num complete, extending beyond middle of sternum. Apical margin of fifth sternum rounded, not emarginate. Holotype: Female [CNC], Mexico: 5 mi. W. Durango, Durango, 11- VI- 1964, H. F. Howden. The only species of Exochomus previously known from Mexico or Central America with a color pattern even remotely resembling that of decemnotatus is marginipennis LeConte. The pale pronotum and elytra with the delicate, sharply defined, black spots will separate decemnotatus from marginipennis. In addition, specimens of marginipennis are nearly always larger than the type of decemnotatus. The smallest specimen of marginipennis observed was 2.80 mm in length. Exochomus (Exochomus) minutus Gordon, new species Fig. 2, 10, 11, 12, 13 Holotype: length 2.37 mm, greatest width 2.05. Form rounded, slightly elongate, lateral margin of elytron feebly but distinctly explanate, discon¬ tinuous with pronotal margin in dorsal view. Head black except anterior clypeal margin narrowly piceous and labrum yellow; pronotum black except antero-lateral angles broadly yellow; elytron yellow with 4 black spots, first spot anterior to middle and outside of discal area, second spot on suture anterior to middle, third spot at middle of posterior one-third, fourth spot small, elongate, on suture in apical third (Fig. 2); ventral surface black except hypopleuron, epipleuron and lateral margin of abdominal sterna yellow, apices of tibiae and tarsi reddish brown. Head and pronotum finely alutaceus, head more strongly so, punctures fine, separated by 1 to 3 times their diameter on head, 2 to 6 times their diameter on pronotum. Elytron shining, feebly 6 GORDON: N.A. CHILOCORINI alutaceus, punctures nearly invisible, separated by 2 to 6 times their diameter. Epipleuron strongly descending externally. Postcoxal line on first abdominal sternum complete, extending beyond middle of sternum. Apical margin of fifth sternum feebly emarginate medially. Genitalia with basal lobe shorter than paramere, asymmetrical, apex bluntly pointed; paramere narrowed above base, abruptly widened before middle (Fig. 10, 11); sipho strongly curved, slightly thickened in apical third, orifice lateral (Fig. 12, 13). Holotype: male [CNC], Mexico: Oaxaca, 8000', km. 611-648, Rte 190, 30-VII-1962, H. E. Milliron. Paratype: 1 male [USNM], Mexico: Oaxaca, Mitla, 6000', 28-VII-1962, H. E. Milliron. This little species resembles some of the forms of E. marginipennis LeC. in color pattern. It is much smaller in size and the male genitalia are different. The dorsal color pattern of minutus actually resembles that of Zagreus ritchiei (Sicard) from Jamaica, except ritchiei has a small, black spot at the apex of the elytron. References Blackwelder, R. E. 1935. Fourth supplement 1933-1938 (inclusive) to the Leng catalogue of Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. 146 p. Mount Vernon, New York. Blackwelder, R. E. 1945. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Part 3. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 185:1-188. Bland, J. H. B. 1864. Descriptions of several new species of North American Coleoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia 3:65-72. Casey, T. L. 1899. A revision of the American Coccinellidae. J. New York Ent. Soc. 7:71-169. Casey, T. L. 1908. Notes on the Coccinellidae. Canadian Ent. 40:393-421. Chapin, E. A. 1965. The genera of the Chilocorini (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ. 133:229-271. Crotch, G. R. 1872-1873. Revision of the Coccinellidae of the United States. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 4:363-382. Hatch, M. H. 1961. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest, Part III: Pselaphidae and Diversicornia I. Univ. Washington Pub. Biol. 16:1-490. Korschefsky, R. 1931. Pars 118, Coccinellidae I. 16:1-224, in Coleopterorum Catalogus. Leng, C. W. 1908. Notes on Coccinellidae. — III. J. New York Ent. Soc. 16:33-44. Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. 470 p. Mount Vernon, New York. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 7 THE PANDELETEIUS SUBGENUS EXMENETYPUS VOSS IN CENTRAL AMERICA (COLEOPTERA:CURCULIONIDAE, TANYMECINI) Anne T. Howden Research Associate, Carleton University Ottawa, Ontario, KlS 5B6 Abstract The Pandeleteius subgenus Exmenetypus Voss is defined and revised for Central America. Included are hieroglyphicus Champion from Costa Rica, opalescens (Faust) from Panama, and championi n. sp. from Guatemala. The subgenus Exmenetypus was erected by Voss in 1954 for Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Champion, and, until now, this has remained the only species assigned to the subgenus. While working on a revision of Pandeleteius of Venezuela and Colombia, I discovered that the type series of Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Champion contains not 1 but 3 closely related species. Of these, the 2 specimens from Costa Rica are hieroglyphicus, the 7 specimens from Panama are opalescens (Faust), and the 3 specimens from Guatemala are a new species, which I am calling championi. Most of these specimens bear the notation “var.” or “var. worn” on the identification label, so Champion must have had reservations about their status even though this is not mentioned in his description. Subgenus Exmenetypus Voss Pandeleteius subgenus Exmenetypus Voss, 1954:227, 231. Howden, 1966:176. Type-species. Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Champion, by monotypy. Pandeleteius opalescens (Faust) and championi, new species, are now added to the subgenus. Six additional new species will be added from Venezuela and Colombia in my review of the Pandeleteius of those countries. Pandeleteius erubescens Champion and boops Champion, which Voss said probably belong to Exmenetypus, were removed from Pandeleteius to the genus A irosimus Howden (1966:176). The subgenus is characterized as follows: Beak short; shorter from anterior edge of eyes than distance between eyes at their anterior edge; interantennal line closer to base than to apex. Beak apicad of glabrous interantennal line abruptly elevated, the elevated portion clothed with scales smaller, smoother and shinier than on the rest of the beak; epistoma carinate. Eyes prominent. Ocular vibrissae absent or vestigial. Pronotum produced anteriorly over head. Fore coxae very close, separated by no more than the greatest width of the scape in the male. Fore femur abruptly swollen, with or without granules on inner surface. Prosternum and fore coxae without long hairs. Anterior portion of ventrites 3, 4, and 5 slightly depressed in some species. Specimens often iridescent pale yellow. Secondary characteristics include the following: Scrobe obliquely angled, tapered at its termination at or near ventral surface. Pronotum with basal and 8 A. HOWDEN: C.A. EXMENETYPUS apical constrictions complete, sides rounded between constrictions, widest over fore coxae. Scutellum squamose. Middle and hind coxae glabrous. Hind corbel with a rudimentary semi-enclosing carina present in some species. Caudal edge of ventrites 2, 3, and 4 may be abruptly perpendicular. The subgenus occurs in Central America, Colombia, and Venezuela at elevations below 3000 feet. It is not known from the remainder of South America. The metallic lustre is intraspecifically variable and may apply to the entire dorsum of the beetle. In this subgenus the spermatheca is so uniform as to be of little use for interspecific diagnosis, but the aedeagus is excellent. The beak has many important characters also. Key to Central American Exmenetypus 1. Setae of alternate intervals of elytra more numerous and con¬ spicuous. Ventrite 5 of female grossly tumid. Tucurrique, Costa Rica . hieroglyphicus Champ. T. Setae of all intervals small, evenly distributed. Ventrite 5 of female scarcely convex . . 2 2. Aedeagus with a median carina dorsally, its apex truncate. Hind tibia of male hollowed on inner surface. Panama and Coastal Cordillera of Venezuela . opalescens (Faust) 2'. Aedeagus unmodified dorsally, its apex elongate, pointed. Hind tibia of male at most slightly flattened. Guatemala .... championi n.sp. Pandeleteius (Exmenetypus) hieroglyphicus Champion (Fig. 1, 3, 9, 10, 12) Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Champion, 1911:190. Voss, 1954:227, 231; How- den, 1966:176. Lectotype, here designated, female, “Tucurrique, Costa Rica”, “Coll. Schild & Burgdorf”, “TYPE” on red paper, handwritten label “Pan- deleteius hieroglyphicus Ch. type”, and my lectotype label [USNM]. Diagnosis: Ventrite 5 of female tumid (Fig. 12). Setae of alternate inter¬ vals of elytra very conspicuous, almost perpendicular at their bases, their apices strongly bent over and not touching surface, separated by 1 to 3 scales; setae of intervals 2, 4, and 6 sparse until apical third where they are separated by 3 to 5 scales. Description: Males unknown. Females length 3.8, 3.9 mm, width 1.4 mm. Color and pattern as described and illustrated by Champion except no “opalescent whitish” scales. Very densely squamose. Beak (Fig. 3) as described, 1.5 times wider between anterior edge of eyes than long; 0.83 times as wide at interantennal line as head between eyes. Epistoma occupying approximately three-fifths of anterior edge of beak, its apex reaching two-thirds to interantennal line. Antennal club slender, tapered at each end, 0.76 times as long as scape. Prothorax (Fig. 1) 1.04 times longer than wide. Apical and basal constric¬ tions equal on sides, apex considerably produced apically (illustrations in Champion misleading), at median line basal constriction at about basal fifth, apical constriction at about apical third. Disc of pronotum with median line finely impressed; a vague transverse depression on either side of disc. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 9 Champion’s description of elytra very misleading and his illustration showing apex too short. Elytra (Fig. 1) 2.8 times longer than prothorax; across humeri approximately 1.3 times wider than thorax. Sides parallel for basal seventh thence gradually divergent to just beyond middle, thence gently convergent to apex; the apical terminus of intervals 4 to 6 produced arid conspicuous in dorsal view. Base slightly arcuately emarginate between striae 5. Intervals 2, 3, and 4 conjointly raised in a weak convexity on basal seventh. Intervals 3 and 5 slightly elevated and wider on median third where they are up to 6 scales wide. Intervals otherwise equal, narrow and very feebly convex on base and towards sides, flat on apical third. Strial punctures very fine, deepest behind basal swelling. Setae of intervals 1, 3, and 5 (Fig. 9) very conspicuous, almost perpendicular at their bases, their apices strongly bent over and not touching surface, separated by 1 to 3 scales. Setae of intervals 2, 4, and 6 absent or sparse, small and recumbent until apical third where they are separated by 3 to 5 scales and formed as neighboring setae. Scales of elytra (Fig. 10), especially towards apex, posteriorly imbricate and margined. Fore femur 1.6 to 1.9 times wider than hind femur, without teeth or other modification on inner edge. Fore tibia with 6 or 7 moderate, acute, evenly distributed teeth on inner edge. Hind tibia flattened, without scales on inner surface distally. Hind corbel of lectotype with a brief, very faint carina oc¬ cupying approximately one-third of the distal width; carina more obsolete in paralectotype. Fore coxae separated by distance approximately equal to greatest width of scape. Ventrites 3 and 4 considerably elevated medially, slightly rounded to their posterior margins which are abruptly perpendicular medially to within 0.1 of sides; anteriorly gradually deflected to preceding segment, the area with scattered scales on segment 3, none on segment 4. Ventrite 5 (Fig. 12) with central two-thirds occupied by a gross tumidity highest apically; up to 3 scales on tumidity, otherwise clothed with only fine setae; as wide across base as long in lectotype, 1.75 times wider than long in paralectotype. Type Material: Paralectotype, here designated, female, First 2 labels as lectotype, then “U.S. Nat. Mus. 1911-150”, “Cotype” circled in yellow, “ 9 ”, “B.C.A., Col., IV.pt. 3. Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Ch.”, “Sp. figured” and my paralectotype label [BMNH]. Champion designated the 2 females from Costa Rica as “the types”. He apparently considered the United States National Museum specimen “the type” in view of the label which I believe to be in his handwriting. Also in a statement in his introduction, p.vi, that he was indebted to the U. S. National Museum because they allowed him to keep cotypes, he apparently considered the specimen returned to them as the more important one. The lectotype is missing the tarsus from the right hind leg, the tarsal claw from the left middle leg, and the left foreleg is broken off beyond the trochanter and mounted on the point with the beetle. The paralectotype is in nearly perfect condition, missing no parts. Discussion: The species is known to date from only the 2 female specimens. The number of setae per interval on the disc of the elytra before the declivity on the paralectotype is as follows: interval 1: 16, 12; int. 2: 4, 5; int. 3: 17, 21; int. 4: 4, 6; int. 5: 14, 10 (partial count). Within the subgenus the grossly tumid ventrite 5 is unique, although other extreme modifications of the ab¬ domen occur in Venezuelan Exmenetypus. The characteristics of the elytral setae and larger size are the only other certain differences noted between 10 A. HOWDEN: C.A. EXMENETYPUS Fig. 1-6. Pandeleteius (Exmenetypus) spp.: 1) hieroglyphicus, paralecto- type, dorsal view; 2) opalescens, Barro Colorado, profile head and beak; 3) hieroglyphicus , paralectotype, anterior view head and beak; 4) championi, allotype, anterior view of head and beak; 5) championi, allotype, ventrite 5; 6) opalescens, female, Barro Colorado, ventrite 5. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 11 Fig. 7-15. Pandeleteius (Exmenetypus) spp.: 7) championi, allotype, vesti- ture near middle of elytra at suture in profile; 8) opalescens, female, Barro Colorado, vestiture near middle of elytra at suture in profile; 9) hieroglyphicus, paralectotype, vestiture near middle of elytra at suture in profile; 10) hieroglyphicus, paralectotype, vestiture near middle of elytra at suture in dorsal view; 11) opalescens, male, Duaca, inner surface of hind tibia; 12) hieroglyphicus, paralectotype, ventrite 5; 13) championi, type, dorsal view; 14) opalescens, Duaca, aedeagus in three-quarters profile; 15) cham¬ pioni, type, aedeagus in three-quarters profile. 12 A. HOWDEN: C.A. EXMENETYPUS hieroglyphicus and the related Central American species. Males may or may not have the hind tibia concave. The width of the elytral intervals and the number of teeth on the fore tibia may prove to be significant. Voss (1954:231) listed hieroglyphicus from Peru based on a specimen in the Dresden museum. However, this needs verification since in the material I borrowed from Dresden there is no such specimen. Pandeleteius (Exmenetypus) championi Howden, new species (Fig. 4, 5, 7, 13, 15) Diagnosis: Form of opalescens. Elytral setae very small and incons¬ picuous, scarcely arched, evenly distributed on all intervals. Inner surface of hind tibia of male without scales, with numerous setae, not at all hollowed, only slightly flattened. Aedeagus with apex simply attenuate, dorsal surface not sculptured. Ventrite 5 of female almost flat. Description: Holotype, male (Fig. 13), length 3.0 mm, width 1.2 mm. A slightly teneral specimen glued flat on a rectangular card, left hind leg glued to card separately, abdomen and aedeagus glued on point beneath beetle. Pale yellowish white marked with tan in a pattern similar to that of hieroglyphicus but reduced. Tan scales especially not always contiguous, but this partly due to teneral condition. Beak widest at apex where it is as wide as head between eyes, narrowest at interantennal line where it is 1.1 times narrower than head between eyes. Beak 1.6 times shorter from anterior edge of eye than distance between eyes at their anterior edge. Interantennal line at basal fifth, biarcuate. Epistoma occupying approximately 0.5 of anterior edge of beak, its apex reaching 0.75 to interan¬ tennal line. Median line marked by an elongate interocular pit. Antennal club 0.75 times as long as scape. Prothorax 1.04 times wider than long. Apical constriction at apical fourth, basal constriction at basal ninth along median line. No transverse or median impressions. Elytra 2.4 times longer than prothorax, 1.1 times wider across humeri than across prothorax. Sides parallel for basal fifth, very slightly divergent to just beyond middle, thence rounded to apex, the apical terminus of intervals 4 to 6 scarcely entering outline. Intervals 3 and 4 conjointly obsoletely swollen on basal fifth. Intervals 1 and 2 narrow basally, width of 1 scale, rapidly becoming as wide as 2 scales; interval 2 before declivity as wide as 3 scales; interval 3 basally as wide as 3 scales, then widening to 4 scales; remaining intervals even, as wide as 2 to 3 scales; no intervals convex. In profile elytra slightly elevated from base to about middle; declivity at apical fifth oblique, its summit broadly rounded. Elytral setae (Fig. 7) very small and inconspicuous, recumbent, scarcely arched, approximately as long as 1 scale, evenly distributed on all intervals. Separation of fore coxae not visible in type because of mount. Fore femur 1.7 times wider than hind femur. Left fore tibia with 6, right with 4 teeth on inner edge. Inner surface of hind tibia without scales, with numerous setae, not at all hollowed, only slightly flattened. Ventrite 4 only with posterior margin perpendicularly elevated, elevated by height of 1 scale. Ventrite 5 twice as wide across base as long, apex broadly rounded; moderately, evenly convex; as long as ventrite 2. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 13 Aedeagus (Fig. 15) as long as first 4.25 ventrites, dorsal surface without sculpture or modification at 54X; apex simple, elongate, pointed. Allotype, female, length 3.0 mm, width 1.2 mm. Specimen missing right middle leg beyond trochanter, left elytron dislodged and its humerus broken off; most scales present. Differs from type in the following respects: Head and beak (Fig. 4) extremely robust and possibly not typical of females. Beak 1.1 times wider between eyes than across widest part of apex, scarcely narrower at interantennal line. Surface of beak convex, “inflated” between interantennal line and frons; interocular pit shallow, squamose. Club 0.65 times as long as scape. Elytra 2.8 times longer than prothorax. Apical terminus of intervals 4 to 6 rounded, more evident in dorsal outline, apex slightly attenuate. Summit of declivity more abruptly rounded, situated at apical eleventh, declivity slightly concave. Fore coxae separated by approximately four-fifths the width of antennal club. Left fore tibia with 7, right with 4 teeth on inner edge. Ventrite 5 (Fig. 5) at base 1.6 times wider than long; obsoletely, evenly convex. Type series: Holotype, male, Guatemala, Zapote, vibr. wanting, B.C.A., Col. IV pt. 3 Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Ch. var. [BMNH]. Allotype, female, same data as type [BMNH]. Paratypes: 1 female, same data as type [USNM]. Discussion: The female paratype has the same measurements as the allotype and is very much like it but is missing most of its dorsal scales. The beak of the paratype resembles that of the type except that the median line is glabrous and finely impressed to the interantennal line. Ventrite 5 is twice as wide as long. This is the northernmost species of Exmenetypus and the simplest. Males may be separated by the simple aedeagus (dorsum not sculptured and apex simply pointed) and the scarcely modified hind tibia. Females may be separated from hieroglyphicus (the nearest species geographically) by the very inconspicuous, evenly distributed elytral setae and nearly flat ventrite 5. Females are very similar to those of opalescens but the setae are much less arched. Pandeleteius (Exmenetypus) opalescens (Faust) (Fig. 2, 6, 8,11, 14) Menetypus opalescens Faust, 1892:2. Lectotype, here designated, male, with the following labels: “ $ Caracas Simon”, “opalescens Faust”, a 2 X 3 mm piece of gold paper, “Coll. J. Faust Ankauf 1900” on green paper, “Type” on red paper and my lectotype label [Dresden]. Diagnosis: Aedeagus with a dorsal median carina its full length; apex truncate. Hind tibia of male spatulate. Elytral setae unserial and equally distributed on all intervals; most setae curved in a high arch with their apices touching the surface. Description: Males length 2.8 to 3.1 mm, width 1.1 mm; females length 3.0 to 3.4 mm, width 1.2 to 1.3 mm. Color opalescent or luminous yellowish with faint markings, or off-white with tan markings, or dark metallic browns. Markings as depicted for hieroglyphicus by Champion (Tab. 8, fig. 2) or reduced to disconnected spots. Scales of beak apicad of interantennal line opalescent or bright submetallic blue or green. 14 A. HOWDEN: C.A. EXMENETYPUS Beak (Fig. 2) in both sexes approximately 1.6 times shorter from anterior edge of eye than distance between eyes at their anterior edge. Beak narrowest at interantennal line where in males it is 1.1 times narrower than head between eyes, in females 1.1 to 1.3 times narrower. Interantennal line at approximately basal fifth of beak, straight or slightly biarcuate, broadly glabrous, perpendicular or oblique. Epistoma occupying 0.5 to 0.66 of anterior edge of beak, its apex reaching 0.75 to interantennal line; posterior margin of epistoma marked by a strong carina, apex rounded or obtusely angled. Median line impressed from interantennal line to behind eyes. Frons with a pair of short, arcuate, transverse depressions between posterior half of eyes. Scape slightly bent ventrad and caudad just before its thickened apex. Antennal club averages 0.8 times as long as scape. Eye nearly hemispherical. Prothorax usually as long as wide, longer in 3 specimens by up to 1.08 times. Median line unmarked; no transverse impressions. Elytra of males 2.4 to 2.5 times longer than prothorax, elytra of females 2.4 to 2.7 times longer than prothorax. Elytra across humeri in both sexes usually 1.2 times wider than prothorax, ranging from 1.1 to 1.3 in both sexes, sides of elytra slightly divergent from base to about middle, thence very gradually rounded to apex; apical terminus of intervals 4 to 7 scarcely evident in dorsal outline in male, more evident in female. Intervals 1 and 2 narrow, basally width of 1 scale, gradually becoming as wide as 2 scales. Interval 3 distinctly wider and sometimes higher medially in both sexes. In profile elytra elevated from base to middle thence descending, broadly rounded to apex; summit of declivity ill-defined in male, slightly more evident in female. Setae (Fig. 8) mostly completely arched, slender, more conspicuous than in championi, approximately evenly distributed on the intervals, uniserial; each seta as long as 1 to 1.5 scales. Fore coxae separated by distance less than or equal to greatest width of scape in male, equal to or wider than greatest width of scape in female. Fore femur of male 1.5 to 1.9 times wider than hind femur; fore femur of female 1.5 to 2.0 times wider than hind femur. Inner surface of fore femur on distal half often with granules. Inner edge of fore tibia with 3 to 6 (usually 4 or 5) teeth. Hind tibia of male (Fig. 11) with distal half of inner surface modified as follows: without scales, with a few long hairs, smooth and shiny, flattened, widened, obliquely hollowed before apex. Inner surface of middle tibia of male similarly modified but to a lesser extent. Middle and hind tibia of female modified to a lesser extent than in male, never widened, but glabrous and flattened. Ventrite 5 of male slightly, evenly convex; apex truncate; with flattened margin narrow, complete; slightly longer than ventrite 2. Aedeagus (Fig. 14) with a dorsal median carina extending from orifice almost to base; apex flattened, truncate; four-fifths as long as abdomen. Ventrite 5 of female (Fig. 6) similar to that of male but shorter than ventrite 2, apex narrowly to broadly truncate. Type Material: Faust described opalescens from 2 males from Caracas. The lectotype is in good condition, missing only tarsal segments 2, 3, and 4 on the right hind leg; the aedeagus is mounted on a point glued to the same point on which the beetle is mounted. The paralectotype, here designated, is in the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, and bears the following labels: “Caracas”, “Museum Paris, Venezuela, E. Simon 1897”, “J. Faust, det. 1897”, THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 15 “Type” in handwriting as well as a mechanically printed label, and my paralectotype label. Distribution: Elevations usually between 500 and 3000 feet in the Coastal Cordillera of Venezuela and in Panama. Total number of specimens examined: 16. Panama: Canal Zone: 1 female, Barro Colorado, V-29, Darlington [MCZ]; Chiriqui: 1 male, 3 females, Bugaba, Champion (cotypes of hieroglyphicus, “var. worn” (1)) [BMNH, USNM]; 1 male, 2 females, Vol- can de Chiriqui, below 4000 feet (1), 25-4000 feet (2), Champion (cotypes of hieroglyphicus) [BMNH, Howden]. Venezuela: Aragua: 3 females, San Sebastian, 17-VIII-65, J. & B. Bechyne [UCV]; Distrito Federal?: 2 males, “Caracas” lectotype [Dresden], paralectotype, [Paris]; Lara: 1 male, 1 female, Duaca, 14-11-65, J. Bechyne [UCV]. Country Unknown: 1 female, “Columb. Moritz” (this label refers to Colombia or Venezuela (Horn and Kahle, 1936:182) and personal experience [Berlin]. Discussion: The more metallic or opalescent scales tend to be less sculp¬ tured than the nonmetallic white, brown, etc., scales. In the lectotype the majority of scales are decidedly opalescent which would account for Faust’s comment that the scales of the beak are the same as those apicad of the interantennal line. The description is accurate enough though not very de¬ tailed. The scales of the apex of the beak often reflect brilliant blue or green. One specimen from Volcan de Chiriqui has the arcuate frontal depressions obsolete and the eyes much larger and flatter than in the rest of the series. Two instances of additional elytral setae were observed, both in females on interval 3. The inner surface of the fore femur is distinctly granulate in most specimens including the lectotype; no granules are visible at 54X in 1 male and 1 female from Bugaba, 1 male from Chiriqui, and 1 male from Duaca. The carinate, truncate aedeagus and spatulate hind tibia are the major distinguishing characteristics of opalescens males. The characters of the ely¬ tral setae (evenly distributed and usually completely arched) are also specifically distinctive. Females may be separated from hieroglyphicus by their flatter ventrite 5 and smaller size, but are difficult to separate from championi except geographically. The northern limit of opalescens is apparently the Panama-Costa Rica border. In the forthcoming paper, several other species of Pandeleteius (s.s.) will be shown to have similar ranges in Central America and northern South America. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Richard Thompson, British Museum (Natural History) [BMNH], and R. E. Warner, United States National Museum [USNM], for the loan of type material of Pandeleteius hieroglyphicus Champion. The type material of opalescens (Faust) was kindly loaned by R. Hertel, Staatliches Museum fur Tierkunde [Dresden], and the paralectotype was made available for study by A. Descarpentries during my study at the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle [Paris]. Additional material was loaned by J. Bechyne, Universidad Central de Venezuela [UCV]; P. J. Darlington, Museum of Comparative Zoology [MCZ]; and F. Hieke, Museum fur Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universitat [Berlin]. I thank L. E. C. Ling, Carleton University, for his infinite patience in taking the scanning electron microscope pictures of uncoated specimens. 16 A. HOWDEN: C.A. EXMENETYPUS References Cited Champion, George C. 1911. Otiorhynchinae Alatae. In Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 4(3): 178-354. Faust, Johannes. 1892. Reise von E. Simon in Venezuela. Curculionidae. Stettiner Ent. Zeit. 53:1-44 (Pars prima). Horn, Walther, and Ilse Kahle. 1936. Uber entomologische Sammlungen, Entomologen und Entomo-Museologie. Ent. Beihefte Berlin-Dahlem. 2:161-296. Howden, Anne T. 1966. Airosimus, a new genus of Neotropical Tanymecini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 92:173-229. Voss, Eduard. 1954. Curculionidae (Col.). Beitrage zur Fauna Perns. 4:193-376. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 17 MY CONCEPT OF THE BEETLE FAMILY CONONOTIDAE CROWSON = ANTHICIDAE (COLEOPTERA)— A NEW INTERPRETATION OF THE OLD OBSERVATIONS Mohammad Abdullah1,2 3 Abstract* Earlier authorities placed the heteromerous beetle genera Lagrioida Fairm. & Germ., Cononotus LeConte, and Agnathus Germar in Pythidae, Salpingidae, Lagriidae, Melandryidae, and Cononotidae and interpreted their similarities to Anthicidae as a result of convergence. They are undoubted anthicids, and Cononotidae Crowson (1953) is a junior synonym of Anthicidae Latreille (1825) (syn. n.). Lagrioida (as well as the other 2 genera) have the metacoxae widely separated (as in Anthicinae) and differ from all Eurygeniinae in this character as well as in having the first 2 visible abdominal sternites connate (unlike other subfamilies) and is therefore removed from Eurygeniinae, and placed in a new subfamily, Lagrioidinae Abdullah— a derivative group more or less intermediate between Eurygeniinae and Anthicinae. The known primitive and derivative characters are given along with a key to the world subfamilies of Anthicidae, and tribes (Lagrioidini, Agnathini, and Cononotini), genera and species of Lagrioidinae. A catalogue of Lagrioidinae (Anthicidae) is also given. I urge that a restriction or ban on descriptions of new species, proposed by several authorities, should be ex¬ tended to the descriptions of new families in Coleoptera and other groups. Introduction I had earlier treated the cicindelid beetles in a subfamily of Carabidae (Abdullah, 1969) following others but have later given them a distinct family (Cicindelidae) status (Abdullah, in press) before Mandl’s (1971) work was published and on my own assessment. On the other hand, in this work I shall be suppressing a family of Heteromera (Cucujoidea) and shall give my reasons for doing so. My concept of Heteromera is presented in earlier papers (Ab¬ dullah, 1964, 1969, in press, and Abdullah & Abdullah, 1966). The group Heteromera is monophyletic, distinguished primarily by the evolution of the heteromeroid aedeagus in the male which is an important phylogenetic character. To determine whether a certain cucujoid beetle is a member of Clavicornia or Heteromera check the aedeagus. If it is of the heteromeroid type (evolved from the cucujoid type by the loss of the ventral part of the ring-piece of the tegmen, leaving the lateral lobes or parameres attached to a dorsal basal-piece— analogous to the trilobe type of tegmen of the Das- cilloidea, etc., but with the tegmen dorsal and median lobe ventral in orien¬ tation) or derivable from it (such as the tegmen lateral or even ventral as in 'Senior Postdoctoral Fellow of the Alexander von Humboldt Foundation in West Germany, when this was written. Thanks are due to the Director, Dr. Walter Forster for space and research facilities, and Dr. Heinz Freudc for the specimens of Agnathus decoratus. ’Current address: 146 Sherwood St., Nottingham, England NG 1 4EF. ‘For a German translation of the abstract, see last page. 18 ABDULLAH: CONCEPT OF CONONOTIDAE the Anthicidae, Monommidae, Zopheridae, etc.) then it is Heteromera. The Heteromera have evolved certain other characters: heteromeroid tarsi, trochanters, etc., but they do not all develop at the same time and are subject to secondary modifications (Abdullah, in press). It is possible to find a primi¬ tive group of Heteromera where the aedeagus is heteromeroid, and other features are still clavicorn. A phenetic classification based on “totality of their structure” (Crowson, 1967:106) will lead to false or unscientific conclusions. A well-known example is the fossil bird, Archaeopteryx. Mayr (1963:596) wrote, “Archaeopteryx, the ‘missing link’ between reptiles and birds, is a typical pseudosuchian reptile in nearly all of its characters, but in its feathers it is like a modern bird.” There are more reptilian (ancestral) characters: 1) teeth, 2) free tail vertebrae (20), 3) ribs simple, without processus uncinati, 4) brain simple, with small cerebellum, 5) metacarpals free, 6) metatarsals free, 7) ilia and ischia separated. While the avian (derivative) characters are even less: 1) feathers, 2) furcula, 3) pelvis with backward pubes, 4) large eyes (Heberer, 1957). Those taxonomists who classify organisms on the “totality of their structure” (Crowson, 1967:106) will regard this primitive bird a member of Reptilia, while a phylogenetic systematist will not. Furthermore, “One of the oldest known amphibians, the stegocephalian Ichthyostega from the upper Devonian of Greenland, has as many (or more) fish characters as amphibian characters (Heberer, 1957:874; Jarvik, 1955)” (Mayr, 1963:596). Systematic Position of Cononotidae Crowson (1953:41,52) proposed the family name Cononotidae in the Heteromera, for the following 3 genera of Cucujoidea: Cononotus LeConte, 1851 from U.S.A., Agnathus Germar, 1825 from central Europe, and possibly Lagrioida Fairmaire & Germar, 1860 from Tasmania, New Zealand, and Chile. This brought them together for the first time within a family. Earlier authorities included Cononotus and Lagrioida in Pythidae or Melandryidae; for instance, Cononotus in the Pythidae by Hatch (1965), and in the Salpin- gidae by Arnett (1968), etc. Kaszab (1969) recently incorrectly treated Ag¬ nathus in Lagriidae, although he is correct when he writes, “Die Korperform erinnert an Anthiciden.” Crowson (1953:52) also stated “The affinities of the family [Cononotidae] seem to be to Salpingidae and Mycteridae on one hand and to the Anthicid group on the other.” On the one hand he is right and on the other wrong. The observations of the older authorities are correct but their interpretations are incorrect because when they place these genera in Lagriidae (or any other family) they interpret the similarities of the 3 genera to that group due to true (phylogenetic) relationships while attributing their similarities with Anthicidae to convergence. This is an error of judgment, or lack of theoretical ability to deduce phylogenetic relationship from the ob¬ served data, common among many practicing taxonomists which I want to emphasize. Crowson (1969:453) is critical of all “systematic workers” (not only D. G. Kissinger) who are capable of recognising ‘specific’, ‘generic’ and ‘tribal’ characters within a family as a result of their intensive study of a family (which among modern coleopterists includes almost everyone except Crowson) and who “When describing a series of taxa of the same rank, they try to refer every time to the same characters in the same order and with the same forms of words, and to provide strictly comparable illustrations for each of the taxa” . . . “Their systems are always presented as something complete, THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 19 coherent and closed; they do not draw attention to deficiencies in human knowledge, make predictions or suggest problems for future research.” Un¬ fortunately, those who think their system and mind is open rather than closed do not always make the best use of it, their practice is not always consistent with their theory, their judgment of those who differ from them at times reflects ignorance or deep-rooted prejudice of one kind or another rather than science. Lagrioida species are typical anthicid beetles (although Champion, 1890 placed them in Melandryidae) but have the first 2 visible sternites connate which is a derivative feature for Anthicidae (sensu lato). The genus was placed in a separate tribe (Lagrioidini) in the subfamily Eurygeniinae of the Anthicidae (Abdullah & Abdullah, 1968). But now I give it subfamily status, since, unlike Eurygeniinae, the metacoxae are widely separated as in Anthicinae. The larva of the American Pergetus campanulatus of the tribe Eurygeniini is known, that of Lagrioida is not expected to be completely similar since the 2 genera (now placed in different subfamilies) were still placed in different tribes earlier. My studies of Heteromera have revealed that Anthicidae could have evolved from Pyrochroidae, Pyrochroidae from Pythidae, and Meloidae from Anthicidae (Abdullah, 1969). I do not think that Oedemeridae and Anthicidae could have evolved from each other, and no modern authority on Oedemeridae has reached this conclusion. However, Crowson (1967:135) wrote, “ . . . the genus Lagrioida (s. temperate regions) appears to link the present family [Oedemeridae] with Cononotidae and Anthicidae.” ‘Predictions’ and ‘hypotheses’ that ‘appear’ and ‘disappear,’ to workers such as this, should not be taken seriously unless they are based on sound judgment of scientific observations. With the earlier transfer of Lagrioida to Anthicidae (in the subfamily Lagrioidinae) the Cononotidae of Crowson (1953) is now left with 2 genera: Cononotus and Agnathus. I have decided to place them together within a family on the basis of Crowson ’s (1953:52) statement . . . “The two genera seem to agree in all essential points of adult structure.” I had earlier attached more importance to the character of the middle coxal cavity (following Crowson, 1953) as to whether it is open by reaching the epimera or closed by the sterna when I recognized Cononotidae of Crowson as a family distinct from Anthicidae (Abdullah, 1964 & 1969); otherwise they are similar. In fact, Lagrioida, which was placed by Crowson (1953:52) in his Cononotidae, has open mesocoxal cavities while the other 2 genera have them closed according to Crowson (which is not true!). Does Crowson believe it is phylogenetically feasible to have the 2 conditions within the same family? I have not checked the middle coxal cavities in all the genera of Anthicidae and will not be surprised if some genera of Anthicidae and will not be surprised if some genera have them apparently closed or nearly so, secondarily. Under the circum¬ stances, I am prepared to accept the opening or near closure of the middle coxal cavities a polyphyletic and variable character. Cononotus and Agnathus are also transferred to the Anthicidae (s.l.) and Cononotidae becomes a junior synonym of Anthicidae (Latreille, 1825). Characters of Lagrioidinae Abdullah, new subfamily Within the Anthicidae, Cononotus and Agnathus cannot be placed in any of the earlier recognized subfamilies. They differ from Pedilinae and 20 ABDULLAH: CONCEPT OF CONONOTIDAE Steropinae in having internally closed front coxal cavities (Crowson, 1953:40, couplet 13), although Arnett (1968:714) stated, “Procoxal cavities open behind”— probably meaning only visibly open in Cononotus; from Pedilinae, Steropinae, Macratriinae, Copobaeninae and Eurygeniinae in having widely separated metacoxae (Arnett, 1968:716 and Hatch, 1965:84, including my own observations on Agnathus decoratus ); from Steropinae and Anthicinae in having a wide or broad neck; from Pedilinae, Steropinae, Macratriinae, and some Anthicinae in having the parameres or lateral lobes of the tegmen fused throughout (Crowson, 1953:42, Fig. 143); and from Macratriinae in having the internal keel of hind coxa reduced to a narrow-based apophysis (Crowson, 1953:46, Fig. 152). I therefore place these genera in the new subfamily Lagrioidinae, with the first 2 visible abdominal sternites connate as a distin¬ guishing feature. In my opinion the following are the primitive characters of the Lagrioidinae: neck wide (as in Pedilinae, Copobaeninae, Eurygeniinae, and ancestral families Pyrochroidae and Pythidae, etc.); mes-epistema meeting or nearly so in front of mesosternum (as in most anthicids except Macratria and Loubacantus)', and internal keel of hind coxa reduced to a narrow-based apophysis (as in all known anthicids except Macratria ). The following are the derivative distinguishing characters of Lagrioidinae: apical segment of maxillary palp securiform (as in Loubacantus etc.); meso-coxal cavities nearly open; hind coxae widely separated by a broad process of the first visible abdominal sternite (as in Anthicinae); aedeagus with the lateral lobes or parameres fused throughout (as in Eurygeniinae or Copobaeninae etc.); and first 2 visible abdominal sternites connate (unlike any other known subfamilies). The subfamily Lagrioidinae is in certain respects intermediate between Eurygeniinae and Anthicinae, and is a derivative group on the whole. Tribes of Lagrioidinae Within the Lagrioidinae, it is possible to distinguish 3 tribes: 1) Lagrioidini for the winged Lagrioida, now removed from the Eurygeniinae, with the penultimate segment of the tarsi furnished with a long lobe on each side, these lobes only united at the base (Champion, 1890:122); 2) Cononotini for Cononotus, a derivative wingless group, adapted for dry life; and 3) Agnathini for Agnathus, a primitive winged group, adapted for life under bark. In the last 2 tribes the penultimate segments of the tarsi are not evidently bilobed. All the tribes have the first 2 visible abdominal sternites connate (unlike any other subfamily) and metacoxae widely separated (as in Anthicinae and unlike Eurygeniinae). When I noticed that Lagrioida is also reported to have the hind coxae widely separated as in Anthicinae (Champion, 1890:121), then I immediately recognized that the 3 genera belong to the same subfamily and cannot be placed in Eurygeniinae or any other known subfamily. After this work was completed, Dr. Heinz Freude showed me 4 specimens of Agnathus decoratus, and we checked the middle coxal cavities. They are definitely open (as in other Anthicidae), although the meso- and meta-sterna come close together and the mes-epimera reach the meso-coxal cavities. Not only his interpretations but Crowson’s observations are sometimes incorrect. The meso-coxal cavities are clearly open in other subfamilies and nearly open in Lagrioidinae but they are not closed. Within the Anthicidae, the connation THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 21 of abdominal sternites forms a derivative monophyletic group (Lagrioidinae), although this character also has evolved polyphyletically elsewhere in the order Coleoptera. Ban on New Families in Coleoptera Crowson (1970:296) predicts that “The description of new species will inevitably form a continually decreasing proportion of the activity of system a t is ts”, and I hope that this will also apply to the description of new families in Coleoptera. If Oldroyd (1966:260) knew the practice of some authorities in my group, surely he would have made the plea for a ban on new families as well as new species: “It should be emphasised that the suggested ban would be on the description and naming on new species only. No one would be thereby prevented from studying species as much as he liked, making keys to them, studying their biology, life histories, early stages. Work done on clearing up known species, bringing them together into a synopsis, is infinitely more valuable than publishing the names of another dozen new species”. A KEY TO THE WORLD SUBFAMILIES OF ANTHICIDAE (Abdullah, 1969) 1. Hind coxae contiguous and not separated by a distance more than the length of coxa . 2 T. Hind coxae widely separated by a distance more than the length of coxa . 6 2(1). Neck narrow (width much less than half of head across tempora) .... 3 2'. Neck wide (width more than half that of head across tempora) . 4 3(2). Front coxal cavity open visibly and internally; internal keel of hind coxa reduced to a narrow-based apophysis . Steropinae 3'. Front coxal cavity internally closed; internal keel of hind coxa long and simple . Macratriinae 4(2'). Front coxal cavity open visibly and internally; aedeagus with the lateral lobes separate at apex . Pedilinae 4'. Front coxal cavity internally closed; aedeagus with the lateral lobes fused throughout . 5 5(4'). Pronotum rufous and not apically flanged; tarsal claws basally toothed or simple; ovipositor with 2-segmented coxites -Copobaeninae 5'. Pronotum not rufous and apically flanged, if not flanged then galea palp-like; ovipositor usually without completely 2- segmented coxites . Eurygeniinae 6(1'). Neck wide; middle coxal cavities nearly open; first 2 visible ab¬ dominal sternites connate . Lagrioidinae Subfam. nov. 6'. Neck narrow; middle coxal cavities clearly open; all abdominal sternites free . Anthicinae 22 ABDULLAH: CONCEPT OF CONONOTIDAE A key to the world tribes, genera, and species of Lagrioidinae (Van Dyke, 1939 for Cononotus-, offered tentatively) 1. Winged, penultimate tarsi almost simple (Europe) . . . Agnathini; Agnathus Germar; A. decoratus (Germar) 1'. Winged, penultimate tarsi bilobed (New Zealand, Chili, Tas¬ mania) . . . Lagrioidini; Lagrioida Fairm. et Germ. a) L. australis Champion (Tasmania; antennae short) b) L. brouni Pascoe (New Zealand; antennae long, punctures coarse) c) L. obscurella Fairm. & Germ. (Chili; antennae long) 1". Wingless, penultimate tarsi almost simple (U.S.A.) . Con- onotini; Cononotus LeConte . . . 2 2. Punctures on elytra fine, dense, and irregular; 2.75-4.25 mm . . 3 2'. Punctures on elytra coarse and in regular rows.. . . . 5 3(2). Pubescence fine, sparse, not hiding surface sculpture below; pro- notum as wide in front as long . . . . . . 4 3'. Pubescence dense, more or less hiding surface sculpture below; pronotum narrower in front than long; elytra elongate, ellipti¬ cal, nearly 2.5 times as long as broad; 4 mm (S. Arizona) . . . C. bryanti Van Dyke 4(3). Head finely, sparsely punctate; antennal segments VII-X trans¬ verse; pronotum widest one-fourth distance from apex; elytra el¬ liptical, twice as long as broad, somewhat dull and with punc¬ tures moderately coarse and close in front and very fine behind; 2.75-3.25 mm (S. California) . . . . C. sericans LeConte 4'. Head coarsely, densely punctate; antennal segments all as long as, or longer than broad; pronotum broadest close to apex; elytra elongate elliptical, over twice as long as broad, somewhat shiningandwithpuncturesfineandsparse in front and very minute behind; 4.25 mm (Idaho) . . . . . C. lanchesteri Van Dyke 5(2'). Pubescence fine, sparse, not covering surface sculpture below . 6 5'. Pubescence dense; elytra elliptical, striae not impressed; 3 mm (Owen’s Valley, California) . . . . C. macer Horn 6(5). Dark; elytral striae clearly impressed, elytra slightly broader anteriorly; 2.5-3 mm (Los Angeles, California) . . C. substriatus Van Dyke 6'. Testaceous, coloured; elytral striae not clearly impressed, elytra elliptical; 1.75-2 mm (Santa Clara & Alameda counties, California)... . . . . . . . . C. punctatus LeConte THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 23 World Catalogue of Lagrioidinae Fam. Anthicidae Latreille, 1825 Cononotidae Crowson, 1953, Ent. Mon. Mag. 89:52 (New Synonymy) Lagrioidinae Abdullah Lagrioidini Abdullah & Abdullah, 1968, Ent. Mon. Mag. 104:73. Batobiini (Lacconotinae-Pythidae), partim, Blair, 1928, Col. Cat. 99:29. Melandryidae (partim), Champion, 1890, Ent. Mon. Mag. (2)1:121; 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London:238. Lagriidae (partim) auctorum. Pythidae (partim) auctorum. Salpingidae (partim) auctorum. Cononotidae auctorum. Tribe Lagrioidini Genus Lagrioida Fairm. & Germ., 1860 Lagrioida Fairm. et Germ., 1860, Col. Chili: 3; 1863, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4)111:234; Champion, 1890, Ent. Mon. Mag. (2)1:121; 1916, Ent. Mon. Mag. (3)11:102; Seidlitz, 1917, Mon.:89(1153); Crowson, 1953, Ent. Mon. Mag. 89:52; Abdullah & Abdullah, 1968, Ent. Mon. Mag. 104:73 (in Anthicidae, tribe Lagrioidini). L. australis Champion, 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London :238. Tasmania. L. brouni Pascoe, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) XVIIL58. New Zealand. L. obscurella Fairm. & Germ., 1860, Col. Chili:4; 1863, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4) 111:235. Chili. L. rufula Fairm. & Germ., 1860, Col. Chili: 4; 1863, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4)111:235; Champion, 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London:238 (synonymy). Chili. Tribe Cononotini Cononotini LeConte, 1862, Class. Col. N. America 1:254; LeConte & Horn, 1883, Class. Col. N. America 11:403; Seidlitz, 1917, Mon.:87(1151). Cononotinae Blair, 1928, Col. Cat. 99:28. Cononotidae Crowson, 1953, Ent. Mon. Mag. 89:52 (41 key). Genus Cononotus LeConte, 1851 Cononotus LeConte, 1851, Ann. Lyc. New York 5:137; Lacordaire, 1859, Gen. Col. 5:434; Horn, 1868, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 2:136; Blair, 1928, Col. Cat. 99:28; Crowson, 1953, Ent. Mon. Mag. 89:52. C. bryanti Van Dyke, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15:18. Arizona. C. lanchesteri Van Dyke, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15:19; Hatch, 1965, Beetles Pac. Northwest 4:87. Idaho, Utah. C. macer Horn, 1868, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 2:136; Seidlitz, 1917, Mon.:87(1151); Van Dyke, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15:20. California. C. punctatus LeConte, 1851, Ann. Lyc. New York 5:138; Seidlitz, 1917, Mon.:87(1151). Van Dyke, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15:20. California. 24 ABDULLAH: CONCEPT OF CONONOTIDAE C. sericans LeConte, 1851, Ann. Lyc. New York 5:137; 1857, Ent. Report:51, PI. 2, Fig. 3; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. Atlas:Pl. 57, Fig. 2; Seidlitz, 1917, Mon.:87(1151). Van Dyke, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15:20. California. C. substriatus Van Dyke, 1928, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 23:258; Van Dyke, 1939, Pan-Pac. Ent. 15:20 (? striatus). California. Tribe Agnathini Genus Agnathus Germar, 1825 Agnathus Germar, 1825, Fn. Ins. Eur., Fasc. 12:P1. 4; Crowson, 1953, Ent. Mon. Mag. 89:52; Kaszab, 1969 in Freude, Harde, & Lohse, Die Kaf. Mitteleur. 8:215. Notoxus (partim), Germar, 1818, Magaz. d. Entom. 111:232 (“Megerle v. Miihlfed hat einen diesem entweder sehr ahnlichen, oder vielleicht gar denselben Kafer Agnathus ornatus genannt” for Notoxus decoratus Germar, but I have not yet found Miihlfed’s [or Miihlfeld’s] publica¬ tion!) A. decoratus (Germar) 1818, Magaz. d. Entom. 111:229 (in Notoxus ); 1825, Fn. Ins. Eur., Fasc. 12: PI. 4 (in Agnathus)’, Kaszab, 1969, in Freude, Harde, & Lohse, Die Kaf. Mitteleur. 8:215. Europe. Zusammenfassung Friihere Autoren stellten die heteromeren Kafergattungen Lagrioida Fairm. et Germ., Cononotus LeConte und Agnathus Germar zu den Pythidae, Salpingidae, Lagriidae, Melandryidae und Cononotidae und interpretierten ihre Ahnlichkeiten mit den Anthicidae mehr als Resultat konvergenter Entwicklung als das phylogenetischer Verwandtschaft, was der Autor als falsch erkannt hat. Sie sind zweifellos Anthiciden und Cononotidae Crowson 1953 ist ein jiingeres Synonym fur Anthicidae Latreille 1825 (syn.n.). Bei den Lagrioida (wie auch den anderen beiden Gattungen) sind die Metacoxae weit voneinander getrennt (wie bei den Anthicinae) und sie unterscheiden sich in diesem Merkmal wie auch durch die (abweichend von den anderen Unter- familien) verwachsenen ersten beiden sichtbaren Abdominalsternite von alien Eurygeniinae. Sie werden deshalb aus den Eurygeniinae herausgenommen und in eine neue Unterfamilie Lagrioidinae Abdullah gestellt— eine abgelei- tete Gruppe, die mehr oder weniger zwischen den Eurygeniinae und Anthicinae steht. Zusammen mit den bekannten urspriinglichen und ab- geleiteten Merkmalen wird ein Schliissel zu den Unterfamilien der Anthicidae der Welt, den Tribus (Lagrioidini, Agnathini und Cononotini), Gattungen und Arten der Lagrioidinae vorgelegt. Auch ein Katalog der Lagrioidinae (Anthicidae) wird aufgestellt. Abschliessend drangt der Autor darauf, dass die von einigen Autoritaten vorgeschlagenen Einschrankungen oder Verbote in der Beschreibung neuer Arten auch auf die Beschreibung neuer Familien bei Kafern und anderen Gruppen ausgedehnt werden sollte. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 25 References Abdullah, M. 1964. New heteromerous beetles (Coleoptera) from the Baltic amber of eastern Prussia and gum copal of Zanzibar. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London 116(3):329-346; 2 pi. Abdullah, M. 1969. Conspectus of the current classification of Coleoptera with synonymies. Beitr. Ent. 19(3/6):683-685. Abdullah, M. 1969. The natural classification of the family Anthicidae (Coleoptera) with some ecological and ethological observations. Deutsche Ent. Ztschr. 16(IV/V):323-366; 3 pi. Abdullah, M. 1971. On the primitive and derivative characters of the families of beetles (Coleoptera). Beitr. Ent. 21(3/6):503-506. Abdullah, M. 1972. The improvement of an existing modern classification in biology. Zool. Beitr. 18:in press. Abdullah, M. (in press) The higher classification of the insect order Coleoptera including fossil records and a classified directory of the coleopterists and Coleoptera collections of the world. Abdullah, M. (in press) The systematic position of Cisidae (Heteromera) including comments on this and other central European families of Cucujoidea (Coleoptera). Ms. Abdullah, M., & A. Abdullah. 1966. Byturidae and Biphyllidae (Coleoptera), two primitive families of the Heteromera not the Clavicornia— a new interpretation of some old observations. Ent. News LXXVII (3):63-69. Abdullah, M., & A. Abdullah. 1968. The taxonomic position of Lagrioida with a proposed new tribe of the Eurygeniinae (Col., Anthicidae). En¬ tomologist’s mon. Mag. 104:73-74. Arnett, R. H. Jr. 1968. The beetles of the United States. Amer. Ent. Inst., Ann Arbor, xii + 1112 p. Champion, G. C. 1890. On the true affinities of the heteromerous genus Lagrioida Fairmaire and Germain. Entomologist’s Mon. Mag. 26:121-122. Crowson, R. A. 1953. The classification of the families of British Coleoptera. Ent. Mon. Mag. 89:37-59. Crowson, R. A. 1967. The natural classification of the families of Coleoptera. Classey Ltd., Middlesex, England. 187 p. Crowson, R. A. 1969. Review. Syst. Zool. 18(4):450-454. Crowson, R. A. 1970. Classification and biology. Heinemann Ed. Books Ltd., London. 350 p. Hatch, M. H. 1965. Family Pythidae. In The beetles of the Pacific Northwest IV. University of Washington Press, Seattle, p. 84-88. Heberer, G. 1954-1959. ed. Die Evolution der Organismen, G. Fischer, Stuttgart. Jarvik, E. 1955. The oldest tetrapods and their forerunners. Sci. Monthly 80:141-154. Kaszab, Z. 1969. In Freude, H., K. W. Harde, & G. A. Lohse (eds.). Die Kafer Mitteleuropas, Band 8. Goecke & Evers, Krefeld. 3 88 p. LeConte, J. L. 1862. Classification of Coleoptera of North America I. Smithsonian Misc. Colin., Washington. 178 p. Mandl, K. 1971. Wiederherstellung des Familienstatus der Cicindelidae (Coleoptera). Beitr. Ent. 21:507-508. Mayr, E. 1963. Animal species and evolution. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass, xiv + 797 p. Oldroyd, H. 1966. The future of taxonomic entomology. Syst. Zool. 15(4):253-260. Van-Dyke, E. C. 1939. New species and subspecies of west American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Ent. 15:15-20. 26 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 A METHOD FOR PRODUCING ACCURATELY PROPORTIONED OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF INSECTS Ian Moore Division of Biological Control Citrus Research Center and Agricultural Experiment Station University of California, Riverside, CA Outline drawings can be one of the most useful aids to identification of insects whether they be in manuals or in generic revisions. Some people have a natural ability to draw accurately proportional outlines. Most of us lack this facility. A number of devices are used to overcome the natural inability to get good outlines by freehand. One of these is the effective but tedious use of quadrilled paper in conjunction with a ruled ocular in the microscope. Very good results can be achieved with this method, but it is time consuming. The drawbacks to the camera-lucida are apparent to anyone who has used one. The use of the drawing tube microscope attachment is limited to slide mounts for satisfac¬ tory results. The following technique has proved to be reasonably fast and accurate with both large and small specimens. It requires a Polaroid Automatic 350 Land camera with the necessary attachments and adaptors for an ordinary dissecting microscope. The advantage of the Polaroid camera is that the first picture is developed in a matter of seconds. If additional photos are required, the specimen may at once be repositioned or the light adjusted if necessary for a sharper, better defined picture. My photographic technique is so poor that I have yet to produce a photograph suitable for reproduction in itself, but I can get a good outline of the insect after 1 or 2 attempts. The photo is enlarged to the appropriate size, and an outline drawing in pencil is made on tracing paper. Then, using a tracing table, an ultimate outline drawing, again is made in pencil on quality drawing paper from the first tracing. The last step is inking the drawing. Throughout this process, the correct proportion of the various parts of the insect are maintained. Details can be filled in if so desired by those who have the artistic ability to do so. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 27 FLASH BEHAVIOR OF A NOVA SCOTIAN FIREFLY, PHOTURIS FAIRCHILDI BARBER, DURING COURTSHIP AND AGGRESSIVE MIMICRY (COLEOPTERA, LAMPYRIDAE)1 Lawrent L. Buschman Department of Entomology, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32601 Abstract Photuris fairchildi Barber was the only Photuris firefly found in Nova Scotia and was common in most moist habitats. Males usually produced single flashes, but in some localities they produced 3- and 4-pulsed flash patterns; flash patterns of individual males varied from 1 to 6 flashes but the pause (time from end of one flash pattern to the beginning of the next) was relatively constant (2.4 to 2.6 sec). Females answered male flash patterns at delays of about 1.5 sec. As the male approached the female, the number of flashes in each male flash pattern and in each female response increased and the flashing of both soon became continuous. The entire dialogue lasted 10-20 sec. Females also answered flashes of other fireflies: Pyractomena linearis Leconte, Pyractomena borealis (Randall) and Photinus ardens LeConte and ate those attracted (aggressive mimicry). Aggressive mimic responses were single flashes and Photuris males apparently avoided their predatory females by landing only for responses that include a series of flashes. Introduction Barber (1951) believed that flash behavior of Photuris fireflies was species specific and described a number of new species, including Photuris fairchildi, largely on this basis. Subsequently, flash signals were found to function in courtship (pair formation) and they reproductively isolated different firefly species (Lloyd 1966). Most North American fireflies use flash-answer com¬ munication in courtship (Lloyd 1971). However, the flash communication utilized by Photuris fireflies in courtship is still largely a mystery. Courtship flashing in Photuris divisa LeConte involved flash-answer signals (Buschman 1972). Females of many other Photuris species utilize flash-answer signals to attract males of other firefly species and prey on those attracted (aggressive mimicry, Lloyd 1965; 1973). Courtship flashing has not yet been reported in these fireflies. In this paper I describe the flash behavior of Photuris fairchildi during courtship and during aggressive mimicry. These observations were made during the summers of 1968 and 1969 in the vicinity of Bridgewater, Lunenburg Co., Nova Scotia. Photuris fireflies were also noted in Kings, Halifax and Colchester counties. They were common in moist habitats such as marshes and spruce forests. Adults were observed from mid June to late July. 'University of Florida Journal Series No. 4935. 28 BUSCHMAN: BEHAVIOR OF PHOTURIS FAIRCHILDI Taxonomic Considerations Initial observations suggested that there might be several species of Pho- turis fireflies in Nova Scotia. Several flash patterns were observed in different localities and among individuals within these populations. The flash patterns included 1 to 6 flashes and were repeated about every 2.5 sec. However, the following observations indicated that there was only 1 species, Photuris fairchildi : 1) I found no correlation between flash pattern and kind of habitat or geographic distribution. 2) The flashing repertoire of individual fireflies often included most of the flash patterns observed at that location. The following is a list of the number of pulses per flash pattern observed in individual fireflies: 1 only; 1 and 2; 1, 2 and 3; 1, 2 and 4; 2 and 3; 3 only; 3 and 4; 4 only; 4 and 5; 6 only (this list was compiled from several localities). In addition the number of flashes often increased as the male approached an answering female or flashlight (described below). 3) Analysis of flash patterns revealed that the pause (time from the end of one flash pattern to the begin¬ ning of the next) was fairly constant (see Table I). For example: when the duration (time between first and last flash of a flash pattern) of 3-pulsed flash patterns (0.82 sec) is subtracted from the interval (time from first flash of one flash pattern to the first flash of the next) following 3-pulsed flash patterns (3.3 sec) the remainder or pause (2.48 sec) is about equal to the pause or interval between single pulsed flash patterns (2.38 sec). Comparison (by analysis of variance and Scheffe’s test) of the intervals following similar flash patterns by different individual fireflies revealed no significant difference ( = .05). 4) The flash exchange between male and female leading to copulation was observed for single and 4-pulsing fireflies. I observed no differences in the dialogue beyond the initial difference in flash pattern (described below). Photuris fairchildi was described from specimens and observations sent from Baddeck, Nova Scotia, by Graham Fairchild (Barber 1951). My obser¬ vations agree with those of Fairchild (Barber 1951): “they were caught over marshy ground” and “they fly rapidly and emit two medium flashes separated by an interval about twice as long as one flash, but . . . the flashing [teas] not very regular” (emphasis mine). I did not find any populations in which double flashes predominated; however, the variability I observed would suggest that such populations probably occur. The behavior of 2 fireflies was unusual but I lacked sufficient data to determine if they were Photuris fairchildi. In Bridgewater and near Middle Musquodoboit I observed single males producing 6-pulsed flash patterns in demes where single pulsed flash patterns were common. This was atypical because all other 4- or 5-pulsed flash patterns were observed in predominantly triple pulsing populations. Courtship Flashing The flash exchange between male and female leading to copulation was observed on 2 occasions. First, in a locality in which most males were producing single flashes, a flying male flashing at 3.0 and 2.8 sec intervals received a response flash from the vegetation about 10 ft away. The response was a single flash at a delay of about 1.5 sec. The male turned, flew in the direction of the response and flashed again. He received a similar response. The next male flash pattern had 2 flashes, the second being dimmer than the THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 29 first. The male landed about a foot from the female and produced a 3-pulsed, then a 4-pulsed flash pattern as he moved toward the female. At the same time the number of flashes in the female response increased each time. The number of flashes produced by each increased until they were both flashing at the same time and I could no longer detect a response interval; the flashing was nearly continuous. They met under a leaf and stopped flashing. When I turned the leaf over, they fell to the ground in copulation, male dorsal to the female. A second male nearby began flashing and climbing around during this exchange in a manner similar to the first male. Later in the same vicinity another male and female exchanged flashes as described above except, that after the male landed and approached, the female response decreased and she began moving about; they did not meet. The second observation of flash exchange leading to copulation was in a location where most males were flashing 3 or 4 pulsed flash patterns. A male producing 4 pulses received a response flash from the vegetation 2 ft below him. The next male flash pat¬ tern was a long series of flashes. The female began flashing during this series of flashes and both were flashing continuously when the male landed about 0.5 inch from the female and mounted her. The whole sequence took less than 10 sec. On another occasion in this location, flash exchanges were observed between 2 flying fireflies. Again the number of flashes each produced increased as they approached each other. They flew to a tree and landed. I was unable to collect this pair to confirm mating or sexes. Male Photuris fireflies were observed to approach random, repeated or answering flashlight flashes and both male and female Photuris flashes. Sometimes they would land and climb onto an answering flashlight, but more often they would approach, hover several feet away and repeat the flash pattern several times before flying away. As males approached a source of Table I: Characteristics of male Photuris fairchildi flash patterns. Measurements were obtained by following individual fireflies and verbally recording their flashes with a tape recorder. The duration (time between first and last flash of a flash pattern) and the interval (time from first flash of one flash pattern to the first flash of the next) were later measured from the tape playback using a stopwatch. These measurements were then grouped accord¬ ing to the number of flashes in the first flash pattern. The pause (time from the end of 1 flash pattern to the beginning of the next) was obtained by subtract¬ ing the duration from the respective interval. Thirteen of 29 fireflies produced more than 1 kind of flash pattern. Flash no. per flash pattern interval (sec) no. of measure¬ ments duration no. of measure¬ ments pause (sec) 1 2.38* 148 2.38 2 2.97* 34 .57* 3 2.40 3 3.30* 74 .82* 54 2.48 4 3.55 25 .95* 21 2.60 *significantly different a = .05 (analysis of variance and Scheffe’s test) 30 BUSCHMAN: BEHAVIOR OF PHOTURIS FAIRCHILDI flashes the number of flashes per flash pattern often increased: in single¬ flashing demes they became 2 pulsed, in triple-flashing demes they became 4 or 5 pulsed. One evening I succeeded in attracting a number of males to a flashlight which I held in the grass. When I removed the flashlight the flashing of these males attracted several other flying males. Both males and females produced repeated single flashes when handled and in other contexts. Aggressive Mimicry Females of Photuris fairchildi are aggressive mimics; they answer the flash signals of males of other species of fireflies mimicking their female signals and preying on those they attract. This behavior has been observed in other species of Photuris (Lloyd 1965; 1973). Several times I found Photuris females holding or standing near chewed-up males of Pyractomena linearis and Pyractomena borealis. The female responses of these 2 species are single flashes at response intervals of about 1.5 and 1 sec respectively. Photuris females commonly answered flashlight signals with single flashes (rarely more than 1) and at response intervals varying from 0.8 to over 4 sec but usually 1 to 1.5 sec. One evening I received several flash responses (at about 1 to 1.5 sec delays) from a Photuris female perched on a roadside plant. I left for a short time. When I returned I noted some erratic flashes from this plant. On investigation I found the female holding a newly captured male Pyractomena borealis. On another occasion I noted flash exchanges in the grass. A female answered the male with single flashes at short delays (1 to 1.5 sec) while he crawled toward her. When the flashing stopped I investigated and found a Photuris female holding a male Pyractomena linearis. Another evening a male Photinus ardens was flying over a grassy meadow producing a slow triple flash pattern. He received a response flash from the grass about 2 sec after his last flash and then landed. I turned on my flashlight expecting to collect a female Photinus ardens but found a Photuris female instead. Sometimes Photuris females answered Photuris male flashes with single flashes but did not increase the number of flashes in succeeding responses. The male would hover, repeat his flash signal several times, then fly away. These females may have been aggressive females. The Photuris males apparently will not land unless the female response changes to a series of flashes. Discussion Courtship flash communication among Photuris fireflies has rarely been observed and remains a mystery in most species. Williams (1917) and Hess (1920) were convinced that flash communication was involved in courtship of Photuris fireflies, but they could not detect flash-answer communication as they did in other American fireflies. Flash-answer communication was later observed in Photuris divisa LeConte (Buschman 1972). In this species the female answered the male flash pattern with 1-6 pulses at a response interval of about 1.5 sec. Male Photuris fireflies of as many as 15 species (including Photuris fairchildi) can be attracted to answering flashlight signals (J. E. Lloyd, personal communication). In Photuris fairchildi the courtship flashing appeared to begin with flash-answer signals but then shifted to con¬ tinuous flashing. Continuous flashing during courtship was also observed in other Photuris species by Hess (1920) and Barber (1951). Hess stated that “both continued to flash actively,” and Barber stated that there was a THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 31 “quickened repetition of the male’s signals as he approached [the female] in a long oblique descent.” The communicative parameters of these courtship exchanges are still not understood but flash-answer signals appear to be involved. An understanding of courtship communication in Photuris fireflies is complicated by the fact that females of many species (e.g., Photuris versicolor and Photuris fairchildi) are aggressive mimics. Aggressive mimicry raises several questions about the flash behavior of these fireflies. Do aggressive mimics use their own courtship signals to attract prey? Do they prey on their own males as well as the males of other species? My observations indicate that in Photuris fairchildi the flash signals differ in the 2 situations. During aggressive mimicry the Photuris female answers males with single flashes usually at response intervals of 1 to 1.5 sec. During courtship the first female response may also be a single flash at a response interval of 1 to 1.5 sec but the number of flashes in her response increases as the dialogue proceeds until she appears to be flashing continuously. Photuris males will approach many kinds of flashes, but they apparently are less likely to land if the responses remain single flashes. They apparently can avoid predatory females by landing only for responses including a series of flashes. I have not observed Photuris females preying on males of their own species except in captivity, although J. E. Lloyd found a female Photuris eating a male Photuris in a site in northern Michigan where presumably only 1 species ( Photuris fairchildi ?, JEL det.) occurs (personal communication). Acknowledgments I would like to thank Barry Wright of the Nova Scotia Museum, Halifax, Canada, and Alfred Wehrmaker of Delhousie University, Halifax, Canada, for assistance during this research. J. E. Lloyd, T. J. Walker, and J. J. Whitesell of the University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, and Edward Farnworth of the University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, provided useful criticism of the manuscript. Literature Cited Barber, H. S. 1951. North American fireflies of the genus Photuris. Smith¬ sonian Misc. Collections 117:1-58. Buschman, L. L. 1972. Flash communication in the firefly Photuris divisa. (Coleoptera: Lampyridae). Ent. News 83:159-164. Hess, W. N. 1920. Notes on the biology of some common Lampyridae. Biol. Bull. 38:39-76. Lloyd, J. E. 1965. Aggressive mimicry in Photuris : Firefly femmes fatales. Science 149:653-654. Lloyd, J. E. 1966. Studies on the flash communication system in Photinus fireflies. Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ. 130:1-99. Lloyd, J. E. 1971. Bioluminescent communication in insects. Ann. Rev. Ent. 16*97-122 Lloyd, J. E. 1973. Firefly parasites and predators. Coleop. Bull. 27(2):91-106. Williams, F. X. 1917. Notes on the life-history of some North American Lampyridae. J. New York Ent. Soc. 25:11-33. 32 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 Number 12 THE COLEOPTERISTS NEWSLETTER March, 1974 Editor: Charles W. O’Brien, Univ. P. O. Box 111, Florida A and M University, Tallahassee, FL 32307 MINUTES OF ANNUAL MEETING The sixth annual meeting of the Coleopterists Society was held November 28, 1973, at the Statler Hilton Hotel in Dallas. President George Ball wel¬ comed members and reminded them that the society was reconstituted in Dallas 6 years ago through the efforts of Lee Herman and Tommy Allen. Copies of the agenda were distributed. That numbering system is followed in the minutes. 1. Lois O’Brien was appointed secretary pro-tem. 2. The minutes of the 1972 meeting were accepted as published in the Newsletter No. 8, January 1973. 3. Business arising from the minutes. 3.1 Publications Committee (Arnett, Woodruff, O’Brien). Charles O’Brien reported on the possibility of purchasing the stock of the first 24 volumes of the Coleopterists Bulletin. Volumes 1-3 are out of print. Volumes 4-20 are held in part by a private individual and part by Catholic University. Volumes 21-24 are held by Purdue University until such time as they recoup their expenses by selling back issues. At that time they are to be turned over to the Society. These interests will sell the volumes to the society for $2,000, but we would receive only 8 complete sets of 4-24 and 37 complete sets of 5-24. In addition to the cost of purchase, some place of storage would be needed. Bob Woodruff would permit an aluminum storage shed to be erected in his yard at the Society’s expense, but it would not be air-conditioned, which is almost a necessity with the humidity in Florida. Volumes 1-3 (240 p.) could be reprinted at a cost of $1,440 to us and stored or we could authorize someone such as Xerox University Microfilms to make volumes 1-3 available, at a 15% royalty to the Society. O’Brien moved that the executive committee be empowered to approach and authorize a reprint specialist to arrange for their type of publication of the earlier sets. Herman seconded. Harley Brown amended to read that the executive seek the best source to make reprints available on demand. Howden seconded. Motion carried to amend. Motion carried as amended. 3.2 Field Trip Committee (Burke, Gibson, Murray). Horace Burke reported that 26 people will leave Thursday for Welder Wildlife Refuge, Sinton, Texas staying until Monday. They were to meet after this meeting to form car pools and plan travel routes. 3.3 Constitutional Changes. The ballots for the changes proposed last year for the length of term of office were accidentally omitted from the ballot for officers. They will be sent separately soon. 4. Business arising from the Executive meeting, November 26, 1973. (Wenzel, Burke, Erwin, Lawrence, Ball). 4.1 The Finance ad hoc committee (Erwin, Spilman, Spangler, King- solver) proposed to the executive committee that the excess funds of the society be used as follows: that one year’s reserve be kept (for this year $5,000, THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 33 half in savings, half checking) and that anything over this be used to increase the size of the bulletin. Hopefully this year the bulletin would have an addi¬ tional $1,000 to spend. The executive committee approved. The members present approved. 4.2 Spilman had asked the executive committee to approve the selection of honorary or distinguished members. The executive recommends no additional classes of membership. Henry Howden suggested for executive consideration the possibility of including a class of emeritus members. 4.3 Woodruff had suggested organizing a trip to Mexico of one month duration, with the society buying a bus which could be stored in Gainesville between trips. The executive thought this too complicated and recommended that members use the Newsletter to organize group trips. Howden reported that a group is leaving Ottawa for the Amazon February 22 to March 3 at a cost per person of $500. Contact him for further details. 4.4 Woodruff had suggested that the 1974 meeting perhaps be held in summer. The executive recommended it continue to be held with the annual meeting of the E.S.A. as people might have difficulty getting funds for more than one trip. Valentine moved that the Coleopterists Society meet with the E.S.A. for 1974. Murray seconded. Motion passed. Ball suggested that perhaps in 1976 we might meet with the International Congress of Entomology in Washington rather than the E.S.A. in Hawaii. 4.5 Lois O’Brien had requested that the executive consider nominating 3 members to the councils of the Association for Systematic Collections. Three amateurs were nominated as it was thought that this might be the only way for amateurs to be represented. Two refused. The third’s nomination is being held in abeyance as the council was filled. President Ball recommended that each year someone be nominated to these councils. 4.6 J. Howard Frank proposed that the Society prepare a color code for Coleopterists and use it in our publications. The executive approved but asked him to explain. He reported that the standard reference codes (Ridgway’s, which the ornithologists use, Munsell Color Chart, the U. S. Bureau of Stds. Chart, 1928, and Seguy Color Standards) are out of print or very expensive. Several people reported that Scott’s Color Key, used for stamp collecting, was inexpensive ($6 to $8), but good, but warned that the $.50 versions of the same chart varied from card to card. Frank proposed that a paint company be approached and asked to print color chips of the colors we might use. [Ed. note: In later discussion he used the analogy of trying to write a scientific paper with a very imprecise knowledge of the English language and no dic¬ tionary.] The executive committee will ask the next executive to take it under advisement and report in the Newsletter. 5. Reports of officers. 5.1 President Ball. It was a quiet year with a brilliantly responsive execu¬ tive committee which was used only sparingly. The issues considered were constitutional amendments, incorporation of the Newsletter into the Bulle¬ tin, length of time for delinquent members to pay dues, and the items reported from the executive meeting. Ad-hoc committees established were those reported upon here, the publications committee, field trip committee, finance committee, an organization committee for the Boulder meetings (Erwin and Ball) and a scientific program committee-Dallas meeting (Lawrence). A notable event was the First International Congress of Systematic and Evolutionary Biology, at Boulder, Colorado, August, 1973. It was first class and one of the best Congresses I ever attended with excellent planning, papers, discussion groups, informal meetings, and field trips. It had been suggested by members present at the annual meeting in Mon¬ treal that the Coleopterists Society organize a discussion group, with the view to getting together the coleopterists at the meeting. It was hoped that a lot of people would be present from overseas, and we could have a general exchange 34 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 of views. Terry Erwin and George Ball organized a Coleopterists gathering, on behalf of the Coleopterists Society. They also organized a discussion group for carabid specialists. At the Coleopterists Gathering, mis-termed a business meeting of the Coleopterists Society, about 30 people were present. Items presented or dis¬ cussed were: membership list of the Society, presented by Erwin; preliminary report on plans for the Field Trip to the Welder Refuge, by Bob Murray; aspects of the North American Beetle Fauna Project; Quaternary beetle fossils, by Alan Ashworth; coleopterous larvae and classification, by Dave Kavanaugh and Henri Goulet; information storage and retrieval systems for data on Coleoptera, by Erwin; report on the ASC meetings by Lois O’Brien, and a request that the Society nominate members for standing councils of ASC. The carabid specialists meeting was attended by 22 people, most of whom worked on other groups, but were made honorary ad hoc carabid specialists. Invitations were sent to many European workers, but none attended. The meeting began with a rambling, disjointed account of the history of study of carabids, as a background for consideration of the present-day state of the art. Then, there was a show and tell session, at which members explained what they were doing. Time was spent on discussion of higher classification, with special reference to the question of what to do with the tiger beetles— in or out of the Carabidae. This led to a more general discussion of higher classification, its methods and aims. Ashworth again reported on some of his work with fossil carabids. Although the objective to meet with coleopterists from outside the North American continent was not fully realized (actually, a few were there: Dr. Wittmer from Basle, Switzerland), the sessions explored a number of facets of coleopterology, and were thoroughly enjoyable. In fact, the Chairman had a most difficult task of persuading the members at the gatherings that they had had enough when the hour grew late, and that they should consider adjourn¬ ment. One member of the organizing committee from the University of Colorado who attended our sessions rated them very highly. In addition to attending the formal meetings, the coleopterists present availed themselves of the opportunity to collect in the nearby mountains, etc. Archives— In a letter dated April 24, 1973, Paul Spangler informed the president that the Coleopterists Society Archives have been transferred to the Smithsonian Archives. Material for deposit can be sent to Paul, for transmit¬ tal. The Bulletin— This is our most significant contribution to the furtherance of beetle study, and it flourished during the past year, under the able edi¬ torship of Bob Woodruff. The Newsletter— Continued to be informative and thus of value to the members. Its contents can be improved only if you, individually, contribute to it. Thanks to the O’Briens. Conclusion— The Executive Committee was as active as was required, and progress that the Society made is directly attributable to their efforts. The membership was peculiarly quiet. No more than a handful of letters were received by the president, and no angry ones, protesting the activities, or lack of them. Remember, it is your Society. The Executive is elected to run it, but only as your representative. You should advise your representatives of your desires. 5.2 Secretary Gordon. Terry Erwin reported for him that the secretary listed about 50 members who had not paid dues since 1971, or before. Fifteen of these members paid up. Thirty to 35 were dropped. There are 47 new members and 3 new institutions subscribing to the Bulletin. (Cont. p. 39) THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 35 ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF TWO NEOTROPICAL SIBLING SPECIES OF CHAULIOGNATHIDAE WITH A REDESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES George W. Miskimen Entomological Pioneering Research Laboratory University of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez 00708 Abstract Two sibling species of Chauliognathus range from southern Mexico through Central America to northwestern South America as far south as Bolivia and eastward into Venezuela. A zone of species overlap occurs at the Cordillera de Talamanca in Costa Rica. A model is presented describing origin and dispersion of the species in light of current concepts of plate tectonics. The species are redescribed and compared with other members of the genus. Introduction Neotropical Chauliognathidae are rather poorly known, although Central American forms have been studied by Gorham (1881, 1885), Champion (1914), and Miskimen (1966). During my studies of the group, a number of museum collections, plus field collecting, provided sufficient specimens to reveal some interesting relationships between 2 widespread species of southern Mexico, Central America, and the northwestern region of South America. The first of these species, Chauliognathus pallidus Waterhouse (1878), is distributed from southern Mexico south of the Mexican Plateau to Costa Rica, while the second species, C. cinguliventris Erichson (1847), is relatively abundant from Costa Rica southward along the Andean Mountain system to Bolivia and eastward into the Cordillera de Merida and llanos of Venezuela. The 2 species were not distinguished by Gorham (1881, 1885) nor by Champion (1914) although each listed C. pallidus as ranging from Mexico southward into Panama. C. cinguliventris has previously been described as from Peru by the original author and by Blackwelder (1945), the latter listing pallidus from Colombia as well as its actual range. The 2 species represent very closely related siblings that differ superficially only in the presence of postero-lateral brownish-black or black maculae on the fifth abdominal tergite that may in some specimens be expanded to form a continuous band encompassing both sternite and tergite. Aedeagi are iden¬ tical, except for a small but consistent conformational difference of the right paramere (Fig. 1 and 2). Origins and Zoogeography C. pallidus and cinguliventris are clearly more closely related than vir¬ tually any other pair of New World Chauliognathidae as evidenced by aedeagal similarity in a group where genitalic characters are highly diagnostic. Differentiation of the 2 species appears to have been a relatively recent oc¬ currence. 36 MISKIMEN: 2 NEOTROPICAL CHAULIOGNATHIDAE The following model, describing possible origin and subsequent distribu¬ tion of the species, is based primarily upon historical geological factors plus closeness of species affinities. Relationships between members of Chauliog- nathus elsewhere suggest that ancestral forms arose as forest-adapted car¬ nivores on the primeval Gondwanaland continent. At some time after South America separated from the continent, an element or elements of the Neo¬ tropical fauna evolved adult phytophagous habits. The Cretaceous period appears to be the most logical time for this event, since angiosperm radiation was rapid at that time. The known upper Cretaceous land bridge between North and South America apparently permitted northward dispersal of members of the genus as evidenced by known Chauliognathus species from Colorado Florissant deposits that are regarded as upper Oligocene or Miocene (Scudder 1876, Wickham 1909). Further species exchange between North and South America was effectively prevented from late Eocene to late Miocene or early Pliocene by the Bolivar geosyncline, a 60 to 100 mile wide seaway, formed during initial stages of the Andean orogeny, that separated the Darien of Panama from continental South America (Olsson 1932, Nygren 1950). West of the Bolivar trough, the San Bias region of Panama is believed to have been a relatively stable island throughout much of the Cenozoic Era. It was periodically connected with land elements of the Isthmian Panama-Costa Rica-southern Nicaraguan marine portal zone. North of the latter portal, paleontological evidence suggests a more or less continuous land mass leading to North America proper (Whitmore and Stewart 1965). Finally, in late Miocene and early Pliocene, the marine portals were closed uniting North and South America and remain so today. In addition, and important to develop¬ ment of the proposed speciation-distribution model, the Cordillera de Talamanca, located in Costa Rica and northwestern Panama, was uplifted at the same time. Considering present distribution and historical water barriers and drier habitat preferences of C. pallidus, it seems likely that a population of that species became isolated during uplift of the Cordillera de Talamanca. Suf¬ ficient divergence occurred to produce the distinct species, cinguliventris, that was first able to dominate the wetter uplands of the Cordillera and then was able to traverse the lowland Panamanian rainforest because of moist habitat adaptation and was able to extend its range into South America via the Andes Mountains. Northward distribution apparently has not been possible due to drier general habitat situations and to niche occupation by pallidus, which, in turn, has not been able to cross the lowland rainforest barrier of eastern Panama and the west coastal region of Colombia. A zone of species overlap exists in the Meseta Central-Cordillera de Talamanca region of Costa Rica where cinguliventris is more common than pallidus. No intermediate forms, suggesting possible hybridization, are known from this area despite extensive collecting. It seems possible that the sternal maculae may serve as a visual clue for species discrimination in nature. Both pallidus and cinguliventris may be found in a variety of forested and ruderal habitats. Using the Holdridge (1947) system of plant formation and life zone classification; pallidus ranges in a wide variety of tropical to sub¬ tropical to lower montane dry and moist forest habitats at altitudes from near sea level to 2000 m, while cinguliventris is consistently found in somewhat wetter situations including wet and rainforests. Increasing environmental disturbance, particularly by paved roads, appears to be contributing to range THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 37 extension and abundance of both species due to more available host plants along roadsides. Adults congregate primarily on host plants of the family Compositae ( Baccharis and Eupatorium spp. are common hosts) and Am- miaceae. Both species may be regularly taken at light in small numbers. The species are apparently univoltine and appear near the end and after the primary rainy season from October or November until as late as April or May, depending upon altitude. Temporal distribution patterns in mountainous regions generally follow those described for another related species, Chauliognathus proteus Gorham (Miskimen 1972). Species Redescription and Diagnosis Chauliognathus pallidus Waterhouse Chauliognathus pallidus Waterhouse 1878:330. Type: Mexico. Chauliognathus oedemeroides Gorham 1881:73. Type: Mexico. Chauliognathus fuscescens Gorham 1881:73. Type: Mexico. Yellowish; antennae and palpi brownish-black; elytral bases with a narrow brownish-black band of varying width beginning centrally and extending to the lateral and sutural margins; distal third of femora, tibiae, and tarsi brown¬ ish-black. Length: males 12-15 mm, females 14-18 mm (head extended). Head and pronotum semiopaque with a very short coarse vestiture; pronotum quadrate in males, slightly transverse in females, anterior angles rounded, lateral edges shallowly reflexed; elytra parallel, semiopaque, slightly rugose with short inclined hairs. Aedeagus: penis slender, apex produced somewhat forming rounded triangulate tip, genital opening partially covered by a flap with a membranous suture extending to base of penis; right paramere flattened, in profile narrower Fig. 1. Chauliognathus pallidus Waterhouse: 1) left dorso-lateral aspect of aedeagus; la) profile of right paramere tip; lb) caudo-ventral aspect of left paramere tip. Fig. 2. Chauliognathus cinguliventris (Erichson): 2) left dorso-lateral as¬ pect of aedeagus; 2a) profile of right paramere tip. 38 MISKIMEN: 2 NEOTROPICAL CHAULIOGNATHIDAE at base expanding to notched tip; left paramere flattened, bent, and expanded apically forming truncate tip armed with a curved hook at one end and a tooth at the other (Fig. 1, la, and lb). Variation in the right paramere tip of the aedeagus and lack of maculae on the fifth abdominal segments distinguish pallidus from its southern sibling cinguliventris. Chauliognathus sulphureus, a similar appearing species is a distinct sulfur yellow, has less prominent eyes, and coarse erect pronotal hairs as well as substantial aedeagal differences. The synonyms described by Gorham describe minor color differences within the limits of the redescription given above. Climatically induced color variation in Chauliognathus is dis¬ cussed by Miskimen (1972). Chauliognathus cinguliventris (Erichson) Callianthia cinguliventris Erichson. 1847:83. Type: Peru. Yellowish; antennae and palpi brownish-black; elytral bases with a brown¬ ish-black band of varying width beginning centrally and extending to lateral and sutural margins; distal third of femora, tibiae, and tarsi brownish-yellow; fifth abdominal tergite with postero-lateral brownish-black to black maculae that may in some specimens be expanded to form a continuous belt encom¬ passing both tergite and sternite. Length: males 12-15 mm, females 14-18 mm (head extended). Head and pronotum semiopaque with very short coarse vestiture; prono- tum quadrate in males, slightly transverse in females, anterior angles rounded, lateral edges shallowly reflexed; elytra parallel, semiopaque, slightly rugose with short inclined hairs. Aedeagus: penis slender, apex produced somewhat forming rounded triangulate tip, genital opening partially covered by a flap with membranous suture extending to base of penis; right paramere flattened, tip truncate with small angular tooth extending dorsad; left paramere flattened, bent, and expanded apically forming truncate tip armed with a curved hook at one end and a tooth at the other (Fig. 2, 2a). Conformation of the right paramere tip of the aedeagus and markings on the fifth abdominal segment differentiate cinguliventris from the northern sibling pallidus. The only other species with which cinguliventris can be confused, Chauliognathus sulphureus Waterhouse, can be distinguished on the same basis cited above for pallidus. Forms with the entire fifth abdominal segment black-banded are the only deviation known from the much more common type with simple postero¬ lateral tergal markings. Banded forms are known only from Peru where the more common type is also found. I feel that the banded type may be the consequence of environmental conditions (cool, high humidity) inducing expression of this characteristic in a manner similar to that described by me (1972) for Chauliognathus proteus Gorham in Colombia. Literature Cited Blackwelder, R. E. 1945. A checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Bull. United States Nat. Mus. 185(3):363-374. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 39 Champion, G. C. 1914. Revision of the Mexican and Central-American Chauliognathinae (Fam. Telephoridae), based on the genital armature of the males. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914:128-168 and 338. Erichson, W. F. 1847. Conspectus insectorum coleopterorum quae in Republica Peruana observata sunt. Arch. Naturg. 13:67-185. Gorham, H. S. 1881. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Lycidae, Lampyridae, Telephoridae, Lymexylonidae, Melyridae 3(2):25-l 12. Gorham, H. S. 1885. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, supplement to Malacodermata 3(2):273-312. Holdridge, L. R. 1947. Determination of world plant formations from simple climatic data. Science 105:267-268. Miskimen, G. W. 1966. Zoogeography and systematics of North and Central American Chauliognathini (Coleoptera:Chauliognathidae). Ph.D. Dissertation, U. Florida, Gainesville. 163 p. Miskimen, G. W. 1972. Environmental factors affecting soldier beetle dis¬ tribution in Colombia. Biotropica 4(2):85-92. Nygren, W. E. 1950. Bolivar geosyncline of northwestern South America. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geologists 34:1998-2006. Olsson, A. A. 1932. Contributions to the Tertiary paleontology of northern Peru. Part 5. The Peruvian Miocene. Bull. Amer. Paleon. 19:1-272. Scudder, S. H. 1876. Fossil Coleoptera from Rocky Mountain Tertiaries. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Survey, Territory 11:1-193. Waterhouse, C. 0. 1878. Descriptions of new Telephoridae from Central and South America. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1878:325-332. Whitmore, F. C., and R. H. Stewart. 1965. Miocene mammals and Central American seaways. Science 148:180-185. Wickham, H. F. 1909. New Coleoptera from the Florissant. Amer. J. Sci. 178:128-219. Coleopterists Newsletter, (Cont. from p. 34) 5.3 Treasurer Erwin submitted the appended report, which was audited by Don Anderson and Ginter Ekis. He hopes finances will allow an increase in the Bulletin this year by $250 per issue. The question was raised about the payment to the Inkblot Co. The treasurer explained that Woodruffs children put the Bulletins into envelopes and arranged the zip codes for mailing and handle preparing, billing, and mailing separates, much less expensively than at the printers. These expenses are expected to be nearer $200 this year as Mrs. Woodruff is paid for secretarial work and taking the Bulletins to the post office. With this explanation, Terry moved the report be accepted. Harley Brown seconded. The vote was carried. 5.4 Newsletter Editor O’Brien reported that he had an overwhelmingly favorable response to including the Newsletter with the Bulletin. His one correspondent approved fully! Material should be received a month and a half before the issue is to appear; e.g., by April 15th for the June Newsletter. This allows 2 weeks for editing and transmittal to Gainesville, and one month in the printer’s hands. Again, please send notes of new techniques, discoveries, or travels, etc. It was asked whether we had a tax-exempt status to allow us to apply for reduced mailing fees yet. Erwin reported that he and Gordon are still filling out forms. 6. Reports from committees. 6.1 Nomination and elections committee (Dybas, Whitehead, Hardy). Alan Hardy announced our new president is John Lawrence; Vice President, Paul Ritcher; Secretary, Bob Gordon; and Treasurer, Terry Erwin. New council members are Milton Campbell, John Chemsak, and Lee Herman. 6.2 Catalogue Committee (Kingsolver). John Kingsolver reported that the 40 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 catalogue is proceeding well. New cards have been printed, and the present hold-up is an MTST typist. Kingsolver, Spangler, Spilman, and White are an in-house editorial committee. There are 53 other participants. Anobiidae, Cupedidae, Micromalthidae, Platypodinae are ready for tape; Heteroceridae are on tape and the printout is here for examination. Cards are near completion for three subfamilies of Scarabaeidae (Dynas- tinae, Rutelinae, and Geotrupinae), Rhipiphoridae, Lyctidae, Bostrichidae, Ptinidae, and Cucujidae. Participants are needed for Elmidae, Lycidae, Erotylidae, Lathridiidae, Stylopidae, and possibly Endomychidae and Colydiidae. Four programs are done: data input, edit, update, and search. They will not require more proofing. Four need to be done: they are: sequencing in catalog order, hierarchy of higher categories, bibliography, and catalog page format. Kingsolver would like comments from coleopterists on whether the ca¬ talogue should be arranged phylogenetically (species alphabetically) or alphabetically within tribes. It was originally planned to be in phylogenetic order through subgenus, then alphabetically, with each family in a separate fascicle, printed when cards were received from contributors. However, if it is done alphabetically, the first fascicle can be ready July 1974. If it is done phylogenetically, it will take 4 months longer. If it is done alphabetically, it is planned to have a phylogenetic index in the front. The Diptera catalog is done partially alphabetically, partially phylogenetically. A show of hands indicated 6 in favor of each system with most of the group abstaining to consider the problem. Discussion indicated fears that curators would arrange their collections alphabetically, thus complicating study of collections by a specialist, because not only would neighboring genera be separated, but in old collections one would have to remember each generic change and look up each of these genera as well. Members were charged with considering each possibility and writing to Kingsolver. 6.3 Liaison: Coleopterists Society-North American Beetle Fauna Project. (Ball) The board of directors met in early April in Tallahassee and attended to many details of organization. They decided to publish the journal “American Beetles” and to start with the northeastern volume. Blackwelder has taken over most of the work on the Checklist, with the red form to be completed in early 1974. Volume 1, Fauna of the Northeast, is to come out in 2 parts. At least the first part is scheduled for 1974, authored jointly by Bradley, Downie and collaborators. There is still the problem of illustrations. The project is solvent, thanks to benefactor David Rockefeller. 7. President Ball expressed thanks to the members for cooperating so fully with him during the year and installed John Lawrence as our new president. 8. Lawrence appointed Howden, Ekis, and Allen as the nominating com¬ mittee for next year. 9. Kingsolver and Spangler were appointed auditors. 10. Other business. Ed Becker announced that Canada is setting up a foundation (CANACOLL) to promote short term research services for the Canadian collection. The foundation will be able to hire people for a short time to do curatorial work on the Canadian National Collection. They are attempting to get tax exempt status in the United States. See the June issue of the Bulletin E.S.A. for further information. Howden praised the presidential efforts to preserve the society, especially last night. The members approved setting aside a meeting room for the Society at the convention again next year. The business meeting was adjourned for a scientific session with talks by Lawrence on “Major lineages in the evolution of Coleoptera”, and Tom Hlavac on “The adaptive history of beetles: questions, speculations”. Respectfully submitted, Lois O’Brien, Secretary Pro-Tern THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 41 CRAB SPIDERS (ARANEAE: THOMISIDAE) PREYING ON SCARAB BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) Daniel T. Jennings Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station,1 Albuquerque, New Mexico 87101 Abstract Xysticus apachecus Gertsch crab spiders were collected feeding on adult Diplot axis sp., D. parvicollis Fall, and Phyllophaga (Listrochelus) falsa (LeConte) scarab beetles on young Pinus ponderosa Laws, trees in Arizona. New records of prey, spider-habitat associations, and predators of scarab beetles are established by these collections. Spiders are predators, the prey consisting chiefly of live invertebrates, especially insects. Some spiders spin webs or snares of silk for capturing food, while others rely on stealth and surprise. Crab spiders of the family Thomisidae are among the latter. They actively search plant surfaces, litter, and debris for prey, or they ambush insects from hiding places such as in flowers, or on foliage of trees and shrubs. Typical crab spiders of the subfamily Misumeninae have stout, robust front legs for seizing prey. Captured insects, including bumblebees and wasps much larger than the spiders, are quickly subdued with a powerful venom. Crab spiders may ambush a variety of insects resident or visiting the habitats occupied by the spiders. Detailed studies are lacking concerning possible food habits or preferences of crab spiders. Most prey records are for flower-inhabiting crab spiders (Gertsch, 1939), while prey records of tree- and shrub-inhabiting species consist mainly of lepidopterous defoliators (Lough- ton, Derry, and West, 1963; Morris, 1972; Renault and Miller, 1972). There are few previous records of crab spiders preying on beetles. This paper reports collections of crab spiders found feeding on scarab beetles associated with ponderosa pine seedlings in Arizona. The spiders with beetle prey are deposited in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. On 14 July 1971, 2 female Xysticus apachecus Gertsch crab spiders were collected on Pinus ponderosa Laws, foliage with scarab beetle prey. The collecting locality is ca. 5 miles southwest of the Chevelon Ranger Station in sec. 34, T13N, R13E, Chevelon Ranger District, Sitgreaves National Forest, Coconino County, Arizona; elevation ca. 7,300 feet. The pine trees are part of a naturally regenerated ponderosa pine stand that became established following an intensive and devastating forest fire, the Dudley Burn, that swept through the area in June 1956. One spider had captured a male Diplo- taxis sp. in a 7.6 ft. tree. Because the head of the scarab beetle was missing at the time of collection, specific identification was not possible. On a nearby 'Forest Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture, with central headquarters maintained at Fort Collins in cooperation with Colorado State University; author is located at Albuquerque in cooperation with the University of New Mexico. 42 JENNINGS: CRAB SPIDERS & SCARABS pine, 9.3 ft. in height, another X. apachecus was feeding on a male Phyllophaga (Listrochelus) falsa (LeConte). Both spiders were on foliage in the upper crowns of the trees, near the apices of lateral branches. Crab spiders were seen with out-stretched front legs in such foliage on numerous other occasions, presumably waiting for insects. A third example of a crab spider feeding on a scarab beetle was observed on 19 July 1971 when Herbert Allen Pase, III, collected a female X. apachecus feeding on a female Diplotaxis parvicollis Fall. This collection was made in the same general locality as the other 2 collections, but in sec. 23, T13N, R13E of the Dudley Burn, ca. 2.5 miles southwest of the Chevelon Ranger Station, elevation 7,200 feet. The spider with beetle prey was on a ponderosa pine seedling, height ca. 3 ft. All 3 observations are new prey records for X. apachecus. The distribution of X. apachecus includes Utah, Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Texas, and California (Gertsch, 1939, 1953; Schick, 1965). Previous records of this crab spider on Pinus ponderosa foliage are lacking. Distribu¬ tions of the scarab beetles include Mexico, New Mexico, Colorado, Utah, California, and Arizona for P. falsa (Butler and Werner, 1961) and Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona, and Mexico for D. parvicollis (Vaurie, 1960). Although spiders are not included among the natural enemies of scarab beetles given by Ritcher (1958), Davis (1919) reported 3 species of spiders preying on scarabs, including the crab spider Xysticus gulosus Keys, feeding on Phyllophaga futilis (LeC.). Exline and Hatch (1934) observed Odontaeus [now Bolboceras ] obesus LeC. and Diplotaxis brevicollis LeC. in webs of the black widow, Latrodectus mactans (Fabr.). The species of scarabs captured by crab spiders may be of economic im¬ portance in areas where survival of natural and planted ponderosa pine seedlings is critical. Adults of P. falsa have been taken in Arizona several times on ponderosa pine in July and August (Butler and Werner, 1961). Saylor (1940) reported that larvae of these beetles did extensive damage to pine seedlings at Flagstaff, Arizona, by cutting off the tree roots. Chapin (1934) described Listrochelus langeri (a synonym of P. falsa), and stated that it injures foliage of Pinus ponderosa. It is not known whether the adults of Diplotaxis sp. and D. parvicollis feed directly on ponderosa pine foliage or merely visit pine trees in the vicinity of other food sources. General information regarding the feeding habits of Diplotaxis indicates that the adults probably feed on pine foliage, while larvae feed on the roots or rootlets of pine seedlings. Vaurie (1960) included Pinus among the habitats where she collected adult Diplotaxis, and Arnett (1963) reported that adults of Diplotaxis are nocturnal and feed mostly on conifers, with pines being the preferred food. Larvae of Diplotaxis fed on the roots of coniferous seedlings under experimental conditions, but they destroyed less than 20% of the pine seedlings used in the experiments (Craighead, 1950). The extent and frequency of crab spider predation on scarab beetles are not known. Carcasses of scarab beetles were frequently seen near the tips of branches in the upper crowns of young pines on the Dudley Burn. Xysticus apachecus is an ambushing crab spider that does not move rapidly over the foliage in search of prey. The positioning of these spiders at the apices of upper crown branches is probably advantageous for capturing flying insects, including these scarabs, that alight on these extremities. No doubt these spiders prey on other insects besides scarab beetles. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 43 Acknowledgments I am indebted to Dr. Milton W. Sanderson, Illinois Natural History Sur¬ vey, Urbana, Illinois, for determination of the Phyllophaga and to Mrs. Pa¬ tricia Vaurie, American Museum of Natural History, New York, for Diplo- taxis determinations. Thanks are due Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, Curator Emeritus of Arachnids, American Museum of Natural History, New York, now at Portal, Arizona, for confirming spider determinations. Literature Cited Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1963. The beetles of the United States. Catholic Univ. Amer. Press, Washington, D.C. 1112p. Butler, G. D., Jr., and F. G. Werner. 1961. Distribution and host plants of May beetles in Arizona. Arizona Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 147:1-19. Chapin, E. A. 1934. A new Listrochelus injuring Pinus ponderosa Lawson in the Rocky Mountain region (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 47:93-94. Craighead, F. C. 1950. Insect enemies of eastern forests. U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ. 657:1-679. Davis, J. J. 1919. Contributions to a knowledge of the natural enemies of Phyllophaga. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey 13:53-138; pis. 3-14. Exline, H. and M. H. Hatch. 1934. Note on the food of a black widow spider. J. New York Ent. Soc. 42:449-450. Gertsch, W. J. 1939. A revision of the typical crab-spiders (Misumeninae) of America north of Mexico. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 76:277-442. Gertsch, W. J. 1953. The spider genera Xysticus, Coriarachne, and Oxyptila (Thomisidae, Misumeninae) in North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 102:413-482. Loughton, B. G., C. Derry, and A. S. West. 1963. Spiders and the spruce budworm, p. 249-268. In R. F. Morris [ed.], The dynamics of epidemic spruce budworm populations. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada 31. Morris, R. F. 1972. Predation by insects and spiders inhabiting colonial webs of Hyphantria cunea. Can. Ent. 104:1197-1207. Renault, T. R., and C. A. Miller. 1972. Spiders in a fir-spruce biotype: abundance, diversity, and influence on spruce budworm densities. Can. J. Zool. 50:1039-1046. Ritcher, P. 0. 1958. Biology of Scarabaeidae. Annual Rev. Ent. 3:311-334. Saylor, L. W. 1940. Revision of the scarabaeid beetles of the phyllophagan subgenus Listrochelus of fhe United States, with discussion of related subgenera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 89(3095):59-130. Schick, R. X. 1965. The crab spiders of California (Araneida, Thomisidae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 129:1-180. Vaurie, P. 1960. A revision of the genus Diplotaxis (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Melolonthinae). Part 2. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 120:161-434. Coleopterists Newsletter, (Cont. from p. 40) MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSEUM SCIENCE A master’s degree program in Museum Science has been approved by Texas Tech University and awaits final approval at the State Coordinating Board level in January. Applications are now being accepted for this program which should begin in the fall semester of 1974. The program is designed to train students for a wide variety of positions within museums and related organizations. Students can opt for emphasis in art, historical restoration, history, anthropology, or some area of biology or geology. For further infor¬ mation write to Museum Science Program, The Museum, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409. 44 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 COLEOPTERISTS SOCIETY FIELD TRIP TO WELDER WILDLIFE REFUGE AND VICINITY (November 29— December 3, 1973) Following a successful Entomological Society of America meeting in Dallas, 26 coleopterists left Thursday morning, November 29, and drove to the Welder Wildlife Refuge near Sinton, Texas for a 3-day field trip. After several stops en route we arrived at the Refuge late in the evening and settled into the dorm rooms and efficiency apartments provided by the Rob and Bessie Welder Foundation. Due to the late hour of our arrival and the cool weather Thurs¬ day night, most members of the group chose to relax in front of a roaring fire and talk about beetles, vowing to make the big collecting push the following day. A few people decided to try their luck that night, but mostly the beetles refused to cooperate. The next morning we were then treated to a tour of the headquarters, laboratories, and museum of the Welder Foundation by Drs. Clarence Cottam and Eric Bolen. At approximately 10 o’clock that morning most of the group left the Refuge to collect at Goose Island State Park on the coast. The collecting there would probably not qualify as being great but a few good beetles were taken. Regardless of the quality and quantity of beetles brought home, the beautiful weather which we were so fortunate to experience at Goose Island made the outing an enjoyable one. On the return trip to Welder that afternoon, several groups stopped at various localities along the way to sample the beetle fauna. Friday night was warmer than the previous night and more people were out in the brush of the Refuge after beetles with blacklights and various other methods. Saturday one group drove to Lake Corpus Christi State Park to collect, while the remaining coleopterists worked on the Refuge or visited other localities in the area. Everyone was back at the Refuge by 7 p.m. Saturday with a big appetite ready to partake of a catered barbeque held in the rotunda at the Foundation headquarters. Due to the gasoline shortage many service stations in the area were closed Sunday so we concentrated our collecting efforts on the Refuge that day. A few, however, decided to forsake the beetles long enough to drive over to nearby Aransas Wildlife Refuge in hopes of spotting a whooping crane or two. We did not get a glimpse of these magnificent birds but other bird life was abundant and the trip was well worth the effort. Light-collecting was more successful on the Refuge Sunday night as the weather warmed up appreciably. Monday morning everyone was up early preparing to leave for home. By mid-morning we had cleaned the living quarters, packed up, loaded and departed the Refuge. The collecting success on this trip will not be fully known until everyone has an opportunity to closely examine his material and make determinations. Undoubtedly, material collected on this trip will appear in revisions and other papers on beetles for years to come. It is obvious to all who participated, however, that aside from the insects collected, the exchange of ideas, general talk about beetles, and the great fellowship which prevailed made the trip a success. The fine facilities provided by the Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Foun¬ dation, the beautiful surroundings, and the warm hospitality of Dr. Cottam and his staff were greatly appreciated by all who attended. Participants in the field trip included: James Ashe, George and Kathleen Ball, Horace Burke, Wayne Clark, Ginter Ekis, Terry Erwin, David Foster, J. Howard Frank, Grant Gaumer, Bill Gibson, Ruth Lynn Hooper, John (Cont. p. 48) THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 45 TWO NEW SPECIES OF CEPHALOSCYMNUS CROTCH FROM MEXICO WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES (COLEOPTERA:COCCINELLIDAE) Robert D. Gordon Systematic Entomology Laboratory Agricultural Research Service, USDA' Abstract Two new species of Cephaloscymnus, mexicanus and minutus, are described, and additional distribution data are listed for some previously described species. The genus Cephaloscymnus in North America was treated by Gordon (1970). The purpose of the present paper is to present additional information on distribution and genitalia of previously described species and to describe 2 new species. Material discussed herein is in the Canadian National Collection [CNC] and the U. S. National Museum [USNM]. Cephaloscymnus zimmermanni zimmermanni Crotch Fig. 1 A single specimen of this subspecies from Arkansas has been examined. This represents an extension of the known range (Gordon, 1970: 67), and it is interesting that this specimen is typical of the nominate subspecies and does not represent an intergrade between zimmermanni, s. str., and 2. australis Gordon. Figure 1 is an enlarged view of the siphonal apex of the male genitalia of zimmermanni, s. str. Cephaloscymnus mexicanus Gordon, new species Fig. 2-6 Holotype male: length 2.60 mm, greatest width 1.52 mm. Form elongate, dorso-ventrally flattened, widest at middle of elytra. Color reddish-brown dorsally except clypeal area of head and lateral border of pronotum paler yellowish-brown, elytron with faint greenish-bronze sheen; ventral surface black except hypopleuron and epipleuron reddish-brown, mouthparts, legs, lateral border of third and fourth sterna and entire apical sternum yellow. Head and pronotum densely, coarsely punctured, punctures separated by less than their diameter, becoming denser on explanate border of pronotum; punctures on elytron not dense, separated by at least their diameter. Pubes¬ cence grayish-white, short on head, tightly appressed, long on pronotum and head, semi-erect. Genitalia with basal lobe longer than paramere, parallel¬ sided with rounded apex in ventral view, curved in lateral view, with dorsal Mail address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. 46 GORDON: NEW MEXICAN CEPHALOSCYMNUS keel; paramere slender, nearly straight, narrowed toward apex (Fig. 2, 3); sipho as in Fig. 4, 5. Female: similar to male except spermathecal capsule curved, apex bluntly rounded (Fig. 6). Variation: length 2.48 to 2.60 mm, width 1.45 to 1.52 mm. Holotype: male [CNC], Mexico, 30 mi. W. Durango, Dgo., 8000', 4- V-1961, Howden & Martin. Paratypes: total 2 [CNC and USNM], Mexico: 7500', nr. Jame, 33 mi. S. E. Saltillo, Coahuila, 25-VII-1963, H. F. Howden; 3 mi. E. El Salto, Durango, 21-VI-1964, H. F. Howden. Another specimen of Cephaloscymnus in the CNC from Jacala, Hidalgo, Mexico, is probably this species, but it is a female that doesn’t match the type series exactly. The male genitalia of mexicanus are of the type found in C. 2. australis, but the basal lobe is relatively longer, more slender and not as abruptly curved in mexicanus. C. z. australis also differs from mexicanus in having the pronotal punctures extremely dense, usually contiguous, and the pronotum entirely red, not paler laterally. The holotype has the head indented medially, obviously a result of damage, and 1 middle leg and 1 hind leg are missing. The specimen was teneral when collected and so was more susceptible to damage. Cephaloscymnus occidentalis Horn Fig. 7 This is the first Mexican record for this species. Two specimens in the CNC bearing the following data are this species: “Nr. San Jose Beach, 40 mi. SW. Cd. Obregon, Sonora, Mex., 16-23.V.1961, Howden & Martin, at light”; “Rio Yaqui, 12 mi. W. Cd. Obregon, Sonora, Mex., 15-V-1961, Howden & Martin”. Figure 7 is an enlarged view of the siphonal apex of the male genitalia. Cephaloscymnus laevis Gordon Fig. 8, 9 This species was described (Gordon 1970) from a single male from Nogales, Arizona, in the California Academy of Sciences collection. There are 2 examples of laevis, a male and female, in the CNC, both labeled “10 mi NE. Jacala, Hidalgo, Mex., VIII. 1-3.1960, Howden. This is not only the first Mexican record of the species but also represents a great extension of the known range. Figure 8 is an enlarged view of the siphonal apex of the male genitalia. Figure 9 is the female spermathecal capsule, not previously illustrated. Cephaloscymnus gnomus Gordon, new species Fig. 10 Holotype female: length 1.70 mm, greatest width 1.00 mm. Form elon¬ gate, somewhat convex, widest at middle of elytra. Color black except antero-lateral angle of pronotum and apical third of elytron obscurely red¬ dish-brown, legs and mouthparts yellow or yellowish-brown. Punctures on head and pronotum dense, coarse, separated by their diameter or less, becoming somewhat contiguous along lateral margin of pronotum; punctures Fig. 1-10. Genitalia of Cephaloscymnus spp.: 1) siphonal apex, C. zimmer- manni zimmermanni; 2 and 3) ventral and lateral aspects of phallobase, C. mexicanus ; 4 and 5) entire sipho and siphonal apex, C. mexicanus; 6) sper- mathecal capsule, C. mexicanus; 7) siphonal apex, C. occidentalis; 8) siphonal apex, C. laevis; 9) spermathecal capsule, C. laevis; 10) spermathecal capsule, C. gnomus. 48 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 on elytron dense, coarse, subequal in size to pronotal punctures, separated by their diameter or less. Pubescence grayish-white, short and tightly appressed on head, long and semi-erect on pronotum and elytron. Genitalia with sper- mathecal capsule feebly curved before apex, apex bluntly pointed (Fig. 10). Male: not known. Holotype: female [CNC], Mexico: El Salto de Agua, San Luis Potosi, 28-30-VII-1960, H. Howden. The extremely small size, nearly all black dorsal surface and coarse, dense punctures on the elytron distinguish gnomus from any previously described species. C. occidentalis approaches gnomus most closely in size but has the elytral punctures much less dense on the elytron than on the pronotum as do all other presently known species of Cephaloscymnus except gnomus. The shape of the spermathecal capsule is also completely different from those previously figured (Gordon 1970:68). References Gordon, R. D. 1970. The genus Cephaloscymnus Crotch in North America (Coleoptera:Coccinellidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 72:66-70. Coleopterists Newsletter, (Cont. from p. 44) Lawrence, George Marshall, Bob and Maria Murray, Charles and Lois O’Brien, Manuel Pescador, Edgar and Mary Riek, Elbert Sleeper, Billy D. Stallings, Barry and Buena Valentine, and Janice White.— Horace R. Burke, William W. Gibson, Robert R. Murray. THE FOURTH OF JULY, OR WHAT’S IN A DATE? A PLEA The important date of the American calendar is considered by one segment of the American populace to fall on 4 July and by another segment to occur on July 4. Subscribing to the first system is the American military and to the second, various institutions of the Federal Government and at least some State governments. Under the first system the date is abbreviated to 4.7.1974 or 04/07/74 or 4-7-’74 or 4 VII ’74 or other variations and, under the second, to 7.4.1974 or 07/04/74 or 7-4-’74 or VII 4, ’74 or other variations. This can, understandably, lead to confusion by adherents of the one system of notation when faced with the other. Both systems are deeply entrenched. The first is used, to my knowledge, almost universally outside the U.S. No standardization can be expected for general use. Coleopterists are concerned when it comes to recording and citing collec¬ tion data. Editorial policy of the Coleopterists Bulletin wisely requires that the month be written in Roman numerals for collection data and, arbitrarily but in accordance with the more widespread international system, that the whole be written in the order day-month-year, i.e. in units of increasing magnitude. But anyone working with museum specimens is likely to have had to decide which numeral indicates the day and which the month in data labels (Cont. p. 50) THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 49 NEW BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Frank M. Beer Oregon State University, Corvallis 97331 Abstract A new subspecies of buprestid beetle, Dicerca horni nelsoni, is described from Inyo County California, as is the plesiallotype female of Trachykele fattigi Knull from Stone Mountain, Georgia. Dicerca horni nelsoni Beer, New Subspecies Similar to typical subspecies horni except as to color, being a brilliant coppery above and below, both surfaces suffused with green, especially behind scutellum, along elytral suture and humeral areas, both surfaces clothed with long, fine, erect white hairs. Head with front more flattened, pronotum with sides more parallel in basal half rather than with slight flare, intervals of elytral disk having somewhat more scattered raised smooth areas which pos¬ sess a bluish to purplish cast; elytral apices tend to be vaguely emarginate rather than entire or truncate. Under surface slightly more shining, coarsely and serially punctate; tarsi and apical margin of abdomen with purplish cast. Male genitalia identical with subspecies horni. Male length 18.8 mm, width 6.5 mm; female length 18.0 mm, width 6.8 mm. Smallest specimen, a male, length 14.9 mm, width 5.3 mm; largest specimen, a female, length 21.9 mm, width 8.0 mm. Holotype male: California: Inyo County, Cottonwood Creek, east flank of the Sierra-Nevada Range, 7-VII-65, F. M. Beer [California Academy Sciences]; allotype female, Inyo County, Lone Pine, 14-VI-37, A. P. Yerring- ton [CAS]. Paratypes (13): California: Inyo County, as follows: 3 males, 3 females, same data as holotype, [F. M. Beer col.]; 3 females, Lone Pine, 6-V-60, F. D. Parker [G. H. Nelson Col.]; 1 female, Lone Pine, 20-VI-37, K. L. Maehler TCAS]; 1 male, Lone Pine, 20-VI-37, W. C. Reeves [G. H. Nelson col.]; 1 female, Lone Pine, 26-V-37, A. P. Yerrington [G. H. Nelson col.]; 1 male, Blackrock, VI-63, Mannott [CAS]; 1 para type, Lassen County, Doyle, 31-V-40, A. T. McClay [G. H. Nelson col.]. The middle tibial spine of the male is shorter and more blunt than in the nominate species, while the terminal margin of the last visible segment of the female is vaguely bisinuate in 7 specimens, broadly rounded in the remaining 3. In subspecies horni of 20 females examined (the number in the writers collection), 15 have the terminal margin rounded, 2 have it emarginate, 2 have a vague median projection without being bisinuate, and 1 has a broad emar- gination with central short obtuse spine. I take pleasure in naming this form in honor of Dr. Gayle Nelson, Chair¬ man, Department of Anatomy, Kansas City College of Osteopathic Medicine, who has done so much to clarify poorly known species and who has brought much organization of the species within the family. 50 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 Trachykele fattigi Knull, 1954 Ohio Jour. Science, LIV: 294-296 This species was described from a unique male taken at Stone Mountain, Georgia, in 1951 by Lucian Harris. While visiting Georgia in 1966, I cut 7 specimens (3 males, 4 females) from a decadent juniper ( Juniperus virginiana L.). Description of female: Differs from the male as follows: larger, more robust; irregular velvety black depressions larger, more numerous; last visible sternite broadly rounded at apex, smooth areas each side on first 4 abdominal segments lacking, but small depression adjacent to their position, present. Length 17.4 mm, width 6.3 mm. Plesiallotype: Georgia: Stone Mountain, 26-X-66, F. M. Beer. A male and female are deposited in the G. H. Nelson collection, the plesiallotype and remaining topotypes in the writer’s collection. Two specimens have a very faint tint of red on the pronotum and basal region of the elytra similar to that found in T. blonde li of the Pacific North¬ west. Males vary in length from 14.1-15.1 mm, width 5. 0-5. 6 mm; the females from 17.2-18.0 mm, width 6.3-6.8 mm. Coleopterists Newsletter, (Cont. from p. 48) where ‘Arabic’ numerals were used throughout. Four examples (from the National Museum of Natural History) before me at this time bear the following ‘dates’: T.3.8', T4.4', '3.82', '8.2'! Coleopterists, individualists all, are unlikely to change to recording their collection data in a day-month-year system if they have been writing it as month-day-year ever since they collected their first beetle, nor is this neces¬ sary. But please, if you value your collections, make it easier for others to use them by making it plain which is the day and which the month and print the month in obvious Roman numerals (II or ii not 11) or spell it out in letters. Lincoln’s Birthday anniversary could be 12 II 1974 or 12 Feb. 1974 or 11-12-1974 or Feb. 12, 1974 according to preference or inclination. An article, Standards for Entomological Labels, by B. R. Stuckenberg and M. E. Irwin, which appeared in the Sept. 1973 number of Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am. vol. 19, pp. 164-168, is well worth reading.— J. Howard Frank, P. 0. Box 520, Vero Beach, Florida 32960. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 51 TREASURER’S REPORT: 1972, 1973, BUDGET FOR 1974 Financial Statement 1972 Assets: Transfer of account from Florida (Jim Lloyd) to Washington (Terry Erwin) plus accumulated checks forwarded from Wood¬ ruff, Lloyd, and Purdue— opened account at Riggs National, D.C. $ 3,216.61 Income: Page charges, separates, postage on separates charged to authors after 5 March 1972 921.81 Membership dues, institutional subscriptions; plus page charges, separates, etc. before 5 March 1972 4,645.14 Balance of credits: $ 8,783.56 Disbursements: Printer’s cost for Bulletin production $ 2,919.60 Printer’s other services (addressograph, etc.) 30.05 Inkblot Co. services (stuffing envelopes, etc.) 111.20 Newsletter production and mailing 104.84 Administration supplies (postage, rubber stamps, envelopes, billing forms, etc.) 328.03 Editor’s office postage kitty 50.00 Riggs Bank service charge (checks) 11.92 Transfer to Jacques from Abdullah for directory 2.00 Balance of Debits: $ 3,557.64 Income over disbursements, 1972 $ 5,225.92 Preliminary Financial Statement 1973 (thru Nov. 15, 1973) Assets * Balance from 1972 $ 5,225.92 Income: Page charges, separates, postage on separates charged to authors after 1 January 1973 1,148.68 Membership dues, institutional subscriptions 5,464.65 $11,839.25 Balance of credits: 52 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 (Treasurer’s Report, continued) Disbursements: Printer’s cost for Bulletin production $ 4,276.83 Printer’s other services (addressograph, etc.) 54.07 Inkblot Co. services (stuffing envelopes, etc.) 81.35 Newsletter printing 51.50 Newsletter postage 53.88 Administration supplies (postage, envelopes, billing forms, ballots, etc.) 242.70 Editor’s office postage kitty 125.00 2nd class mailing permit 50.00 Faxon refund (Poland quit) 10.00 Tax on envelopes 1.00 Balance of debits: $ 4,946.33 Proposed 1974 Budget Income: Page charges $ 1200.00 Membership dues, institutional subscriptions 4,500.00 Total $ 5,700.00 Expenses: Bulletin costs $ 4,500.00 Printer’s other services (addressograph, etc.) 60.00 Postage, envelopes, forms, etc. 300.00 Bulletin stuffing and mailing expenses 200.00 Editor’s postage, 2nd class mailing 175.00 Total $ 5,235.00 Income Over Expenses $ 465.00 . . . Respectfully submitted by Terry L. Erwin, Treasurer (1973;. Audited by Donald M. Anderson and Ginter Ekis. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 {continued from inside front cover) departments, provinces, parishes, and/or counties listed. Dates are listed by day, month (in Roman numerals), and last 2 digits of the year. Listing of ecological data is en¬ couraged. Location of specimens should be shown in brackets; if the data is extensive these should ba abbreviated as shown and the abbreviations listed in the text. Any article concerning Coleoptera will be considered. Descriptions of new taxa must contain keys (or be correlated with existing keys) and illustrations. All manuscripts should be typed on 8V2X 11” opaque white paper with 1 inch margins. They should be typed on one side only and double spaced throughout (including title, footnotes, tables, figure legends, and references). All scientific names should be underlined. Use the following order: title, author, author’s address, abstract, body of text, references cited, and figures. All footnotes, tables, and figure legends should be provided on separate sheets and double spaced. Indicate approximate figure and table locations in pencil in the margin of the manuscript. An abstract should be a concise statement of the facts presented, not that they are presented (e.g. list names of organisms, not just that they were discussed or described as new). These abstracts are the key to how your article will be cited in the abstracting journals and should be carefully written. THE COLEOPTERISTS SOCIETY Officers for the Society 1974 President: J. F. Lawrence, Harvard University, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, MA 02138. Vice President: P. O. Ritcher, Dept. Ent., Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, OR 97331. Secretary: R. D. Gordon, Syst. Ent. Lab., USDA, ARS, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. Treasurer: T. L. Erwin, Div. Coleoptera, Dept. Ent., U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. Editor (Coleopterists Bulletin): R. E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., Div. Plant Industry, P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601. Editor (Coleopterists Newsletter): C. W. O’Brien, Univ. P. O. Box 111, Florida A & M University, Tallahassee, FL 32307. Council through 1974 C. H. Lindroth, Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden. Patricia Vaurie, Dept. Insects & Spiders, American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. 10024. H. R. Burke, Dept. Entomology, Texas A & M University, College Station, TX 77843. Council through 1975 J. M. Campbell, Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A OC6, Canada. John A. Chemsak, Division of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. Lee H. Herman, Jr., Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural His¬ tory, Central Park West at 79th St., New York, N. Y. 10024. NOTICES Notices to appear on this page are a free service to members and subscribers. Such copy will be limited to the back page , the older notices being moved up and replaced with the newest ones at the bottom. The editor reserves the right to reword such notices for brevity, consistency , and clarity. SCARABAEIDAE: Studying myrmecophilous and termitophilous Aphodiinae. Request loan of New World material especially. Will sort from general scarab collections or from light trap samples. Robert E. Woodruff, Fla. Dept. Aqr., P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601 . CERAMBYCIDAE: Preparing checklist of species in Tennessee. Request data from any Tennessee specimens. Hoyt L. Jamerson, Dept. Biology, Memphis State Univ., Memphis, TN 38152. SCARABAEIDAE: Dynastes hercules and related species wanted. Interested in variation in size and color, as wel as distribution (locality data). Will buy or exchange. Bill Reid, 994 Irene Ct., No. Valley Stream NY 1 1580. LUCANIDAE: Buy or exchange all species. Offer Buprestidae, Carabidae, Cerambycidae, and Scarabaeidae. Antonio Alaimo, Via dei Platani 52, 00172 Roma, Italy. . . CERAMBYCIDAE, LUCANIDAE, & SCARABAEIDAE: Will purchase or exchange. R H. McPeak, 10370 Limetree Lane, Spring Valley, CA 92077. FREE PUBLICATION: If you are not now receiving “Progress Reports", the newsletter of the North American Beetle Fauna Project, send your name, address, and interest in beetles statement to: Dr. R. H. Arnett, NABF Project, Dept. Biol., Siena College, Loudonville, NY 12211. FOR SALE: Used insect boxes of various types and sizes and unit pinning trays for Cornell drawers and Calif Acad, drawers. Write for specifics to R. E. Woodruff, 351 7 N.W. 1 0th Ave., Gainesville, FL 32601 GRANT INFORMATION: Funding Sources Clearinghouse, Inc. 760 Market Street, Suite 1000, San Francisco, COLYDIIDAE: Building up worldwide collection. 1 waht to buy or exchange other Coleoptera. Also interested in immature stages and publications on this family. Horst D. Matern, 5000 Koeln 41, Lotharstr. 34, Western SCARABAEIDAE: LookingTor all material of Coprinae, literature and specimens, also in exchange and purchase. Klaus-Ulrich Geis, Gyrhofstr. 6, D 5 Koln 44, Western.Germany, PSEPHENIDAE (including €UBRIINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE): Revising the family in the Wes¬ tern Hemisphere. Request loctn oJ.any material from the New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Un.v. of Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval. Norman, Oklahoma 73069. . WANTED: American Geographical Society maps of Mexico: Baja California-Norte, Baja California- ur, an Sonora. W. H. Clark, 705 Smith Street, Vale, Oregon 97918. ...... EXCHANGE: I am interested in trading Colorado beetles for Meloidae and/or Scarabaeidae. I prefer Meloidae. Hartman, P. O. Box 444, Frederick, Colorado 80530. FOR SALE: Comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. Classic Sharp & Muir monograph on genitalia & six related papers. An essential work for all serious students of Coleoptera. 304 pp„ 43 pis , bound. $10.00. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, Box AJ, College Park, Maryland 20740^ CARABUS, CARABIDAE, CERAMBYCIDAE: Will purchase or exchange Albert Sermet, Pres du lac 17.1400, Yverdon, (Suisse) Switzerland. LUCANIDAE: World revision of most genera; prefer exchange for lucanids or other beetles; will identify oans, wi buy if necessary. Hughes E. Bomans, 39 Avenue Charles Verhaegen, 1950 Crainhem, Belgium. MICROPEPLIDAE: Working toward a world monograph of the entire family. Specimens, praeimaginal stages, distribution and/or ecological records needed from all areas of the World, by loan, or general exchange, correspondence invited. SILPHIDAE: Presently revising the genus Agyrtes for World. Request loan of adults and/or larvae & pupae. Distribution and ecological records welcome. STAPHYLINIDAE: Revising the genus Bryocharis (subfam. Tachyporinae). Request loan of New World and East Asiatic material especially, e r Nohel, Botany Inst., Czech. Acad. Sci., 25243-Pruhonice nr. Prague, Czechoslovakia. BUPRESTIDAE: 50 Euchroma gigantea (av. 6cm) plus general collection, unidentified, in alcohol, from Cana Zone (many scarabs, longhorns, etc.) to trade for any interesting Coleoptera. David Swanson, 502 Beech St. A-4, Savanna, III. 61074. _ SCARABAEIDAE: Chalcosoma atlas and subspecies from Malaysia, Philippines, Java, & Sumatra (5-1 1 cm) i-or Sale. K. A. Schmitt, WI 68 Nil 469 El Camino, Germantown, Wise. 53022. • itai v EXCHANGE: Curculionidae, Buprestidae, and Carabidae. Massimo Heregalli, C. A. Picco 27, 1 01 31 Torino, 1 1 aly CICINDELIDAE: Need specimens of following genera for morphological studies of family: Eucallia, Nickerlea, Rhysopleura, Langea, Opisthencentrus, Iresia, Oxygonia, Ctenostoma, Pogonostoma, Caledonomorpha, Caledonica, Distipsidera, Aniara, Prothyma. Wish to exchange, borrow, or purchase and can use poor y labelled or damaged material. R D. Ward, Dept. Ent., Michigan State Univ., East Lansing, Mich. 48823. FOR SALE: Exotic beetles from Malaysia, New Guinea, Africa, Brazil, etc. Send $1 .00 for 64 p. catalogue. Prospect Biological, P. O. Box 307, Round Lake, Illinois 60073. PHILIPPINE BEETLES: Leonard L. Lengyel, c/o Mrs. Manuela R. Ablan, Rizal St., Laoag City, llocos Norte, Rep. Philippines. <1 LITERATURE DESIRED: Donations of reprints, journals, and reference works are solicited to build up library. Wau Ecology Institute, Box 77, Wau, PAPUA, NEW GUINEA. SCARABAEIDAE: Want to purchase Dynastes tityus and Plusiotus from North and Central America or trade for Psalidognathus superbus and French Scarabaeidae. T. D. Haas, 97 Barnes St., Long Beach, N. Y. 11561. WANTED: Casey, T. L. 1912. Memoir III, p. 1-386. Henry Dietrich, Dept. Ent., Cornell Univ., Comstock Hall, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN AN INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES VOLUME 28, NUMBER 2 JUNE, 1974 DYTISCIDAE: Stridulatory organs by D. J. Larson & G. Pritchard . 53-63 CHRYSOMELIDAE: N.A. Orthaltica by G. Scherer . 65-72 BUPRESTIDAE: Agrilus new to U.S. by H. A. Hespenheide . 73-75 STAPHYLINIDAE: Lispininae genera by I. Moore & E. F. Legner . 77-84 TECHNIQUES: Gender points by P. D. Perkins . 84 PSEPHENIDAE: Life history by C. M. Murvosh & B. W. Miller . 85-92 MELANDRYIDAE, MYCETOPHAGIDAE & TETRATOMIDAE by M. Abdullah . 93-100 TECHNIQUE: Inexpensive unit trays by C. E. White & D. S. White . 101-102 CARABIDAE: C. A. Platynus by D. R. Whitehead . 103-104 NOTICE OF CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENTS . 64 BOOK REVIEWS & LITERATURE NOTICES . 75, 76, 92, 100 Edited By: Robert E. Woodruff Mailing date for this Issue: August 26, 1974 BIOLOGY LIBRARY 101 BURRILL HALL THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN (Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.) T, mieonterists Bulletin is published quarterly, beginning in March by the 1269, Gainesville, Florida 32601. during the year. . , , Society Membership (without subscription, but includes $ 5 00 Coleopterists Newsletter) , , : 8 00 Individual Subscription (including Society membership) 1Q 00 Institutional Subscription Back Issues: At the present time the Society maintains no supplies of back issues prior to Volume 25. Earlier volumes may be supplied by previous publishers. Vol. 1-3 out of print ,. . nr9ftm7 Vol. 4-20 Catholic University Press, Washington DC Vol 21-24 Dept. Entomology, Purdue Umv., Lafayette, IN changes. a subscription to the Coleopterisis ounct r w Gyp, ■ Lab. of Aquatic cerning the Newsletter should be sent to the editor. D_ • • ttt ' “12307 Entomology, Univ. P. O. Box 111, Florida A&M Umv., Tallahassee, Fi. 3230:. Notice to Authors Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, although . those from ™e^ers of the Coleopterists Society will be given priority. It is suggested that a11. ProsP®c,‘ authors Si the Society! All manuscripts should conform to instructions in the Style Manual for Biological Journals (3rd Ed.) prepared by the Committee on Form and Sty” of the Conference of Biological Editors, and pubfehed by the American Institute nf Rinloeical Sciences 2000 P Street NW, Washington, DC 20063. The foUowfog exceptions are noted . 1) All geographical names are to be spelled out 2) use words, not symbols, for male and female, 3) us< * numerals J throughout, except o begin a sentence, 4) entomology, deal, dst, etc. are to be abbreviated Ent. in l.teratu.e "^SpTcimen label data should be listed in the following manner: MEXICO: State of Veracruz Fortin de las Flores, 10-VIII-70, I. B. J ones, under bark of Pinus eracruz, 7AAAf4- riJSNMl (2) The number in parentheses indicates the number of ^Mted in order Pw,th largest units first, with states, tinned inside back cover (Mailed under second-class permit at Gainesville, Florida. Postmaster: send form 3579 to editorial office-Dr. R. E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., D,v. Plant Industry, P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 53 ORGANS OF POSSIBLE STRIDULATORY FUNCTION IN WATER-BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: DYTISCIDAE) D. J. Larson and G. Pritchard Department of Biology, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada Abstract Organs of possible stridulatory function are described from the genera Laccophilus , Agabus, Carrhydrus, Colymbetes, Cybister, and Hydaticus. Five major types of organs are recognized on the basis of the portions of the body on which they are found : file on submentum, plectrum on labial palpus ; file on metacoxa, plectrum on metafemur ; file on abdominal sterna, plectrum on metafemur; file on metafemur, plectrum on abdominal sterna ; and file on protarsal article 2, plectrum on protibia. With a few exceptions these organs are restricted to, or best developed on, males. Introduction During the course of a taxonomic study of the Dytiscidae, Larson noted several examples of modifications of opposing body parts in which a roughened area or file on one matched with a projection on the other. Further search revealed that such structures were widespread in the family and that in each case one part could be moved over the other in a very precise manner. We wish to draw attention to this variety of interesting structures and to suggest a function for them. More than 200 species of Dytiscidae, representing nearly all the North American genera, have been examined, and we describe the major types of struc¬ ture found. No attempt has been made to elucidate intraspecific vari¬ ation, important as such variation may be. Some of these structures have been described before as will be noted below, and some have been called “stridulatory organs” (e.g., Balfour-Browne 1940), although no behavioral observations are avail¬ able. Almost all sounds that have been heard from dytiscid beetles have occurred when the animals were out of water and generally under some stress. Under these circumstances, attention has been focused on the wings as the means by which sound is produced (von Reeker 1891 ; Arrow 1924; Marcu 1936). However, we believe that such sounds could be produced simply by whirring the wings beneath the elytra. In particular, it seems unnecessary to invoke a stridulatory function for the ‘costal file’ as was done by von Reeker (1891), and more recently by Freitag and Lee (1972) to account for buzzing sounds made by cicinde- lid beetles. Indeed, all Adephaga that we examined had very similar costal architecture. We intend, therefore, to describe only those struc¬ tures in the Dytiscidae that fit the conventional form of a specialized frictional stridulatory organ. 54 LARSON & PRITCHARD: STRIDULATORY ORGANS A 1 mm h - B Pit? 1 Movement of metafemur over sternal plectrum in (a) Aga- bus aeruginosus and (b) A. falli, showing alignment of femoral grooves with the sternal plectrum. A B Fie- 2 Movement of metafemur over sternal file in Colymbetes sJpUiis: (a) male" (b) female. See text for further formation. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 55 Fig. 3. Laccophilus maculosus decipiens : coxal file ; x 22. Fig. 4. L. m. decipiens : ibid ; x 225. Fig. 5. L. fasciatus : ibid ; x 225. Fig. 6. L. fasciatus : ibid ; x 22. Fig. 7. L. maculosus decipiens : dorsal view of metafemur showing femoral plectrum ; x 40. Fig. 8. L. fasciatus : ibid ; x 40. Fig. 9. L. maculosus decipiens : ibid; x 187. Fig. 10. Agabus semipunctatus : dorsal surface of metafemur with anterior ridge ; x 37. Fig. 11. A.velox: ibid ;x 37. Fig. 12. A. semipunctatus : file of abdominal sternum 2; x 20. Fig. 13. A. semipunctatus : ibid; x 187. Fig. 14. A. velox : ibid; x 187. LARSON & PRITCHARD: STRIDULATORY ORGANS • w vf 22 ■— .■l jhbhhh Fig. 15. A. pisobius : plectrum on suture between abdominal sterna 2 and 3 ; x 20. Fig. 16. A. punctatus : ibid ; x 37. Fig. 17. A. aeruginosus : ibid; x 37. Fig. 18. A. pisobius : ibid; x 205. Fig. 19. A. punctatus : ibid; x 180. Fig. 20. A. aeruginosus: ibid; x 200. Fig. 21. A. pisobius : dorsal view of metafemur with anterior nle; x 37. Fig. 22. A. punctatus : ibid; x 37. Fig. 23. A. aeruginosus : ibid ; x 27. Fig. 24. A. f alii: ibid ;x 55. , Fig. 25. A. disintegrate: plectrum on suture between abdominal sterna 2 and 3 ; x 75. Fig. 26. A. aeruginosus: dorsal view of metalemur; x bb. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 57 Genus Loccophilus Leach Zimmerman (1970) recorded 27 North American species of this genus, and 12 possess a file on each metacoxal plate. Certain Palaearc- tic species also bear similar organs. There is intraspecific variation in the number and coarseness of lines in the file. The file is absent or less developed on females. 1. Laccophilus maculosus decipiens LeConte. The organ is present on the male only. The file (Fig. 3,4) consists of 35 to 45 lines (Zim¬ merman 1970), each about 140^ long. A well developed ridge of about 140^ long is present anteriomedially on the dorsal surface of the meta¬ femur (Fig. 7,9). The ridge is positioned so that it passes directly over the file as the leg swings in an arc across the metacoxa. 2. Laccophilus fasciatus Aube. The coxal file (Fig. 5,6), present on the male only, consists of 20 to 30 lines (Zimmerman 1970), each about 100/x long. Compared with L. maculosus, the entire file is located closer to the base of the metacoxa and the lines are shorter, broader, and deeper. The dorsal face of the metafemur possesses a short ridge (Fig. 8) of about the same length as the width of the file. Genus Hydrovatus Motschulsky Young (1963) noted a ridge bearing cross-striations on the anterior border of the meta-coxa of 2 Palaearctic species, H. cuspidatus Kunze and H. clypealis Sharp. A similar structure has not been found on any New World species, although we have not examined specimens of Hy¬ drovatus. Young suggested that the structure forms part of a stridu- latory organ but did not give a description of how the organ might operate. Genus Agabus Leach Organs of the file-and-ridge type occur on only a few species of this large genus. Two types of organ have been observed: 1) the file occurs on the mediolateral portion of visible abdominal sternum 3, and a ridge is present on the anterior margin of the metafemur; 2) a ridge occurs along the mediolateral portions of the suture between visible abdominal sterna 2 and 3, and the anterior margin of the meta¬ femur is cross-striated to produce a file. Interspecific differences in these structures involve the width and sharpness of the ridge and the coarseness of the file. 1. Agabus semipunctatus Kirby. The male possesses a very strong¬ ly developed file on the mediolateral area of visible abdominal sternum 3 (Fig. 12, 13). The lines are deep and the intervening ridges slope gradually posteriorly and internally, but abruptly externally and anter¬ iorly. The anterior dorsal margin of the metafemur is delimited by a longitudinal submarginal groove (Fig. 10). The file is arranged in a more or less concentric arc around the base of the leg. A similar organ occurs on the Palaearctic species affinis Paykull and unguicularis Thoms. (Guignot 1933). 58 LARSON & PRITCHARD: STRIDULATORY ORGANS 2. Agabus velox Leech. This species is closely related to A. semi- punctatus Kirby, and the males possess an organ of basically the same type. However, the sternal file (Fig. 14) is more irregular without the lines so strongly raised or showing a definite orientation. Also, the groove on the metafemur (Fig. 11) is not so well defined. _ 3 Aaabus falli A. Zimmerman. Although this species is apparently closely related to A. semipunctatus Kirby, the file-and-ridge organ con¬ sists of the reverse type; that is the file (Fig. 24) occurs on the an¬ terior dorsal surface of the metafemur and the ridge is formed from the elevation of the suture between visible abdominal sterna 2 and 3. Only the male possesses such an organ. The file is moderately coarse and more or less unspecialized in that the lines run rougly at right angles to the leading edge of the femur (Fig. lb), and parallel to each other throughout much of the length of the organ. 4. Agabus pisobius Leech. The organ, which consists of a sharp abdominal ridge (Fig. 15, 18) and a fine femoral file (Fig. 21), is equally developed on both sexes. . , 5 Aaabus punctatus Melsheimer. The organ is found on the male only The sternal ridge (Fig. 16, 19) is fairly broad and somewhat rounded medially. The femoral file (Fig. 22) is about as coarse as that of A. falli . However, there is a greater tendency for the lines on the distal half of the femur to run obliquely in from the margin rather than be oriented at right angles to the margin. , 6. Agabus aeruginosus Aube. The organ possessed by t e ma e similar to that of A. punctatus , to which A. aeruginosus is closely relat¬ ed. The ridge (Fig. 17, 20) is broad with a low profile, and the hie (r ig. 23 26) is extremely coarse. The lines of the file are almost at rig angles to the leading margin of the femur basally,_but become oblique distally so that as the leg swings forward over the ridge, the lines main¬ tain their longitudinal axis at right angles to the longitudinal axis ot the ridge (Fig. la). ., • 7 Agabus disintegratus Crotch. The sternal ridge (Fig. 25) sharp and curved so that its anterior face is concave, and the femoral file (Fig. 27, 28) is extremely fine, formed from numerous short trans¬ verse lines. This development occurs only in the male Agabus taem- olatus Harris, a closely related species, possesses a similar organ on t e male (Fig. 29). Genus Carrhydrus Fall Carrhydrus crassipes Fall, the only species of this endemic North American genus, possesses a peculiar organ formed by the labial palpi and the submentum (Fig. 30, 31). The penultimate article of each pal¬ pus is triangular in shape, with a sharp ventral and 2 lateral ridge . The anterior margin of the submentum is raised laterally and bears a series of coarse longitudinal ridges. When the palpus is bent back¬ wards and swung laterally, the median portion of the ventral ridge passes over the striae on the submentum. These structures are present and equally developed on both sexes. Fall (1922) described the peculiar structure of the labial palpus but did not suggest a function for it. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 59 Genus Colymbetes Clairville The relevant structures in this genus consist of a sternal file and a lidge on the anteror margin of the metafemur. The file occurs on the mediolateral portion of the hind margin of visible sternum 2 (Fig. 32, 33, 34, 35). The area comprising the file is slightly raised and coarsely longitudinally striate. On most specimens, the striae are longitudinal¬ ly arranged medially, but become oblique laterally in a manner which maintains their longitudinal axis at right angles to the arc transversed by the femur (Fig. 2a). The file is present on both sexes of all species that we examined. However, on females of at least C. sculptilis Harris, the file is not so strongly raised as on the male. In addition, the striae on the female are slightly shorter and weaker, and the orientation of the ridges is roughly longitudinal throughout the length of the file and does not shift to a more oblique position laterally in correlation with the changing angle of incidence of the femur (Fig. 2b). Between species, the file varies in coarseness and in number of ridges from the few large coarse ridges of C. fuscus L. to the more numerous fine ridges of C. sculptilis.' A ridge is formed by the sharp anterior margin of the metafemur which is limited dorsally by a shallow submarginal longi¬ tudinal groove similar to that shown by Agabus semipunctatus . These structures were known to Gahan (1900) who queried the stridulatory function assigned to the system by previous authors, on the basis that specimens of Colymbetes had not been heard to stridulate. Balfour-Browne (1950) illustrated the sternal file of the species fuscus L. and striatus L. Genus Cybister Curtis Crotch (1873) first described the organ possessed by this genus. The organ, present only on males, consists of a series of short coarse grooves on the inner basal margin of the metacoxa (Fig. 36) and a cor¬ responding ridge on the dorsal basal surface of the metatibia (Fig. 37). The number of grooves in the file varies between species. The file and ridge of C. fimbriolatus Say are illustrated in this paper. Genus Hydaticus Leach An unusual organ is present on the front legs of the males (Fig. 38, o9) of all North American species, and at least several Palaearctic species. The coarsely pitted dorsal surface of the second tarsal article (Fig. 31, 42) could act as a file across which can be moved a row of stout spines situated on the external margin of the protibia (Fig. 40). During the forward motion of the tibia, the movable spines bend back¬ wards and upwards; however, during the backstroke, the spines are held perpendicularly by a ridge which passes across the anterior basal margin of the spine row. Although the pitted sculpture of the pro¬ tarsus has been described for some European species (Rye 1859, in Balfour-Browne 1950), a function has not been postulated for it. 60 LARSON & PRITCHARD: STRIDULATORY ORGANS Fig. 27. A. disintegrate : ibid; x 37. Fig. 28. A. disintegrate: ibid; x 375. Fig. 29. A. taeniolate : ibid; x 55. Fig. 30. Carrhydre crassipes : ventral surface of head, lateral view of labial palpus and submentum ; x 26. Fig. 31. C. crassipes : ventral surface of head, anterior view; x 23. Fig. 32. Colymbetes sculptilis: file of abdominal sternum 2 ; x 20. Fig. 33. C. exaratus : ibid ; x 42. Fig. 34. C. fece : ibid ; x 42. Fig. 35. C. sculptilis : ibid ; x 42. Fig. 36. Cybister fimbriolatus : metacoxal file ; x 9. Fig. 37. C. fimbriolatus : base of metafemur, dorsal view; x 220. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 61 Discussion The structures described here possess the morphological require¬ ments of stridulatory organs of the type termed “frictional mechan¬ isms’’ by Haskell (1961). Some, such as those of Laccophilus maculosus decipiens or Agabus disintegratus possess a file of a fineness compar¬ able with acknowledged sound-producing mechanisms in other groups such as the Orthoptera. Others, which are clearly of the same mor¬ phological type as the above (e.g., Cybister or Agabus aeruginosus) , are much coarser but nevertheless compare with published drawings of certain frictional stridulatory organs in both Orthoptera and Hemip- tera (Haskell 1961). Also, in those organs with a coarse sculpture, the orientation between the ridge and the lines on the file, as the parts move across each other, is much more precisely matched than in species with fine sculpture (Fig. 1). With the exceptions of Agabus pisobius, all species of Colymbetes examined, and Carrhydrus crassipes, well-developed structures of this type are present on the males only. They probably function primarily in courtship. The described structures fall into 5 groups, based on the position on the body: 1). File on submentum, ridge on labial palpus {Carrhydrus) . 2). File on coxa, ridge on metafemur ( Laccophilus , Hydrovatus, Cy- Fig. 38. Hydaticus modestus : left front leg, posterior view of pro- tibial spines and tarsal articles 1 to 3 ; x 75. Fig. 39. Hydaticus modestus : ibid ; x 20. Fig. 40. Hydaticus modestus : protibial spines; x 110. Fig. 41. Hydaticus modestus : left protarsus, dorsal view; x 20. Fig. 42. Hydaticus modestus : protarsal article 2, dorsal view ; x 200. 62 LARSON & PRITCHARD: STRIDULATORY ORGANS bister) 3) File on abdomen, ridge on metafemur (some Agabus, Colymbetes) . 4. Ridge on abdomen, file on metafemur (some Agabus). 5). File on protarsal article 2, spines on protibia (. Hydaticus ) Some of these groups are undoubtedly natural, with the studu structures homologous in the species included in the group. ?*' .?*_ ample, the organ possessed by the species of Hydaticus is very simfiar throughout the genus, probably having a common origin. On the othe hand, taxonomically distant species have developed similar fora of organs. Certain species of the genera Laccophilus and Cybistei possess a coxal file and a corresponding femoral ridge, although differences m the position and structure of these organs tend to confirm that the 2 genera are not closely related. Similarly the presence of a sternal file and femoral ridge on a few species of Agabus and on the species of Colymbetes seems to be attributable to convergence. . Only a few species of Agabus, all of which appear to be closely re¬ lated possess sternal files ; have a different form of organ but still use essentially the same body parts. Among the North American species the sternal ridge femoral file type of organ is found m 4 groups. 1) falli group; 2) punctatus - aeruginosus group; 3) disintegratus group, 4“ pLbius group. While these species represent a single section of the large genus Agabus, it is doubtful that these organs were all inherited from a single ancestral stock; A. pisobius is very similar to A punc- tulatus Aube, oblongulus Fall, and colymbus Leech but . none of latter possess possible stridulatory organs While the latter 3 species are allopatric, the range of pisobius overlaps the distribution of both punctulatus and oblongulus and a stridulatory organ could provide : an isolating mechanism. Two of the 3 species of the disintegratus group, namely A. disintegratus Crotch and A. taeniolatus Harris, possess po - sible stridulatory organs, while the third species, A. lineellus LeCont , lacks an organ. Both species of the punctatus PuncMus Me^ sheimer and aeruginosus Aube, have metafemoral fie _ ridges. Agabus falli appears to be closely related to A. semipunctatus on the basis of habitus and male sexual and secondary sexual charac- tprs vet it has an organ of a different type. i/the function of these organs is sound production then these ob- servations support the views of Alexander, Moore, & Woodruff (1963) . “The rudimentary nature of acoustical behavior in beetles couP ^ with the great number and variety of species and systems mvo ve. makes this kind of behavior in these particular animals an appropriate subject for the study of evolutionary direction m the early elaboiation of communicative systems.” Acknowledgments We are grateful to Mr. Bob Fitch, Department of Civil Engineer¬ ing, University of Calgary, who was helpful m operation of the scan¬ ning electron microscope ; to Dr. J. B. Cragg whose critical reading of the text improved it immeasurably; and to Mr. H B. Leech California Academy of Sciences, for providing specimens of hard-to-obtam species of Agabus as well as reprints of early work. The work is supported in part by grants from the National Research Council of Canada and the University of Calgary Grants Committee. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 63 References Alexander, R. D., T. E. Moore, and R. E. Woodruff. 1963. The evo¬ lutionary differentiation of stridulatory signals in beetles. (In- secta: Coleoptera). Anim. Behav. 11:111-115. Arrow, G. J. 1924. Vocal organs in the coleopterous families Dytis- cidae, Erotylidae and Endomychidae. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 72:134-143. Balfour-Browne, F. 1940. British Water Beetles. Vol. 1. London, Ray Society. Balfour-Browne, F. 1950. British Water Beetles. Vol. 2. London, Ray Society. Crotch, G. R. 1873. Revision of the Dytiscidae of the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 4:383-424. Fall, H. C. 1922. A review of the North American species of Agabus. Mt. Vernon, N. Y., John D. Sherman, Jr. Freitag, R., and S. K. Lee. 1972. Sound producing structures in adult Cicindela tranquebarica (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) including a list of tiger beetles and ground beetles with flight wing files. Can. Ent. 104:851-857. Gahan, J. 1900. Stridulating organs of Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1910:433-452. Guignot, F. 1933. Les Hydrocanthares de France. Toulouse. Haskell, P. T. 1961. Insect sounds. London, Witherby. Marcu, O. 1936. Uber das Zirporgan der Dytisciden. Ent. Blatter, 32:140-144. VON Reeker, H. 1891. Die tonapparate der Dytiscidae. Arch. Naturgesch. 57:105-112. Young, F. N. 1963. Two new North American species of Hydrovatus, with notes on other species (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae). Psyche 70:184-192. Zimmerman, J. R. 1970. A taxonomic revision of the aquatic beetle genus Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America. Mem. Am. Ent. Soc. 26:1-275. 64 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 NOTICE OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION a) By-Law I. Section 6: Now reads: “A member whose dues have not been paid within a reasonable period of time as determined by the Execu¬ tive Committee will forfeit the privileges of membership. Such members may be reinstated upon payment of current dues. Proposed cha"8®- “ ' .membership. Such members may be reinstated upon payment of dues owed during the period of delinquency plus the current due*. The reason is obvious. If the returning member does not pay the delinquent dues, he has then received the Bulletin free for at least a year. b) Article II. Now reads: “Object: The objective of the Society shall be to promote the study of Coleoptera/’ Proposed change: Object and Operation: The object of the Society shall be the advancement of the science of Coleopterology in all its aspects of theory, principles, method¬ ology and practice, for both living and fossil beetles with emphasis on areas of common interest to all coleoptensts regardless of individual specialization. With this object in mind, the Society shall be organized and operated exclusively for scientific and educational purposes. This amendment and the next are necessary for our tax exempt status c) By-Law V. Termination of the Society. Now reads: It, tor any reason, the Coleopterists Society is terminated the assets of the Society will be turned over to the Entomological Society of America. Proposed change: “. . . .distributed to the 1) Society of Systematic Zoology, or 2) Entomological Society of America. However, if neither ^f the named re¬ cipients is then in existence, or if neither is then a qualified distribute , or if neither is willing or able to accept the distribution, then the assets of this organization shall be distributed to a fund, foundation, or corpora¬ tion organized and operated exclusively for the purposes specified in sec¬ tion 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code.” d) By-Law II. Section 1. Now reads: “The officers and council of the Society shall serve as the Executive Committee. The immediate Past- President of the Society shall sit for one term as an ex-officio member ol the Executive, and shall be entitled to vote.” Proposed change: 1 he of¬ ficers, the council, and the editor of the Coleopterists Bulletin, shall serve as the Executive Committee. The immediate Past-President of the Society shall sit for one term as an ex-officio member of the Executive, and shall be entitled to vote.” Until now there has been little contact be¬ tween the Executive Committee and the Editor of the Bulletin. It the Editor is considered a full voting member of the Executive, he will be in a better position to present publication matters to the officers and council and to get increased feedback from them. Since the journal and its editor are not mentioned elsewhere in the Constitution, the following By-Law might also be added. „ _ . , , n u ,, i e) “By-Law VII. Journal. The journal of the Society shall be called the “Coleopterists Bulletin” and shall be conducted by an Editor, who shall be appointed by the President, with the approval of a majority ol the Executive Committee.” THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 65 REVIEW OF NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ORTHALTICA WITH NEW GENERIC SYNONYMY (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE: ALTICINAE) Gerhard Scherer Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich B.R.D. Abstract Livolia Jacoby, 1903, and Leptotrichaltica Heikertinger 1925 are synonymized with Orthaltica Crotch, 1873. A key to Nearctic species is given. While in the United States (N.S.F. Senior Foreign Scientist Fellow¬ ship), I became acquainted with the genus Orthaltica and recognized that the species are the Nearctic representatives of the genus Livolia whose distribution is the Ryu-Kyu-Islands, Asia, Micronesia, New Guinea, Aus¬ tralia, and Africa. After further study, it also became apparent that Lep¬ totrichaltica is a synonym of Orthaltica and that Leptotrichaltica rhois (B. E. White) is a synonym of L. recticollis (LeConte). Upon my return to the Frey Museum, I was able to critically compare Orthaltica, Livolia, and Leptotrichaltica, and concluded that they are definitely congeneric. The main point in support of this proposal that all 3 genera are congeneric is that they all lack an extensor apodeme (Organ of Maulik). Previous observations regarding this structure in my revision of Livolia (1971) were incorrect. The oil of cloves which I used to prepare the specimens (as well as cold KOH) usually produces what appears to be an extensor apodeme. Since that time I have found that it is necessary to cook the insect in a 10% solution of KOH in order to see the extensor apo¬ deme. Also, I could find no external morphological characters, new or classical, with which to separate the genera. The male genitalia of all North American Orthaltica and Leptotrichal¬ tica have an asymmetrical aedeagus, while the species of Livolia thus far examined have a symmetrical aedeagus. This is the best evidence that LeptotnchaUwa is congeneric with Orthaltica as this character is rare in nu Altlcinae la'd)- The only other example I know is the genus C halaenosoma in southern India. The aedeagus might prove to be impor¬ tant at the subgeneric level, but it is probably best not to speculate on subgeneric criteria until the entire genus is better known. Genus Orthaltica Crotch Orthaltica Crotch, 1873:69 (type-species: Crioceris copalina Fabricius* N ^aA^nJ.18A89:236’ 247; Blatchley> 1910:1206, 1215; Heikertinger, 1924-25 (1925):65; Arnett, 1963:914, 938. Leptotrix Horn, 1889:236, 249 (type-species: L. recticollis ; N. America) (nec Menge, 1868: Araneae) see Leptotrichaltica. 66 SCHERER: N.A. ORTHALTICA Livolia Jacoby, 1903:15 (type-species: L. sulcicollis Jac.; Africa; Scherer, 1961:268; 1969:10, 19, 118, 242; 1971:1-37. New Synonym. Leptotrichaltica Heikertinger, 1924-25 (1925):68 for Leptotrix Horn. New MkZpUriZ' Laboissmre, 1933:205 (type-species: M^ coomani LaK; Ton¬ kin- Gressitt, 1955:35 (Alticinae); Gressitt & Kraioto, 1963.404, 575, Samuelson, 1965:219; Scherer, 1969:10, 19, 98; 1971:10 (as synon ) Serraticollis B. E. White, 1942:17 (type-species: S. rhois White, Calit., Arnett, 1963:938 (as synon.) Shape compact, elongate-oval; length of body 1.0 to 2.8mm; color usually brownish but sometimes nearly black; elytral vestiture somewha dense, but varies. . , The features which best characterize this genus are: each elytron with 9 more or less regular rows of punctures (the lateral and sutura rows no counted); punctation of scutellar field of elytra tends to be somewhat ir¬ regular and may show variation within the same species; lateral margin of pronotum usually toothed; antebasal impression of pronotum not inter¬ rupted laterally by longitudinal furrows, but instead, bending posteriorly and joining hind angles; pronotum strongly punctate; punctation of head moderate to strong, however, certain species groups distributed in Asia and Africa with as few as 4 setigerous punctures across frons; anterior coxal cavities closed; anterior and middle coxae widely separated; hind femora slightly swollen but small when compared to other Alticinae; extensor apodeme (organ of Maulik) not present. Type of genus: Orthaltica copalina (Fabricius) Key to the Nearctic Species of Orthaltica 1. 1'. 2(1'). 2'. 3(2'). 3'. Sides of pronotum not serrate Sides of pronotum serrate melina Horn . 2 Punctation of elytral disc irregular; length 2.5-2.8mm . copalina Punctation of elytral disc serial; length 1.7-2. 5mm . (Fabricius) . 3 Length 1.8-2.5mm; sexual dimorphism strongly evident: middle femora constricted at base, stronger in male than in female (Fig. 2b); pronotum of male longer and more produced at apex than in female (Fig. 3) . . recticolhs (LeConte) Length 1.70-1. 73mm; sexual dimorphism weakly evident, middle femora not constricted in either sex; Pr°notJ^ „otw. -t , both sexes subequal . P^ken (B. E. White) Nearctic Species Orthaltica copalina (Fabricius) Crioceris copalina Fabricius, 1801:466; Olivier, 1808:720, PI. 5, Fig. 92 Orthaltica copalina Crotch, 1873:69; Horn, 1889:248; Blatchley, 1910:1215. Haltica forticornis Illiger, 1807:111 (Pennsylvania; Berlin ?) THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 67 Description: Length 2.5 to 2.8mm; color piceus (rarely reddish brown); head usually strongly punctate (Fig. 4b) although some specimens show finer punctation; frontal tubercles strongly convex; antennal sockets ap¬ proximate; antennae long, more than two-thirds length of elytra (longer in males); punctation of pronotum as coarse as on elytra and head, punc¬ tation less dense in front of antebasal depression; punctation of anterior elytral disc (scutellar field) confused, humeral calli very convex, basal calli raised; aedeagus, Fig. la. Distribution: Alabama, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Maryland, Massachusetts, Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Dakota; Canada (Ad and Lenox Co., Ontario) New distribution records: Illinois: 2 without further data (Mus.Frey ); Maryland: 1 Bladensburg, Ja. 13/16, Ducket (Mus.Frey); Massachusetts: 13 ex. Lawrence (Mus.Frey); Missouri: 2 Fern Glenn, Franklin Co., G. W. Bock (Mus.Frey); new york: 3 Ithaca, June 23, 1925 (Mus.Frey); 1 White Lake July 12, 1897, J. L. Labriskic (Mus.Frey); 2 Pearl River, K. P. Jansson (Mus.Frey); north Carolina: 1 Black mts. V.1927, (Mus.Frey); Pennsylvania: 2 Wilmerding (Mus.Frey); 2 without further data (Mus.¬ Frey); 8 Bethlehem (Mus.Frey); 1 Philadelphia (Mus.Frey); Steelton, Dauphin Co.; Stoverdale; Heckton Mills; Harrisburg (all coll. Balsbaugh); south Dakota: Lincoln Co., Newton Hills State Park on Rhus glabra ; Canton; Union Co., Union Co. State Park on Rhus glabra. -Canada: On¬ tario, Ad and Lennox Co., J. F. Brimley (South Dakota State Univ.). Fig. 1: Aedeagus of a) Orthaltica copalina, b) O. melina, c) O. recti- collis, d) O. parkeri (90 X). 68 SCHERER: N.A. ORTHALTICA Fig. 2: a) front femora, b) middle femora, c) hind femora of left Or thaltica parkeri, right O. recticollis (60 X). Orthaltica melina Horn Orthaltica melina G. Horn, 1889:249 (Kansas, Texas; Acad. Nat. Sci. Pa.); Blatchlev, 1910: 1215, 1216 (Indiana). Description: Length 2.0 to 2.2mm; yellowish to reddish brown; elytra occasionally with translucent, seemingly dark spots; antennal sockets nearly approximate (Fig. 4a); punctation between eyes slight and scat¬ tered! punctation on anterior elytral disk not confused; aedeagus as in Fl? Distribution: Alabama, Indiana, Kansas, Pennsylvania, South Dakota, New distribution records: Pennsylvania: Bucks Co., 2 mi. E. Mechan- icsville on Rhus radicans L„ E. U. Balsbaugh, Jr.; south Dakota: 38. Union Co. State Park on Rhus glabra, ll-VIII-71, G. Scherer (MusTrey), 12, Lincoln Co., Newton Hills State Park on Rhus glabra 7-VII-P> Scherer (Mus.Frey); loc. cit. E. U. Balsbaugh, Jr., Texas: 1 female, Dallas (Mus.Frey). Orthaltica recticollis (LeConte) New Combination Haltica recticollis LeConte, 1862 (1861):358 (California-Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Mass.). Orthaltica recticornis (LeConte), Crotch, 1873:70. . - A Leptotrix recticollis G. Horn, 1889:250, PI. 6, Fig. 11 (California and Oregon). Leptotrichaltica recticollis Heikertinger, 1924-25 (1925):68. . , Serraticollis rhois B. E. White, 1942:18, Fig. 1, 2, 4 (California Riverside Co., Beaumont on flowers of Rhus sp.-Cal. Acad. Sci., San Franci New Synonym THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 69 O. recticornis appears to be a misspelling by Crotch (1873) for recti- collis. This is not cited again, even by Horn (1889) when he erected the genus Leptotrix for recticollis. In his description of Haltica recticollis, LeConte stated: “The western representative of our H. forticornis Ill. {Icopalina Fabr.), though very different from that species.” Description: Length 1.8 to 2.4mm; color of head and pronotum red¬ dish, elytra yellowish to piceus brown, slightly brownish and clouded along the suture, darker than pronotum; punctation of elytral disc en¬ tirely regular; antennae moderately long, nearly one-half elytral length; head with scattered punctation between eyes, vertex alutaceous; frontal tubercles not prominent, shiny, seemingly polished; antennal sockets widely separate (Fig. 4c); sexual dimorphism evident, pronotum of male longer and more produced in front than in female (Fig. 3); femora con¬ stricted at base, constriction more pronounced in male than in female (Fig. 2); aedeagus Fig. lc. New distribution records: California: Trinity Co., V.1.17, F. W. Nu- nenmacher, coll. 1 female (Mus.Frey), 1 ex. SDSU coll., (Mus.Frey in ex¬ change from Field Mus., Chicago, Nunenmacher coll.); California without further data 2 males, 2 females (Mus.Frey). Fig. 3: Orthaltica recticollis male and female (40 X). 70 SCHERER: N.A. ORTHALTICA Orthaltica parked (B. E. White) New Combination Serraticollis parkeri B. E. White, 1942:20, Fig. 3 (Arizona: Globe, on Rhus— Calif. Acad. Sci., San Francisco). . , . Description: Length 1.70 to 1.73mm; middle femora not constricted at base in either sex (Fig. 2); sexual dimorphism less evident, pronotum of male and female subequal; aedeagus Fig. Id. There is no apparent defer¬ ence in the coloration between parkeri and recticolhs. When compared with the males of parkeri, the males of reeticolUs show a stronger puncta- tion of the elytra and pronotum as well as somewhat more convexi y the elvtral intervals. The head in both species is similar; vertex sha- greened shiny and somewhat polished between the eyes with scattered punctures' the area between the oblique frontal tubercles forms a pit-like depression; the diameter of the eyes compared to the interocular distance fs proportionally the same with regard to the size of the specimen. The only other noticeable difference are in the femora. In O recticolhs the male femora (Fig. 2), especially the middle femora, are swollen and display a noticeable stalk-like constriction near the base. The degree of swelling of the middle femora shows variation in different specimens. Even though the female femora are less enlarged, they also show a somewhat stalk- ike constriction at the base. The femora of male parkeri, ever ‘though les* enlarged still display the stalk-like character in the middle and hin femora. The enlarged middle and hind femora m recticolhs are similar in shape to the femora of vestita (Baly) from Australia. Even though the pronota of the males of recticolhs and parkeri have an oblong appearance, measurement shows the length and width species to bHubequal (Fig. 5); the pronotum of the female of rechco te is shorter than broad; I had no female specimens of parkeri to examine ( narkeri males: 0.55 X 0.55mm; 0.55 X 0.57mm; recticolhs males. 0.75 X 0 75mm; 0.65 X 0.67mm; rhois males: 0.77 X 0.81mm; 0.85 X 0.83mm; recti- colhs females: 0.68 X 0.58mm; 0.65 X 0.58mm; 0.75 X 0.70mm; rhois females; 0.65 X 0.56mm; 0.63 X 0.53mm). Fig. 4: Head of Orthaltica melina a) O. copalina, b) O. recticolhs, c) (55 X). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 71 Fig. 5: Orthaltica parkeri male (40 X). The aedeagus of both species is very similar. In parkei'i it is somewhat more pointed, apically, although examination of a longer series may show this to be individual variation. There is a size difference between the 2 species. O. parkeri is shorter ( parkeri 1.70 and 1.73mm; recticollis male 2.30, 2.20, 2.10, and 1.80mm; fe¬ males 2.10, 2.00, 2.40, 1.95 and, 2.00mm). Parkeri may prove to be a small form or a subspecies of recticollis. As mentioned above, longer series of specimens should be examined. Supplement In G. A. Samuelson’s paper, “Alticinae of New Guinea I. Micrepitrix” (1965), 3 new species are described, 1 of which is Ai. serraticollis. At the time I wrote my paper, “The genus Livolia Jacoby and its disputed posi¬ tion in the system” (1971), I did not know of Samuelson’s paper and used the name serraticollis in the description of a new Livolia. A new name is given here for the species which I named as Livolia serraticollis. Orthaltica impressiceps nom. nov. et comb. nov. Livolia serraticollis Scherer, 1971:12, 27, PI. II Fig. 15, PI. IV Fig. 15 (Burma: Tenasserim— BMNH) 72 SCHERER: N.A. ORTHALTICA Zusammenfassung Wahrend meines Aufenthaltes in den U.S.A. wurde ich mit der Gat¬ ing Orthaltica konfrontiert und erkannte, dass es sich hier nur urn die nearktischen Vertreter eines Genus handelt, das seine Verbreitung iiber die Ryu-Kyu-Inseln, Asien, Mikronesien, Neu Guinea, Australien und Afrika hat. Bei intensiverer Beschaftigung mit dieser Gruppe erwies sich die Gattung Leptotrichaltica als synonym zu Orthaltica, die Art Lepto- trichaltica rhois als synonym zu Leptotrichaltica recticollis. Die Stellung in der Unterfamilie Alticinae wird bewiesen. Die Verbreitung dieser Gattung ist eine typisch tertiare. Die nearktischen Arten zeigen mit ihrem asymmetrischen Aedoeagus subgenerische Eigenschaften. In einem speziellen systematischen Teil wird samtliche Literatur fur die Gattung Orthaltica zitiert, es folgt eine Gattungsdiagnose. Ein Bestimmungsschliis- sel fiihrt zu den nearktischen Arten. Literatur und Verbreitung der nearktischen Arten ist angefiihrt, die Futterpflanzen zitiert. In einem Anhang bekommt das Homonym O. serraticollis Scherer einen neuen Namen impressiceps. Acknowledgements I would like to thank H. B. Leech (California Academy of Sciences) for the loan of specimens; Dr. P. J. Spangler (United States National Mu¬ seum) for literature not immediately accessible to me; Dr. E. U. Ba s- baugh, Jr. (South Dakota State University) for collaboration; and 1. N. Seeno (California Department of Food and Agriculture) for reading an critiquing the manuscript. Literature Cited Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1963. The beetles of the United States. The Catholic University of America Press, Washington, D. C. p. 1-1112. Crotch, G. R., and Cantab, M. A. 1873 Materials for the study of the Phytophaga of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia 1873:69. XT , , • Heikertinger, F. 1925. Die Halticinengenera der Palaearktis und Nearktis. Kol. Rundsch. 11:68. . Horn, G. H. 1889. A synopsis of the Halticim of Boreal America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 16:163-320. f . Jacoby, M. 1903. A further contribution to our knowledge of African Phytophagous Coleoptera, Part II. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1903. 15 LABOlssifeRE, M. V. 1933. Descriptions de trois nouveaux Galerucini du Tonkin. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 5:203-208. LeConte, J. L. 1862 (1861). New species of Coleoptera inhabiting the Pa¬ cific district of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia 1861:358. . ,n , Samuelson, G. A. 1965. Alticinae of New Guinea I. Micrepitnx (Coleop¬ tera: Chrysomelidae). Pacif. Ins. 7(2):219-224. Scherer, G. 1971. Das Genus Livolia Jacoby und seine umstnttene btel- fung im System. Eine taxonomische-zoogeographische-evolutioms- tische Studie (Coleoptera-Chrysomelidae-Alticinae). Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey 22:1-37. . r White, B. E. 1942. A new genus and species of Coleoptera (Chrysomeli- dae) from southwestern United States. Ent. News 53:16-21. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 73 AN AGRILUS NEW TO THE UNITED STATES (COLEOPTERA, BUPRESTIDAE) Henry A. Hespenheide Biological Sciences Group, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT 06268 Present Address: Department of Biology, University of California, Los Angeles, CA 90024 Abstract The Mexican Agrilus aurilatera Waterhouse is redescribed, a lectotype designated, and reported from Arizona for the first time. Examination of Agrilus specimens in the collections of David S. Verity and E. Giesbert revealed the first records of the Mexican Agrilus aurilat¬ era Waterhouse from Arizona and the United States. The insect is very similar to the male of A. walsinghami Crotch (see Fisher, 1928), and the following diagnosis will enumerate the differences from that species to fa¬ cilitate identification. The genitalia are figured (Fig. 1). Agrilus aurilatera Waterhouse, 1889, Biol. Cent. -Am., Coleoptera III, 1:120. Form of male Agrilus walsinghami, aeneus throughout, some specimens with a bluish tinge, except for the portions of the elytra lateral to the medial costa, which are more or less strongly golden or cupreous; 11.1- 13.0 mm long, 2. 9-3. 2 mm wide. Head with the front wide, the margins of the eyes parallel, a relatively shallow oval depression and a narrow polished groove from the depression to the occiput; surface coarsely, densely punctate and conspicuously clothed with long white hairs which meet along the midline; antennae extending to about the middle of the pronotum, serrate from the fourth joint, the outer joints wider than long. Pronotum as in A. walsinghami except that the medial depression is slightly shallower, prehumeral prominence oblique to the marginal carina rather than parallel, the marginal and submarginal carinae distinctly marked and separate for virtually their entire length. Elytra similar in shape to those of A. walsinghami except that elytral apex is more gently rounded and less sharply angulate; disc with broad deep basal depression and 3 faint, relatively parallel costae, 1 along the sutural margin strongest and extending to apex, 1 at the middle faintest and extending two- thirds to four-fifths the length of the elytron, and another between these 2, intermediate in strength and about two-thirds the length of the ely¬ tron, all 3 much less strongly marked than in A. walsinghami’, surface more finely and uniformly imbricate-punctate than in A. walsinghami, uniformly clothed with short inconspicuous hairs which are somewhat denser between the medial and sutural costae. Abdomen beneath more finely punctate than in A. walsinghami, all the segments pubescent over their entire area; basal segments less strongly 74 HESPENHEIDE: AGRILUS NEW TO U.S. marked, uniformly and densely pubescent; the pubescence slightly denser in large oval spots along the anterior vertical margins; prosternum somewhat more densely pubescent than in A. walsinghami. Sexes similar, the female larger. u Specimens examined: Arizona: Cochise Co., Fort Huachuca, on Baccharis, 23-VII-69, A. E. Lewis [D. S. Verity Coll.]; Miller Canyon, 8-VII-1973, E. Giesbert [E. Giesbert Coll.]. Mexico: Michoacan, Pta. Gamica 9270', 8-VII-69, L. A. Kelton [CNCI]; Durango, 6 mi E Durango, 24-VI-64 H F. Howden [CNCI]; Chihuahua, Pinos Altos, Buchan- Hepburn, Lectotype [BMNH]; Guanajuato Guanajuato, Sale [BMNH], Duges (2) [BMNH]; Distrito Federal, Temascaltepec, 1931, G B. Hinton [BMNH]; without definite locality— Saunders. 74. 18 [BMNH], “Mexico, Salle Coll. 649” [BMNH]. Three specimens in the British Museum possess syntype labels e Saunders specimen bears an additional label “Agrilus aun atea, (Type) Wa- terh.” but is not cited in the original description and cannot be considered ype material. The specimen from Chihuahua has been designated the type arbi¬ trarily, and the Guanajuato specimen collected by Salle is considered a para- tyP Agrilus aurilatera keys to A. concinnus Horn in Fisher’s key to North American Agrilus, despite its close similarity to A. walsinghami, because aurilatera lacks the pubescent spots found on the elytra of the latter species Besides the difference in geographic range from concinnus : and the overall difference in color, aurilatera lacks the conspicuous pubescence on the pronotum of concinnus, and possesses the faint costae on the elytra^ In a i- tion to the lack of pubescent spots on the elytra, aurilatera lacks the strong sexual dimorphism of walsinghami, has much less prominent elytral costae and lacks the well-defined pubescent spots on the basal and vertical parts ot the abdominal segments. Fig. 1. Genitalia of Agrilus aurilatera Waterhouse, dorsal (left) and ven¬ tral (right) views. Line indicates 1 mm. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 75 Correspondence with David Verity, who contacted the collector (Dr. A. E. Lewis), pinpoints Baccharis sarothroides as the plant on which the Arizona aurilatera was collected. Specimens of A. walsinghami in my collection were collected by George N. Walters on rabbit brush ( Chrysothamnus sp.) on the Paradise Road, near Portal, Cochise Co., Arizona. I would like to thank David Verity and Edmund Giesbert for loan of their specimens, the Canadian National Collection [CNCI] for loan of additional material, the British Museum (Natural History) [BMNH] for help during visits, and the University of Connecticut Research Founda¬ tion for funds under grant 35-451 to examine the type of aurilatera. Literature Cited Fisher, W. S. 1928. A revision of the North American species of buprestid beetles belonging to the genus Agrilus. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 145:1-347. BOOK REVIEW The biology of Tribolium ; with special emphasis on genetic aspects. V ol. I by A. Sokoloff. 1972. Oxford University Press, Ely House, London, W. I. England, and 200 Madison Ave., N. Y., N. Y. 10016. 300 p. $41.00. This volume contains a review of the known information on a single genus of Tenebrionidae. Chapter titles indicate the scope: 1) Introduc¬ tion; 2) Taxonomic position and evolutionary trends; 3) Morphology; 4) Internal anatomy and histology; 5) Electron microscopy; 6) Chromo¬ somes in Tribolium and Dermestes\ 7) Developmental and post-embryonic studies; 8) Teratological abnormalities; 9) Index. Volume 2 is to deal with geographic distribution and ecological aspects and Volume 3 primarily with genetic aspects, including irradiation. The Appendix is to include . . . descriptions of equipment and techniques useful in handling beetles.” Although this is primarily a literature review, Dr. Sokoloff intersperses some personal data, some of which appeared in the Tribolium Information Bulletin. It is extremely useful to have such extensive and scattered in¬ formation summarized in one place. However, the $41.00 price tag makes it out of reach for the average coleopterist, especially if there are 2 more volumes with the same price. — R. E. Woodruff 76 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 LITERATURE NOTICES The Anisodactylines (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae: Harpahm): Classi¬ fication, evolution, and zoogeography. 1973. Gerald R. Noonan. Quaes- tiones Entomologicae 9(4): 266-480; 254 fig. The bark and ambrosia beetles of California (C°leoptera: Scolytidae and Platypodidae. 1973. D. E. Bright, Jr. and R. W. Stark. Bull. California Insect Survey 16:i-vi + 1-169; 84 fig. $8.50. The ciid beetles of California (Coleoptera: Ciidae). 1974. John F. Law¬ rence. California Insect Survey 17:1-41; 37 fig. $2.25. A critical study of the suborder Myxophaga, with a taxonomic revision of the Brazilian Torridincolidae and Hydroscaphidae (Coleoptera). 1973. Hans Reichardt. Arquivos de Zoologia (Sao Paulo) 24(2):73-162, 120 lg. Type species for world genera of Anobiidae (Coleoptera). 1974. Richard E. White. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 99:415-475. Insecta Helvetica Catalogus; 3. Coleoptera, Cerambycidae. 1973. ■ V . Allenspach. Schweiz. Entomolog. Gesellschaft Entomoiopches Institut der ETH, Universitatstrasse 2, CH-8006, Zurich, Switzerland. (35 Swiss Francs). A revision of Actium Casey and Actiastes Casey (Coleoptera: Pselaphi- dae). 1971. Albert A. Grigarick and Robert O. Schuster. Umv. Cahforn Publications in Ent. 67:1-56; 197 fig. $2.50. Revision of the North American Ciidae (Coleoptera). 1971. John F. Law¬ rence. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. (Harvard) 142(5):419-522; 110 fig. Host preference in Ciid beetles (Coleoptera: Ciidae) inhabiting the fruiting bodies of Basidiomycetes in North America. 1973. John F. Lawrence. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. (Harvard) 145(3): 163-212. Description of immature stages of Philolithus densicollis and Stemi- mnrnha Duncticollis with notes on their biology (Coleoptera Tene- brionidaeP Tentyriinae). 1973. Kirby W. Brown. Postilla (Peabody Mu¬ seum, Yale Univ.) 162:1-28; 7 fig., 3 tables. A revision of the genus Tachinus (Coleoptera: Staphyhnidae) of N^th and Central America. 1973. J. M. Campbell. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada 90.1-137, 189 fig. The Scolytidae and Platypodidae of Jamaica. 1972. Donald E. Bright. Bull. Inst. Jamaica, Science Ser. 21:1-108; 72 fig. Revision of the genus Cymbiodyta Bed. (Coleoptera: Hydrophihdae). 1974. Ales Smetana. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada 93:1-113; 147 fig. Arthropod and nematode parasites, parasitoids and predators of Acrididae in America North of Mexico. 1973. N. E. Rees. U S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1460:1-288; 20 fig., 188 maps. [Coleoptera treated p. 144- 212, including families Carabidae, Cicindelidae, Canthandae, and Meloi- dae]. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 77 THE GENERA OF THE LISPININAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (COLEOPTERA.STAPHYLINIDAE) Ian Moore and E. F. Legner1 Staff Research Associate and Professor of Biological Control, respectively, Division of Biological Control, Citrus Research Center and Agricultural Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside Abstract A key is given to the genera of the subfamily Lispininae of America north of Mexico. A full generic description, distributional notes, and a habitus illus¬ tration of a member of each of the following genera is presented: Thoracophorus Motschulsky, Clavilispinus Bernhauer, Renardia Motschulsky, Eleusis Laporte, Nacaeus Bernhauer and Lispinus Erichson. The genera of very few of the North American Staphylinidae have been adequately described and illustrated. The treatment which follows should for the first time make identification of genera of the subfamily Lispininae easy. Because of their small anterior coxae and often depressed form, members of this subfamily have usually been associated with the Piestinae. Black- welder (1942) united them with the Osoriinae because of their unmargined abdomens. Moore (1964), considering the above characters partly adaptive (in some cases modification useful in a subcortical habitat), removed these genera to a subfamily by themselves, Lispininae. The Lispininae may be briefly characterized as follows (Moore 1964): antennae 11-segmented, inserted at front margin of head near eyes; second abdominal segment absent; abdomen without paratergites; anterior coxae small, globose or peg shaped, usually not longer than wide. Like the Osoriinae and Piestinae this is a large tropical subfamily, only a few of whose members are found in temperate regions. Most species are found under the bark of dead trees. Key to the Genera of the Lispininae of America North of Mexico 1. Tarsi 3-segmented . Thoracophorus Motschulsky 1'. Tarsi 5-segmented . 2 2(1'). Anterior coxae contiguous . 3 2'. Anterior coxae separated by a spatulate process of the prosternum . 5 3(2). Pronotum half as wide at base as apex 3'. Pronotum little narrowed at base . . 4 Clavilispinus Bernhauer 78 MOORE & LEGNER: N.A. GENERA OF LISPININAE 4(3) Head with 2 longitudinal frontal impressions; pronotum with 2 apical denticles . Renardia Motschulsky 4' Head without frontal impressions; pronotum without apical denticles . Eleusis Laporte 5(2'). Abdominal sternites without diagonal strigae . - . Nacaeus Blackwelder 5'. Abdominai sternites with diagonal strigae which are some¬ times not completely separate from the large punctures... . .... . Lispinus Erichson Clavilispinus Bernhauer Form. Small, subcylindrical. Integuments rather densely, not coarsely, sculptured. Head. Head quadrate, with or without a neck. Eyes moderate, not prominent. Antennae somewhat incrassate; their fossae located in front of eyes under a distinct ridge. Mandibles stout at base, short, with apex pointed and slightly hooked. Labrum transverse, apex evenly, not deeply emarginate, with few long setae and numerous ciliae. Maxillary palpi 4-segmented; first segment short; second longer than wide; third short, transverse; fourth almost as wide as third, twice as long as wide, slightly narrowed to rounded apex. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow, strongly hooked at apex, densely ciliate within. Outer lobe broad at apex which is densely ciliate. Labial palpi 3-segmented, first segment about as long as wide; second very short, transverse, as wide as first; third narrower than second, longer than wide. Ligula small, transverse, with a slender chitinous rod on each side extending well beyond apex. Gular sutures united. Infraorbital carina wanting. Thorax. Pronotum quadrate. Prosternum large, its process very short and blunt. Lateral prosternal sutures distinct. Hypomera delimited by a sharp edge. Trochantin rectangular. Prosternal epimera not delimited by a carina, represented by a long, slender, pointed extension of hypomera. Mesosternum short, its process acute, extending halfway between coxae. Metasternum long, its process extending halfway between coxae to meet mesosternal process. Elytra quadrate, epipleura delimited by a carina. Scutellum prominent. Anterior coxae small, peg-shaped, contiguous. Middle coxae round, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae triangular. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi 5-seg- mented; first 2 segments very short; next 2 a little longer; fifth longer than first 4 together. Abdomen. Abdomen cylindrical. First 5 visible segments without para- tergites, not impressed or constricted. First visible segment not keeled between the coxae. Distribution. Besides the 5 species known from the United States, 17 other species have been described from the tropics of both hemispheres. The species are found under bark of dead trees. Notes. Hatch ( 1957) used the name Paralispinus Bernhauer for this genus, however that name is preoccupied by Paralispinus Eichelbaum and must give way to Clavilispinus. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 79 Fig. 1. Clavilispinus californicus (LeConte). Fig. 2. Eleusis pallida LeConte. Fig. 3. Lispinus aequipunctatus LeConte. Fig. 4. Nacaeus tenellus (LeConte). Fig. 5. A, Renardia nigrella (LeConte), female. Fig. 5. B, Renar- dia nigrella (LeConte), pronotum of male. Fig. 6. Thoracophorus fletcheri Wendler. 80 MOORE & LEGNER: N.A. GENERA OF LISPININAE Eleusis Laporte Form. Elongate, parallel, very depressed. Integuments shining, very fee- b!y sculptured • frontal impressions, with a longitudinal carina over each eye, narrowed behind to form a broad neck. Eyes moderate somewhat convex. Antennae slightly incrassate, penultimate segments transverse- their fossae located in front of eyes under a very slight prominence. Mandibles’stout at base, hooked at tip, with 2 small central teeth internal1^ Labrum transverse, apex broadly emargmate and furnished with 4 Targ setae and numerous small ciliae each side. Maxillary palpi 4-segmented, first seg ment short; second short, broad ar apex; third stout about t'''l“ aS ‘""gm wide- fourth narrower and a little shorter than third. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow, pointed, hooked at apex. Outer lobe wide and densely setose at apex. Labial palpi 3-segmented; first segment longer than wide, second a little narrower, transverse; third a little narrower, slightly longer than wide. Ligu with apex tri-lobed, the outer lobes largest. Gular sutures united for mo t of their length, widely diverging at base. Infraorbital carina wanting. With a longitudinal sulcus on the under side behind each eye. Thorax. Pronotum not longer than wide, narrowed at base, with 2 large punctures each side at apex. Prosternum elongate, its proce^ harmy pointed. Lateral prosternal suture distinct. Hypomera not delimited by a suture. Trochantin prominent, elongate, directed diagonally toward antenor angle of thorax. Prosternal epimeron not delimited by suture. Mesosternum short its process short and acute. Metasternum long, its process short and acute. Ely ti a quadrate Ep, pleura not delimited by carina. Scutellum prominent. Coxae contiguous; anterior small, peg-shaped; middle rounded; posterior transverse and somewhat triangular. Tibiae without spines except at apices. Tarsi 5-seg- merited- first 4 short and equal, last longer than first 4 together. Abdomen. Paratergites lacking. First visible stermte not keeled between ^Distribution. This large, tropical genus is represented in the United States by only 2 known species. Through 1966, about 187 species had be described from the tropics in all parts of the world. A very few species have been recorded from the temperate zones. The species are found undei the bar of trees. Lispinus Erichson Form. Small, linear, subcylindrical. Integuments not coarsely sculptured. Head. Head not narrowed behind to form a neck. Eyes moderate, not very prominent. Antennae somewhat incrassate, their fossae located in front of eyes under distinct ridge. Mandibles stout at base, abruptly narrowed near apex and thence sharply hooked to pointed apex. Labrum with apex evenly, arcuately emarginate and setose. Maxillary palpi 4-segmented; first segment small; second a little longer than wide, widest at apex; thl.^ transverse as wide as apex of second, fourth as wide as third, about 3 times a wide as long, hardly narrowed to rounded apex. Maxilla with inner lobe narrow, outer lobe wide at apex, which is densely abate. Labial palpi 3-seg¬ mented, first 2 segments short, third twice as long as wide. Ligula transveis , its apex with a pair of short, chitinous rods. Gular suture divergent be- hind. Infraorbital carina lacking. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 81 Thorax. Pronotum quadrate. Prosternum large, its process spatulate, extending between coxae. Lateral prosternal suture faint. Hypomera delimit¬ ed by a carina. Trochantin small, subrectangular. Epimera not delimited by a suture. Mesosternum short, its process narrow, pointed, extending about halfway between coxae. Metasternum large, its process pointed, extending between coxae to meet mesosternal process. Elytra quadrate, with sutural stria, epipleura delimited by carina. Scutellum large. Anterior coxae small, globose, separated. Middle coxae round, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae transverse, somewhat triangular. Tibiae without spines except at apex. Tarsi 5-segmented, the first 4 segments short, fifth as long as first 4 together. Abdomen. Abdomen cylindrical, without paratergites. First visible seg¬ ment with small keel between coxae. Distribution. A very large number of species have been described in this genus from all parts of the tropics. It is possible that many of these will be found to belong to Nacaeus, as defined in this work. A few species are known from temperate regions. The species are usually found under bark of dead trees. Notes. The single Nearctic species placed in this genus has the salient character of diagonal strigae on the underside of the abdomen somewhat obscured by large elongate punctures. Nacaeus Blackwelder Form. Small, linear, subcylindrical. Integuments not coarsely sculptured. Head. Head not narrowed behind to form a neck; with 2 faint longitudinal frontal impressions. Eyes not very prominent. Antennae somewhat incras- sate; their fossae located in front of eyes under distinct ridge which is tumid above each insertion. Mandibles stout at base, nearly parallel-sided to near apex where they are abruptly narrowed and thence sharply hooked to pointed apex. Labrum with apex broadly emarginate and setose. Maxillary palpi 4- segmented; first segment small; second and third each about as wide as long; fourth nearly as wide as and twice as long as 2 preceding together. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow, outer lobe broad at apex. Labial palpi 3-segmented, first 2 segments short, third a little narrower and about as long as first 2 together. Ligula transverse, broadly emarginate at apex. Gular sutures divergent behind. Infraorbital carina lacking. Thorax. Pronotum quadrate. Prosternum large, its process narrow, pointed, extending well between coxae. Lateral prosternal sutures faint. Trochantin short and very narrow. Epimera not delimited by suture. Mesos¬ ternum short, its process narrow, pointed, extending halfway between coxae. Metasternum large, its process pointed, meeting mesosternal process between coxae. Elytra quadrate, impressed at base, with sutural stria, epipleura delimited by carina. Scutellum large. Anterior coxae small, globose, narrowly separated. Middle coxae small, round, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae transverse and somewhat triangular. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi 5-segment¬ ed, first 4 segments very short, last longer than others together. Abdomen. Abdomen cylindrical, without paratergites. First visible seg¬ ment with small keel between coxae. Distribution. Several tropical species from both the Old and New Worlds are placed in this genus. 82 MOORE & LEGNER: N.A. GENERA OF LISPININAE Notes. This genus is distinguished from Lispinus largely on the basis of the lack of diagonal strigae on the abdomen. A large number of species at present placed in Lispinus will probably be found to belong here. Arnett (1961) used the name Pseudolispinodes for this genus and treated it as a subgenus of Lispinus. It possibly might best be considered a subgenus of Lispinus, but the name Nacaeus must apply in any case. Renardia Motschulsky Form. Elongate, parallel, very depressed, integuments shining, alu- ^Head. Head quadrate, with 2 longitudinal frontal impressions, narrowed behind to form broad neck. Eyes moderate, somewhat prominent. Antennae slightly incrassate, penultimate segments transverse; their fossae located in front of eyes under distinct prominences. Mandibles stout at base, short, only slightly arcuate, each with a minute tooth near apex. Labrum transverse; anterior margin deeply, evenly emarginate and furnished with 5 long setae on each side. Maxillary palpi 4 segmented; first 2 segments short; third longer than wide; fourth about half as wide as third and a little shorter. Inner lobe of maxillae narrow, pointed, hooked at apex. Outer lobe wide at apex, which is densely ciliate. Labial palpi 3-segmented; first segment stout, widest at apex, second very short, transverse; third narrower than second, about twice as long as wide, slightly narrowed to rounded apex. Ligula broad, membranous, with short central processes. Gular sutures very approximate at middle, widely diverging before and behind. Infraorbital carina wanting. Without a sulcus on the under side behind eye. . , . Thorax. Pronotum longer than wide, narrowed at base, with a tubercle on each side of anterior margin; longer in male than female. Prosternum much elongated, its process short and acute, not separating coxae. Lateral pros er- nal suture distinct. Hypomera not delimited by suture. Trochantin wide very long, directed diagonally toward anterior angle of thorax. Prosterna epimeron not delimited by suture. Mesosternum short, its process short and acute. Metasternum very long, its process short and acute. Elytra elongate, epipleura not delimited by carina. Scutellum prominent. Coxae contiguous, anterior small, peg-shaped; middle longer, rounded; posterior transverse and somewhat triangular. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi 5-segmented, first 4 seg¬ ments short, last longer than first 4 together. Abdomen. Paratergites lacking. First visible stermte not keeled between Distribution. Only 4 species have been described in this genus, 1 from the United States, 1 from Mexico, and 2 from Guatemala. They are found under the bark of trees. Notes. Members of this genus closely resemble species of Eleusis, from which they differ in the frontal impressions, stronger antennal tubercles, the tubercles at the anterior margin of the pronotum, coarser sculpture and other details. This genus has long been called Eumalus. Hammond (1970) called attention to the fact that the type of Renardia is the same as Eumalus nigrella (LeConte) and that the name Renardia has precedence. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 83 Thoracophorus Motschulsky Form. Small, subcylindrical. Integuments coarsely sculptured, rough; foreparts longitudinally costate. Head. Head orbicular, abruptly narrowed behind to form a distinct neck; anterior margin limited by carina which extends back on each side above and behind eyes; upper surface longitudinally costate. Eyes small, not visible from above. Antennae somewhat increassate, penultimate segments transverse; their fossae located under anterior carina in front of eyes. Mandibles stout, almost parallel from base to near apex, thence abruptly constricted and tapered to a hooked, pointed apex. Labrum transverse, apex emarginate in deep, even arc, and supplied with several long setae. Maxillary palpi 4-seg- mented; first segment short, second longer, curved, widest at apex; third short, transverse, as wide as apex of second; fourth as wide at base as third, twice as long as wide, a little narrowed to rounded apex. Outer lobe of maxilla slender, with 2 small curved teeth at tip below which are a few closely placed ciliae in a row. Inner lobe broad, densely ciliate at apex. Labial palpi 3-segmented; first and third segment each about twice as long as wide; second transverse; seg¬ ments of equal width. Ligula broad, slightly produced in middle. Gular sutures widely divergent posteriorly. Infraorbital carina wanting. Thorax. Pronotum quadrate, longitudinally costate. Prosternum large, its process hardly pointed. Lateral prosternal sutures faint. Hypomera delimited by carina. Trochantin rectangular, not easily distinguished from prosternum. Prosternal epimera not delimited by suture. Mesosternum short, its process narrow, pointed, produced more than halfway between coxae. Metasternum long, its process short, pointed, meeting mesosternal process between coxae. Elytra quadrate, longitudinally costate, epipleura delimited by carina. Scu- tellum visible. Anterior coxae small, peg-shaped, contiguous. Middle coxae round, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae transverse, somewhat triangular. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi 3-segmented, first 2 segments very small, last several times as long as first 2 together. Abdomen. Abdomen cylindrical, without paratergites, first 5 visible seg¬ ments abruptly constricted at base. First visible segment broadly, deeply impressed beneath on each side for reception of coxae; with small keel between coxae. Distribution. Most of the known 47 species of this genus are from Latin America; however, several species are known from other tropical regions as well as 4 from the United States, 1 from Europe, and 1 from Japan. They are generally found under the bark of decaying trees. Acknowledgments We thank Jacques Heifer and Hugh B. Leech for loan and gift of specimens and for other favors; and Robert E. Orth for useful suggestions. Literature Cited Arnett, R. H. 1961. Staphylinidae In The beetles of the United States (A manual for identification). Part II. Fasc. 15, p. 288-310, Fig. 1.15-31.15. Catholic University Press, Washington, D. C. 84 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 Blackwelder, R. E. 1942. Notes on the classification of the staphylinid groups Lispini and Osoriinae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 92:75-90. Hammond, P. M. 1970. Some problematic Motschulsky species of Staphylinidae (Col.). Ent. Monthly Mag. 106:67-70. Hatch, M. ' H. 1957. The beetle of the Pacific Northwest. Part II. Staphyliniformia. Univ. Washington Publ. Biol. 16:i-x, 1-384, 37 pi. Moore, Ian. 1964. A new key to the subfamilies of the Nearctic Staphylinidae and notes on their classification. Coleopt. Bull. 18:83-91. GENDER POINTS: A TIMESAVER FOR MICROCOLEOPTERISTS Philip D. Perkins c/o Dept, of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560 The time involved in properly preparing beetles, especially microcoleoptera, for taxonomic study is considerable. In many (most?) genera the male genitalia and/or female spermathecae must be removed by dissection and placed in an appropriate receptacle. The specimen, after being cleaned in a sonic apparatus, must then be affixed to a paper point (which had to be previously prepared and placed on a pin). Following this, the genitalia lecep- tacle, locality label(s), and (in some instances) ecological data label(s) are added. Finally, a sex label must be cut from a sheet of same and affixed to the pin to facilitate retrieval of the specimen once it has been placed in the collection. Multiply this procedure by thousands of specimens, and the time saved by the obviation of a single step in the process becomes considerable. A step can be eliminated by using a gender point, (i.e., a point upon which the appropriate sex symbol has been printed). Apparently, sex symbols of the appropriate size and printed upon point paper are not commercially available. The symbols must be spaced so that the point can be cut out with a point punch without cutting into adjacent symbols in the same row, or symbols in the next row. Sheets for use in making gender points have been readily made by typing (on a machine with elite type) an 8V2" X 11" page with sex symbols, then submitting the page and blank point paper to a printer for reduction and printing. With elite type (symbols are 3mm high and 2mm wide), the symbols should be placed 2 spaces apart (7mm from center to center) in the rows, and the rows 2cm apart. The sheet is then reduced 50%. The resulting symbols can be easily punched out, with ample area for the pin to be inserted between the base of the point and the symbol. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 85 LIFE HISTORY OF THE WESTERN WATER PENNY BEETLE, PSEPHENUS FALLI (COLEOPTERA: PSEPHENIDAE) Chad M. Murvosh and Bruce W. Miller' Department of Biological Sciences University of Nevada, Las Vegas, NV 89154 Abstract Psephenus falli, the western water penny beetle, living in the Pacific coast states and Idaho, probably requires 15-18 months to complete its life cycle. Much growth variation exists even among those developing from the same egg mass. Life history is shorter than that postulated for the eastern species P herricki, but the microdistribution, habitat distribution, and behavior of’ali life stages seem identical to that species. Introduction Several authors (Matheson 1914, West 1929, Schafer 1950) have produced Hfe history studies of Psephenus herricki (DeKay), the water penny beetle living in eastern United States and Canada. Murvosh (1971) incorporated life history data into an autecological study attempting to explain and unders¬ tand the habitat and geographical distribution. Two new species have been described recently (Brown 1970; Brown and Arrington, 1967), but little biological information has appeared except studies on parasitism (Burks 1968; Brown 1968). Murvosh, Spangler, and Brown (unpublished data) worked out the Nearctic distribution, and Brown and Murvosh (in manuscript) revised the genus and described some new species from Arizona. Life history information on the western members of this genus is lacking. Ecological studies over the past 8 years have yielded a certain amount of life history data, and the purpose of this paper is to assemble what is known about the far western species, P . falli Casey. The study was designed to give a general overview of life history, and no attempt was made to work out certain details such as the exact number and description of instars. Certain areas will be pointed out that require additional study and comparisons made with the eastern species. Casey described P. falli from a unique male from southern California apparently without examining specimens of the previously described P. hal- demani Horn from Baja California. Two more species, P. veluticollis and P. Calaveras , were described from California and P. lanei from Idaho, but these are all the same as P. falli (Brown and Murvosh, in manuscript). A potentially unsolvable problem exists in trying to determine if P. haldemani and P. falli are the same. The description of P. haldemani was based on 2 females taken from an unknown type locality in Baja. This locality will probably never be determined and species determinations are made on male specimens. Brown ' Present address: Department of Biology, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico 88001. 86 MURVOSH & MILLER: PSEPHENUS FALLI and Murvosh (in manuscript) reviewed this problem and based on color difference, size, and some disjunction, think it best to tentatively c0"sl <?r e Baja population separate from that occurring in the U. S. Considering this, the genus distribution map published by Murvosh (1971) is slightly in error. The problem seems solvable only if one species of Psephenus occurs in Baja. Common names for species have not yet been proposed for this group, but some consideration should be given to this since several species are now known and biological data is accumulating. We are using western water penny beetle as a tentative common name for this species. Acknowledgments We would like to thank Dr. Harley P. Brown for his assistance on certain aspects of this study and for reading and commenting on the manuscript, i he University of Nevada Board of Regents provided a research stipend. Some o the remaining costs incurred in our field research were indirectly sponsored by the Department of Internal Revenue, and we thank them for allowing legi¬ timate deductions in this area. Methods Life history data was collected in both the field and laboratory. Collections and observations were made throughout the entire range of the species, bu most of the work concentrated in 2 streams in southern California. Deep Creek drains part of the San Bernardino Mountains near Lake Arrowhead and flows north to join the Mojave River 15 miles south of Victorville. Big Rock Creek flows north out of the San Gabriel Mountains, enters and crosses the San Andreas Fault at Valyermo and disappears into an alluvial fan about 15 miles southeast of Palmdale. Drainage in both streams is interior The different life stages of this insect were field collected and taken to the laboratory for rearing. Newly laid eggs are easily determined if the ovipositing female is present. Rocks with such eggs were brought to the laboratory to determine hatching time. The growth rate of immatures under laboratory conditions was estimated by sorting field samples of larvae into different (2, 3, 4 5 6 7 mm) size classes. Each size class was put into separate rearing containers and monthly measurements made to calculate the average time required for each group to grow to the next size class. Water pennies can be maintained in the laboratory in containers as simp e as plastic bowls and aquaria, if sufficient light and algae coated rocks are present. Aeration of the water is very desirable but seems unnecessary on a continuous basis. The containers required frequent cleaning of scum and debris and the water exchanged to inhibit a slimy bacterial growth which formed on some rocks. Chlorinated tap water does not appear harmful but we routinely aerated this water for 30 minutes or allowed it to stand for 24 hours before use. Stock populations of water pennies were kept in rectangular (30 X 25 X 15cm) plastic wash tubs. Larvae, sorted to various size classes, were put in round (15 X 15cm) plastic half gallon ice cream containers. Two holes, each 5cm square, were cut out of the containers, 2cm above the bottom and nylon screening was glued on. The half gallon rearing containers were put into a 120cm circular plastic swimming pool 20cm deep. The water in the pool was THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 87 maintained at a level 5cm from the top and oxygenated continuously. The containers were exposed to sunlight (200-1600 foot candles) through a large laboratory window. The tops of the containers were uncovered as there was no evidence of larvae migrating from one container to another. Field growth rates were estimated by periodically collecting samples of larvae and constructing frequency distributions of size classes plotted against number. This gives an idea of the temporal distribution of the various size classes. Measurements were made in the field with dial calipers and larvae returned to the stream. Other field observations of a less quantitative nature yielded similar data. It is almost impossible to determine in the field the time required for pupation. Data was obtained by holding mature larvae and prepupae in moist glass vials in the laboratory. Adult life span cannot be properly studied in the field either. Field collected adults and those emerging from pupae were kept in containers with moist rocks and cotton to study longevity. Life History The Adult Beetle Adults are typically found on the lee and sides of wave-splashed rocks in stream riffles. They are very difficult to see when standing motionless at the rock water interface, but they periodically run back and forth along the wet surface and are more easily seen. The habitat, microdistribution, and behavior seem identical to those of P. herricki (Murvosh 1971). Males (3.3-4.3mm) are somewhat smaller than females (3.8-5. 1mm); ap¬ parently true for all species studied in this genus. Adults are generally present from early May to about the middle of August (Table 1) but not necessarily in all localities. In southern California, for example, they were collected in early May in Big Rock Creek but not seen until June in Deep Creek. An area should be sampled at least 2 years before any conclusions are drawn regarding tem¬ poral distribution. Sampling in Big Rock Creek in 1970 suggested that adults emerged in late May and early June and vanished by July. Studies the following year showed that they were present in this stream from early May to mid- August. Populations in Big Rock Creek are not as large as those in Deep Creek and there may not be a continuous adult emergence such as probably occurs all summer in Deep Creek. Gaps in emergences plus low population densities could lead to unwarranted generalizations. There is not enough data to give a complete picture of adult temporal distribution in Idaho and Oregon. The May to August time distribution occurs in a great enough variety of streams and geographic locations that genetic factors probably exert more control over emergence than extrinsic factors. In most locations, July seems to be the best time to collect adults. An individual beetle is probably not around very long. Laboratory data suggest that both males and females can live about a week. A new tagging method will give better information in the future as to what actually happens in the field. Females enter the water immediately to lay eggs in the substrate and then die. These females have a characteristic “dirty” appearance and have never been known to leave the stream bed. They probably have a field life span of 1 to 3 days. 88 MURVOSH & MILLER: PSEPHENUS FALLI Eggs The lemon yellow eggs of this species are deposited close together in single layers forming a mass of about 500. Several females often oviposit together forming a large mass sometimes containing 2,000 eggs. Eggs are deposited on the undersurfaces of rocks in riffles but particularly those areas of a riffle where wave-splashed rocks project above the water line. One exception to this was seen on the Clearwater River in Idaho where females were ovipositing near the shore in water void of any turbulence. Eggs of this species have yet to be examined microscopically for differences from P. herricki. Superficially at least, all water penny beetle eggs look very much alike and occur in masses about the same size. They have been found in Big Rock Creek from the first week of May to the second week in August. In Deep Creek, they have been seen from mid-June to mid-August. In northern California in the Trinity River drainage, eggs also have been collected as late as August 14. Egg hatch took 16-17 days in the laboratory in water at 23°C, but this should be studied again since we experienced difficulty getting some eggs to hatch and could not determine the cause This hatching time is comparable to, but slightly longer than, the 12-15 days reported for P. herricki (Schafer 1950; Davis 1965). The newly hatched larva, about 0.75mm long, is whitish or colorless and can’t be seen with the naked eye when on a naturally-occurring substrate. Egg hatch seems high (75-90%), but survivorship data beyond this is unknown for any species in this genus. Two unmated, laboratory reared females laid eggs, but these did not hatch, casting doubt that parthenogenesis occurs. Pupae The macro- and microdistribution of prepupae (mature larvae) and pupae under rocks along the shorelines of riffles seem identical to that of P . herricki. They are often distributed in such a highly contagious manner that they are difficult to sample accurately. We spent little time studying this stage and did not attempt to describe the pupa or the exact time period required for pupa¬ tion. Physical descriptions of this whole process are needed. Limited data suggest that 2 weeks are required, but our rearing conditions were far from normal. If the pupation process takes about 2 weeks, then pupae should occur in the field from late April to early August. One pupa was found in Deep Creek as late as 12 August. Pupation takes 10-12 days in P. herricki , and the tem¬ poral distribution is from late May to early September. The Larva Some idea of the temporal distribution of larvae is indicated by graphs in Fig. 2. These data, plus others collected in the field, show that several sizes (but not necessarily all) of larvae are present the entire year. Although we did not directly attempt to find the exact number of instars, laboratory data suggest a minimum of 4, and we speculate somewhat in suggesting 6. A com¬ parison of these data with those collected for P. herricki indicates a difference in life history to some extent. All sizes of P. herricki larvae can be found throughout the year (Murvosh 1971), suggestive of the 2 year life history postulated by West (1929) and Schafer (1950). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 89 Small larvae could not be found in a winter collection at Big Rock Creek suggesting that the last eggs of the previous season had developed to 4-5mm larvae. The size classes present in Deep Creek by mid- August show that most larvae are in the 2-3mm stage. A similar distribution, not shown here, was found the same time the following year. If these represent the last laid eggs, then larvae may grow to this size in about a month or so. The collection from the Trinity River area was biased somewhat toward the larger sizes and does not accurately represent the relative numbers of small larvae. Considering this bias, a minimal growth rate for the entire summer would be 3-4mm. In general, the field data are suggestive of a minimal summer’s growth from egg to 3 or 4mm, with the possibility that the fastest growing larvae may do this in much less time. Laboratory rearing demonstrated that a tremendous amount of variability exists in growth patterns, even among individuals hatching from the same egg mass. The average growth rate for laboratory reared larvae was about 1mm per month. Larvae from a Big Rock Creek egg mass developed to 2.5 and 3.5mm in 3 months, but this was on rocks where the nutrient supply was possibly inadequate. It seems reasonable, in view of both laboratory and field data, to postulate an egg to egg life history development time of 15 months based on an average field growth rate of 1mm per summer month. A 1mm first instar in May could overwinter as a 5mm larva, if it grows during September, and reach the last instar the following May or June. Pupation, emergence, and oviposition dur¬ ing June and/or July would give a 14-15 month life cycle. The fastest growing larva, after hatching in early June, might overwinter as a 5 or 6mm larva, completing development the following spring with a 1 year life history. Some laboratory larvae grew little more than 0.5mm per month. If this represents genetic growth and not poor nutrition, then some individuals would need 2 full years to complete the life cycle. Pupation occurs under the covering of the exoskeleton of the last instar, and measurements of these skins show the last instar ranges from 6 to 8.5mm. Females are generally larger, although a 4.3mm female emerged from a 6.3mm last instar. Field and laboratory data suggest that larvae reaching maturity in late summer (August) do not complete development, but they overwinter and emerge the following year. Some larvae probably overwinter twice. Eggs laid in August could produce a 2mm over¬ wintering larva which could develop to maturity the following summer and overwinter again. In such cases, a complete life cycle would take 20 months or more. We feel that a life history of either 1 or 2 years is probably unusual and suggest that 15-18 months is more realistic for California beetles. More data is needed to generalize about Idaho and Oregon beetles. Tremendous growth variability exists in this species and a great deal of variation is to be expected in life history. This makes it impractical to propose a specific narrow time range. There is also a certain amount of opportunism involved. Individuals from eggs laid at the “wrong time’’ may have to spend 2 winters in the water resulting in a longer development time. More information is needed about 2 specific time periods: how much growth and development actually occur in September and October and the spring months? If the growth rate is faster than we suspect at these times, then the life history is shorter than postulated. We have seen some distributions that are puzzling. We could find no larvae other than matures near pupation sites in early May in Big Rock Creek. This NUMBER OF LARVAE 90 MURVOSH & MILLER: PSEPHENUS FALLI LARVAL LENGTH IN MM Fig. 1. Temporal distribution of various size classes of P. falli larvae. A. Salt Creek, Peanut, California. B. Julietta, Idaho. C. Big Rock Creek, Valyermo, California. D. Clearwater River, Kamiah, Idaho. E. Deep Creek, San Bernardino Mountains, California. F. Deep Creek. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 91 MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST Northern California : 1 1 i 1 i Central California | | | | | T I | H - H No data 1 1 Southern California l i J_ Li I - 1 — 1 I i ! 1 Oregon No data Idaho No data I 1 M No data No data H - 1 - 1- 1 1 1 1 1 - 14 No data No data l 1 f l 1 f l - 1 Table 1. The temporal distribution of adult Psephenus falli in western United States. is suggestive of a 1 year life span if the sampling error was small. In May, in Deep Creek, a similar distribution was seen except that some 2-3mm larvae were present. A Deep Creek riffle, 300m above this, was full of mature larvae in August. No 1 or 2mm individuals could be found, and those under 5mm were rare, suggesting a very rapid summer growth. The riffle 300m below on this same date was full of small (2-3mm) individuals, and mature larvae were difficult to find. This seems to suggest 2 populations, relatively isolated in the same stream, developing separately. Another unusual temporal distribution was seen in Idaho during July 1966. Adults were common and larvae uncom¬ mon along the Clearwater River, but the reverse situation was true 2 days later on the Potlatch River about 80 miles away. Psephenus falli and P. herricki are very much alike except that they occur in 2 different geographic locations. Morphologically they look very much alike except that P. falli is smaller. The behavior, habitat distribution, and life history are similar. The major difference is that P. herricki seems to require a longer time to complete the life cycle. Literature Cited Brown, H. P. 1968. Psephenus (Coleoptera: Psephenidae) parasitized bv a new chalcidoid (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae). II. Biology of the parasite Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 61:452-456. Brown. H P. 1970. A new species of Psephenus from Arizona (Coleoptera Psephenidae). Coleop. Bull. 24:34-38. Brown, H. P., and Richard Arrington, Jr. 1967. A new species of Psephenus from Mexico and Texas (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea, Psephenidae). Coleop. Bull. 21:86-91. 92 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 Burks B D. 1968. Psephenus (Coleoptera: Psephenidae) parasitized by a new Chalcidoid (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae). I. Description of the parasite. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 61 : (2 ): 450-452. . . , , Davis C. C. 1965. A study of the hatching process in aquatic in (vertebrates. XVIII. Eclosion in Helicopsyche borealis (Hagen) (Trichoptera Helicopsychidae). XIX. Hatching in Psephenus .h.eS™*1 <DeKay) (Coleoptera, Psephenidae). Amer. Midland Nat. 74:443-45°. Matheson, R. 1914. Life history notes on two Coleoptera (Paimdae). Canadian Ent. 46:185-189. , , • , • Murvosh, C. M. 1971. Ecology of the water penny beetle Psephenus herrieki DeKay. Ecol. Monogr. 41:79-96. Schafer, d! A. 1950. Life history studies of Psephenus ^contei Lee. and Ectopria nervosa Melsh. (Coleoptera: Psephenidae: Dascilhdae). M. S. Thesis. The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. olp. West, L. S. 1929. Life history notes on Psephenus lecontei Lee. (Coleoptera. Dryopoidea: Psephenidae) Battle Creek Coll. Bull. 3.3-20. BOOK REVIEWS The following 2 recent books have been published by W. Junk, Pub¬ lishers, 13 van Stolkweg, The Hague, Netherlands Both are monumental treatises on families of beetles, for which the publisher should be com mended for producing. Even with the great dedication of the authors in conducting the research, it is often difficult to obtain commitments for printing such specialized books. Monographie der Familie Platypodidae (Coleoptera) by Karl E. Schedl. 1972. v + 322 p.; 73 fig. 70 Dutch Guilders Dr Schedl has devoted over 50 years to the study of this economically important family and owns the World’s largest collection of them. This his greatest contribution, contains everything “ . . . which is necessary for an understanding of the complex biological aspects together with a sys¬ tematic section including determination keys for the sub-families and genera.” The text is in German. Biology of Coccinellidae by Ivo Hodek. 1973. 260 p.; 58 photos; 34 plates. 100 Dutch Guilders. Three chapters are separately authored: 1) Taxonomy and morphology of adults, by I. Kovar; 2) Morphology and taxonomy of the larvae with keys for their identification, by G. I. Savoiskaya and B. Klausmtzer, 3) Variability and genetic studies, by A. Honek. A pictorial color key to 4th instar larvae and a simple field key (by Klausmtzer and Kovar) is at¬ tached in an envelope so that it can be removed for field use. I he text is The volume will undoubtedly lead to greater interest in this family, because of the thoroughness of the coverage here. It is unfortunate that such volumes are so rarely produced, and that often lifetimes are required to do so The color production is useful, but suffers from some poor regis¬ tration and a coarser half-tone screening than desirable. All in all, it is a splendid contribution. ^ ^ — R. E. Woodruff THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 93 INTERPRETATIONS OF THE IMAGINAL AND LARVAL CHARACTERS, INCLUDING DISTINCTIONS AMONG MELANDRYIDAE, MYCETOPHAGIDAE AND TETRATOMIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Mohammad Abdullah c/o: Department of Zoology, University of Nottingham; Mailing Address: 146 Sherwood Street, Nottingham, England. Abstract After considering the similarities and differences in imaginal and larval haveae7olv«nn ^hY'l?’ they aPuPe,ar t0 be PMogenetically related and to have evolved in the following phylogenetic sequence: 1. Tetratomidae 2. Mycetophagidae. 3. Melandryidae. eiratomiaae. Introduction The heteromerous beetle families Melandryidae Leach (1815) [including Serropalpidae Latreille (1825) but excluding Synchroidae Horn (1883)1 Mycetophagidae Leach (1815), and Tetratomidae Mulsant (1856) are badly in need of systematic revision for the world. There are presently only preliminary a"£,'S0 atted studles by Crowson (1955, 1964 and 1966), Hayashi (1971 and 1972) on Japanese larvae, Miyatake (1960) on Japanese Tetratomidae, Vied- a"d 1971 > on Melandryid larvae, Arnett (1971) on American fauna and Abdullah (1964) on Baltic amber Heteromera. These 3 families are reviewed here because they seem to be close phylogenetically and have neteromeroid aedeagi. It follows that any modern classification that splits them in such different groups as Clavicornia and Heteromera, as was the old practice, is artificial. CruiWS°nu(1966:512) considered the existing family Tetratomidae as resembling the common ancestor of Heteromera, while regarded Diphyllidae LeUonte (1861) [ = Biphyllidae Sharp (1900)] and Byturidae Thomson (1859) as clavicorn ancestors of Heteromera (Crowson 1967). My view is quite different on this subject (Abdullah 1973a and Abdullah & Abdullah, 1966). I regard Diphyllidae and Byturidae as Heteromera (and not Clavicornia), and as the 2 most primitive families of Heteromera (more than Tetratomidae). Observations on the similarities and differences among the adults and larvae of these 3 families are presented below. Similarities in the adult stage 1. The modes of life, habits, and foods are rather similar. Melandryids are ound under bark, Mycetophagids are fungivorous under bark, and also feed on pine pollen. Tetratomids are also fungivorous. 2. Melandryids are elongate, convex, and slender to somewhat broadened 94 ABDULLAH: INTERPRETATIONS IN 3 FAMILIES in shape. Mycetophagids are obovate, broad, and depressed. Tetratomids are elongate, convex, slender to somewhat broadened, or broadly oval and rather 3. Size or length in mm: Melandryids, 3-20; Mycetophagids, 1.5-6; and Tetratomids, 3-20. n 4. Coloration. Melandryids: castaneous, brown or dark, rarely with yellow markings. Mycetophagids: brown to piceous, sometimes with orange or red¬ dish markings. Tetratomids: dark. , , 5. Vestiture. Melandryids: sparse to moderately dense but short and sub- depressed. Mycetophagids: short, moderate, sparse to dense, sub-erect hairs. Tetratomids: usually sparse. 6. Punctation and head surface. Melandryids: smooth, punctate oi rugose. Mycetophagids: punctate or rugose-punctate. Tetratomids: smooth, 7. Head shape. Melandryids: deflexed, posteriorly constricted or not. Mycetophagids: short, triangular, slightly deflexed. Tetratomids: ? as in Melandryidae. _ 8. Type of antenna. Melandryids: filiform or somewhat thickened or serrate. Mycetophagids: clavate; segments 7-11 enlarged, or with a 2- to 3- segmented club. Tetratomids: clubbed or thickened apically. 9. Number of segments in antenna. Melandryids: 11, rarely 10. Myce¬ tophagids: 11. Tetratomids: 11. . 10. Antennae not inserted under lateral expansions or ridges of Irons in ail 11. Apex of mandible. Melandryids: simple or bifid, acute or blunt, Mycetophagids: blunt, curved. Tetratomids: ? as in Melandryidae. 12. Apical segment of maxillary palp. Melandryids: often long and more or less enlarged. Mycetophagids: simple to enlarged. Tetratomids: dilated. 13. Apical segment of labial palp. Melandryids: dilated, elongate. Myce¬ tophagids: simple, slender. Tetratomids: ? dilated. 14. Eyes are both entire and emarginate in Melandryidae and Myce- tophagidae; Tetratomids emarginate. 15. The neck is wide in all 3. 16. Pro-coxal cavities are externally or visibly open in all 3. 17. Pro-coxal cavities are internally open in Mycetophagidae, but both open and internally closed condition exists in Melandryidae and Tetra- tomidae. . . .. 18. Pro-coxae are without substantial concealed lateral expansions in all 3 19. Pro-coxae are not separated by a flat intercoxal process with lateral extensions behind coxae in all 3. 20. Pro-coxae are externally not contiguous in all 3. 21. Pro-coxae are internally contiguous in all 3. 22. Pro-thorax is not Bostrichoid or Cisid-like in all 3. 23. Pro-thorax has distinct side borders in all 3. 24. Pronotum is not apically flanged in any. 25. There are no antenna-receiving grooves on pro-pleura in all 3. - 26. Trochantins of meso- coxae are exposed in all 3. 27. Meso-coxal cavities are open by reaching of mes-epimera (and not closed by meeting of sterna) in all 3. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 95 28 Meso-coxae are completely separated by intercoxal processes of sterna in 3.11 3. 29. Penultimate segments of tarsi are simple in all 3 (exceptionally front tarsus may be lobed or pulvilliform in some Melandryids). 30. Ante-penultimate segments of tarsi are simple in all 3. 31. Tarsal claws are simple in all 3 (except in Osphyinae of Melandryidae where they are strongly toothed or split, a derivative feature!). 32. All trochanters are heteromeroid in all 3. 33. Legs without ctimdia in all 3 (although, rarely tibiae with numerous transverse ridges bearing spinules are found in Melandryidae). 34. Blytra are without vein-like ribbings in all 3. 35. Apices of elytra are simple and similar in both sexes in all 3. 36. Blytra are without distinct pseudopleura or epipleural fold in all 3. 37. Metasternum is not spinous (in the male) in all 3. 38. Meta-coxae are contiguous or nearly so in all 3. 39. Wings have radial cells in almost all of them. 40. Anal cells are present in the wings of Mycetophagidae and Tetra- tomidae (? but perhaps not in Melandrvidae). 41. The apparent number of anal veins is 5 in all 3. 42. Type of furca or met-endosternite. Melandryidae: Hylecoetoid Myce¬ tophagidae: Hylecoetoid (? to not so). Tetratomidae: Hylecoetoid (approaching Boridae). 43. Met-endosternite with long arms in all 3. 44. Met-endosternite with the anterior tendons far apart in all 3. 45. Met-endosternite with the anterior tendons arising on the arms in Tetratomidae, but both from the arms or from the body of furca in Melandryidae and Mycetophagidae. 46. Met-endosternite without an anterior median projection in front of arms in Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae, but with or without one in Melandryidae. 47. Number of visible abdominal sternites (or sterna) 5 in all 3. 48. No connate visible abdominal sternites in all 3. 49. Orientation of tegmen and median lobe. Melandryidae: inverted heteromeroid (rarely normal heteromeroid). Mycetophagidae: both condi¬ tions. Tetratomidae: inverted heteromeroid, tegmen ventral and median lobe or penis dorsal. 50. Ovipositor long and tubular in all 3. 51. Ovipositor with the coxite 2-segmented in Melandryidae (Not known in Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae but expected to be similar). 52. Abdominal appendages absent in all 3. 53. Last abdominal tergite not produced into a Mordellid-like posteriorly directed spine in all 3. Differences in the adult stage 1. Eyes are described to be large and lateral in Mycetophagidae, small in Melandryidae, and variable in Tetratomidae. 2. Pro-coxae or front coxae are transverse and non-projecting in Myce¬ tophagidae and Tetratomidae, but in Melandryidae they are distinctlv projecting. 96 ABDULLAH: INTERPRETATIONS IN 3 FAMILIES 3. Trochantins of pro-coxae are exposed in Mycetophagidae and Tetra- tomidae but not in Melandryidae. 4. Mes-episterna are reported meeting in front of mesosternum in Myce¬ tophagidae but not in Tetratomidae, while both conditions are found in Melandryidae. Q A , • 5. Tarsal formula. Melandryidae: 5-5-4. Mycetophagidae: 4-4-4 or 3-4-4 in male. Tetratomidae: 5-5-4. , 6. Tibial spurs are simple in Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae but serrate in Melandryidae. , , • . 7. Internal keel of meta-coxa is reduced to a narrow-based apophysis in Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae. This is also the case in some Melandryidae but in others the keel is long and simple. 8. Hind-wing has a sub-cubital fleck in Melandryidae and Myce¬ tophagidae. The fleck may be present or absent in Tetratomidae (? and is perhaps absent in a few Melandryids also). 9. Mes-endosternite with the arms distinctly branched are found in some Melandryids. The arms are, however, not branched in Mycetophagidae, Te¬ tratomidae and some Melandryidae. 10. Met-endosternite with laminae are found in Mycetophagidae, ietra- tomidae and some Melandryidae. Laminae are, however, absent in other Melandryidae. 11. Tegmen with the parameres or lateral lobes or gonostyli separate at apex in Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae but fused apically in Melandryidae. , „ , , . , 12. Median lobe with 1 median strut in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae but 2 in Mycetophagidae. Note- It may be possible to use imaginal character number 19 under similari¬ ties ( vide supra) to partially separate some Mycetophagids. Some exceptions are expected to be discovered in both the imaginal and larval characters described here, as the 3 families are revised for the world. Similarities in the larval stage 1 Habits. Melandryidae: under bark and within fungi. Mycetophagidae. in fungi, cones of Pinus, and in dried flowers of Opuntia, etc. Tetratomidae: in fungi. . , . 2. Shape. Orthosomatic, rather fusiform in Penthe (Tetratomidae). 3. Body length in mm. Melandryidae: 3-30. Mycetophagidae: 3-8. Tetra¬ tomidae: 4-12. 4. Coloration and vestiture rather similar in all 3. 5. Hypostomal margins or rods. Melandryidae and Tetratomidae. present or absent. Mycetophagidae: present. 6. Hypopharyngeal sclerome. Melandryidae and Tetratomidae. present or absent. Mycetophagidae: present. 7. Number of antennal segments 3 in all 3. 8. Mandibles both symmetrical and asymmetrical in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae but only asymmetrical in Mycetophagidae. 9. Mandibular mola both present and absent in Melandryidae and te¬ tratomidae, but not absent in any known Mycetophagid. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 97 10. Mola without fine transverse ridges in all 3. 11. Fleshy or setose post-molar appendage and penicillus absent in all (? except possibly some Penthe- Tetratomidae, and Eustrophinus- Me- landryidae). 12. Retinaculum both present and absent in all 3. 13. Maxillary cardo not divided and bi-partite in Tetratomidae, but both divided and entire or undivided cardo are found in Melandryidae and Myce- tophagidae. 14. Maxillary mala not toothed in all 3. 15. Mala with or without uncus (non-dentate, spine or hook-like process) in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae, but absent in all Mycetophagids. 16. Ligula present in all 3. 17. Gula not distinct from submentum, the 2 being united or fused in all 3 (? distinct in some Penthe ). 18. Number of leg segments and claws normal in all 3. 19. Prothorax not appreciably wider than other thoracic segments in all 3. 20. Abdominal segments 10 in all 3 (? may be 9 in some Mycetophagidae). 21. Ninth abdominal sternite without asperities in all 3. 22. Ninth sternite not composed of a series of small plates in any. 23. Ninth sternite not broad, flat, plate-like in shape in all 3. 24. Urogomphi present in Tetratomidae, but both present and absent in Melandryidae and Mycetophagidae. 25. Urogomphi simple and un-branched in Melandryidae and Myce¬ tophagidae, but in some Tetratomidae urogomphi may be slightly complex. 26. Urogomphi both widely and narrowly separated at base in all 3. 27. Tenth sternite produced or not produced into 1 or 2 pseudopods in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae, but never distinctly produced in Myce¬ tophagidae. 28. Spiracles not cribriform in any of them. 29. Spiracles not provided with a series of small peripheral tubes in any known species in all 3. Differences in the larval stage 1. Coronal suture. Melandryidae: present or absent. Mycetophagidae: present. Tetratomidae: present. 2. Frontal suture. Melandryidae: lyriform or V-shaped. Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae: lyriform. 3. Clypeal or epistomal or frontoclypeal suture. Melandryidae: present or absent. Mycetophagidae and Tetratomidae: absent. 4. Number of ocelli. Melandryidae: 6-10. Mycetophagidae: 8-12. Tetra¬ tomidae: 10. 5. Sensory appendix or sensorium or tactile papilla or accessory process of antenna. Melandryidae: present or absent. Mycetophagidae and Tetra¬ tomidae: present. 6. Third antennal segment less than half longer than second in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae. In Mycetophagidae various (more or less). 7. Antennal insertion separated from base of mandible by a visible strip in Tetratomidae but not in Melandryidae and Mycetophagidae. 8. Mandibular mola asperate or with tubercles in Mycetophagidae, not asperate in Melandryidae, and both conditions exist in Tetratomidae. ABDULLAH: INTERPRETATIONS IN 3 FAMILIES 9. Armament of mola extending ventr ally in Mycetophagidae, not in Melandryidae, and both conditions exist in Tetratomidae. 10. At least 1 mandible with multi-dentate or multi-lobed cutting ec ge along inner dorsal margin in Tetratomidae but not in Melandryidae and ^11 Prothorax longer than meso- and meta-thorax in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae, but both longer and shorter in Mycetophagidae. 12. Spiracles annular -bif or ous in Melandryidae and Tetratomidae. n Mycetophagidae, however, they are variable: with or without an extentional part on margin, annular, circular, guitar-shaped or annular-biforous. Phylogeny of Melandryidae According to Crowson (1966) and Viedma (1971) of the 3 subfamilies (Eustrophinae, Melandryinae, and Osphyinae) of Melandryidae, the most primitive is Eustrophinae, and both regard this subfamily as annectant to primitive Tetratomidae [Pisenini: Pisenus including Pseudotriphyllus, and Eupisenus doubtfully including Integrinus, sensu Miyatake (I960)]. In searching for the true relationships of Melandryidae, it would be necessary to revise the adults and larvae of world Eustrophinae (primitive subfamily) as well as those of world Pisenini (primitive group of 1 etra- tomidae) The few known characters indicate that the Melandryidae have most probably evolved from Tetratomidae. Future systematic revisions are expected to support this view, as well as to prove or dl®Pr0^e rat ambiguous suggestions of “affinities” to Scraptiidae, Mordelli ae, an Rhipiphoridae in the literature. In all cases, the primitive groups need to e discovered and revised first. Phylogeny of Mycetophagidae A modern systematic revision of the family is much needed for the world, and particularly of the primitive groups to discover ancestry and phylogeny. My Baltic amber Crowsonium Abdullah (1964) should also be considered in this connection. From the published account of Mycetophagidae in Arnett (1971) it is possible to offer some suggestions. If Myrmechixenis is a Myce- tophagid, then it would be better placed in a subfamily by itself, as suggested by the externally closed front coxal cavities, and this might prove to be a derivative group. The tarsal formula 5-5-5 in Lendomus (Lendomini) placed in Mycetophagidae in Arnett (1971) is thought provoking. It could be better placed elsewhere and may not be a Mycetophagid, or else should be a very primitive representative still possessing the ancestral clavicorn 5-5- tarsi, n the last event, other primitive characters are also expected to be present which will further strengthen the view. Lendomus politus Casey (1924) from Quebec should be first checked for the heteromeroid aedeagus in the male (to rule out the possibility of being a member of Clavicornia). Rather striking similarities of Triphyllus- group to Pisenini (Tetratomidae) have been interpreted as in¬ dicators of phylogenetic relationships between Mycetophagidae and Ietra- tomidae ( vide infra). Phylogeny of Tetratomidae Miyatake (1960) classified the family into 3 tribes which could as well be THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 99 considered natural subfamilies: LiudS^::r including pseudotnph^ 2- II. Tetratomini (3. Tetratoma, 4. Abstrulia, ? 5. Incolia). III. Penthini (6. Penthe). r tribe iS Pisenini’ and the most derivative is Penthini Both Miyatake (I960) and Hayashi (1972) believe that Tetratomidae (par- ticularly Pisenini) are phylogenetically related to Mycetophagidae (especially includinS Mycetophagus, Litargus, and Li¬ ra rgops). If the Tnphyllus- group represents the most primitive Myce¬ tophagidae (which needs to be confirmed) then particular attention should be given to the systematic revision of adults and larvae for the world in order to discover the phytogeny of Tetratomidae and Mycetophagidae. The few characters given by Miyatake (1960) and Hayashi (1971 and 1972) could in fact e interpreted as indicators of true phylogenetic relationship between Tetra¬ tomidae and Mycetophagidae. They have not, however, clearly indicated the probable phylogenetic sequence which Crowson (1966:512) seems to suggest as etratomidae first (primitive) and Mycetophagidae as a direct offshoot (derivative). Future revisions are expected to throw more light on their phylogeny (vide Abdullah 1973a). Acknowledgments r 1' w.lsh ^ thank my fellow-coleopterists for sending reprints or photo-copies take arnPd MCar10V; Pfrtlcula^Drs' A. Crowson, N. Hayashi, M. Mwa- take, and M. G Viedma; and to my wife, Abida Abdullah, for her en¬ couragement and assistance. References Abdullah, M. 1973a. The improvement of an existing modern classification untd°972) Z°° ' 19^:13"41' (Glves my complete bibliography Abdullah M. 1973b The higher classification of the insect order Coleoptera including fossil records and a classified directory of the coleopterists and Coleoptera collections of the world. Ent. Tidskr.: in cress Abdullah M. 1973c. The systematic position of Cisidae (Heteromera) including a revised world catalogue and comments on the central European families of Cucujoidea (Coleoptera). Zool. Beitr. 19- in press Abdullah M 1973d. My concept of the beetle family Pe- trndae — Allecuhdae = T enebriomdae— new interpretations of the old observations on Tenebrionid beetles (Coleoptera). Zool Beitr 19- in press. Abdullah, M. 1973e. Bionomics of Coleoptera I. Beetles collected from birds’ nests. Deutsche ent. Ztschr. : in press. Abdullah, M. 1973f. Nottingham beetles in my system with cross-references to Junks Coleopterorum Catalogus and some older British and Ger¬ man classifications. Zool. Beitr. 19: in press. Abdullah, M. 1973g. Larvae of the families of Coleoptera I. A bibliographical survey. Addenda et corrigenda. Coleopt. Bull. 27(4): 187-191. 100 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 Ardtit t ah M. 1973h. Larvae of the families of Coleoptera II. Definition an 44 characters in 33 families of Heteromera (Cucujoidea) including views on phylogeny of Anthicidae, Pyrochroidae and Xylophihdae. Coleopt. Abdullah M. 1973i. Larvae of the families of Coleoptera III. Heteromera, Cucujoidea: a key to the world families including their distinguishing ABDULLAaHaCM1S1973j. Coleoptera including Strepsiptera Syn. nov.: En- ABDULLAH^pNhga ^border Pnov. with Stylopiformia Series nov. for StvloDoidea Comb. nov. (Insecta). Coleopt. Bull. 27. in press. Abdullah M 1974. My concept of Cononotidae Crowson - Anthicidae (Coleoptera )-a new interpretation of the old observations. Coleopt. Abdullah'; World Entomophaga A“ullah a «ew suborder 0f Coleoptera including Strepsiptera (Insecta). Zool. Beitr 20 in p . Arnett, R. H. Jr. 1971. The beetles of the United States. xi+ 1112 p., Ann CR0WS0^0RMACh1955 (1967 reprinted). The natural classification of the families of Coleoptera. viii + 187 p., London. . . . , , Crowson, R. A. 1964. Observations on British Tetratomidae (Col ), wit to the larvae. Entomologist s Mon. Mag. xcix. 82-86 (1963). Crowson, R. A. 1966. Observations on the constitution and subfamilies o family Melandryidae (Coleoptera). Bos 41(2-3): 507-513. . Hayashi N. 1971. On the larvae of Mycetophagidae occurring in Japan (Coleoptera: Cucujoidea). Kontyu 39(4): 361-367. ... . Tptratomidae Hayashi N 1972. On the larvae of some species of Colydndae, Tetratomid and Aderidae occurring in Japan (Coleoptera: Cucujoidea). Kontyu MiyatIke! MM^'The genus Pisenus Casey and some notes < in the family Tetratomidae (Coleoptera). Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc. 6(8). 12 _ Viedma, M. G. de. 1966. Contribucion al conocimiento de las larvas Melandryidae de Europa (Coleoptera). Eos 41.483-506. Viedma M G de. 1971. Redescripcion de la larva de Eustrophinus bicohi y consideracones acerca de la posicion sistematica del ^ genero Eus- trophinusi Col. Melandryidae). Ann. Soc. ent. France 7(3). 729-733. LITERATURE NOTICES Ataenius, Aphotaenius, and Pseudataenius of the United States ^^and Canada (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodnnae). 1974. O. L. Cartwngnt. Smithsonian Contr. Zool. 154:1-106; 30 fig. A list of arthropods of medical importance which ^‘ah with a review of arthropod-borne diseases endemic in the state. ^ 197L Ve: rn« • Tinton and Robert C. Saunders. Brigham Young Umv. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser. 15(2): 1-31 [9 species of Coleoptera, Leptimdae and Meloidae, are listed p. 9; 8 Coleoptera references are cited p. 21]. Revisions of Thyce LeConte and related genera (Coleoptera: Scarabaei¬ dae) 1974 Alan R. Hardy. Lab. Serv./ Entomology, California Dept. Food & Agr See. Papers 20:1-47; 72 fig 6 maps [ava.lable grate from Library Chairman, Lab. Services/Entomology, Calif. Dept. Food & -Agr., 1220 N St., Sacramento, Calif. 95814.] THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 101 AN INEXPENSIVE METHOD FOR PRODUCING UNIT TRAYS Charles E. White1 and David S. White~ It was mentioned in the October, 1972 issue of the Coleopterists Newsletter that my father1 produced his own unit trays. His death prevented answerlr>g the many requests for further details; thus, I am publishing the procedures which he used. The following method will produce a good quality but inexpensive unit tray 1 he trays and boxes may be stored and assembled as needed. Materials can be ordered from, and if desired, precut by most local box manufacturers. he boxes are 0.032 white vat-lined chipboard; the cover paper is standard one side glossy; the pinning surface is 1/4 inch balsa wood. The drawers are 1/4 inch basswood or similar material with a bottom of 1/4 inch hard fiberboard. T-he dimensions may be altered to suit the collection; those given here were found to be the most workable in housing Coleoptera. The smallest box (Size 1) is used for species where there are only 1 or 2 specimens. Size 4 easily holds a series of the larger species. Size 2 was used about 4 times more than Size 1 or 3 and 10 times more than Size 4. A drawer of the given dimensions will hold 54 of the Size 2 boxes. Plywood cases can be made to house the unit trays. If the cases have proper seals, there is no need to make tops for the drawers. A sheet of glass, however, may be useful in protecting specimens in the drawer while out of the case. Procedure (all measurements given in inches): A mandril (1 1/2 X 1 X 2) is needed for the smallest box and 1 (3 1/4 X 1 x 2) for the larger sizes. A screw partially inserted into the mandril makes a useable handle. 1. Score half way through the box at fold lines (Fig. 1). 2 Fold around mandril and form corners with adhesive tape. If using tape which must be wetted, allow to dry thoroughly. 3 With box slightly on mandril, fold broader sides of cover paper around box (glossy side out). 4. Apply paste to folded sides of cover paper. Form on box and allow to dry 5. Paste and fold remaining sides of cover paper around box. Neatly pinch the inside corners with the mandril. 6. Paste pinning area in place. 1 Deceased March 22, 1973. Department of Biology and Water Resources Laboratory, University of Louisville, Louisville Kentucky 40208. 102 WHITE & WHITE: UNIT PINNING TRAYS Table I. Box and cover paper dimensions: Box Size A 1 11/21 2 1 1/2 3 2 15/16 4 4 1/4 B C 19/32 1 23/32 3 3/4 1 23/32 3 3/4 1 23/32 3 3/4 1 23/32 D E 1 3/4 1 1/2 3 21/32 1 1/2 3 21/32 2 15/16 3 21/32 4 1/4 F G 1 13/32 2 3/4 1 13/32 4 21/32 2 27/32 4 21/32 4 5/32 4 21/32 Inside tray dimensions: 20 3/8 X 14 X 1 7/8. Balsa wood pinning area cut to dimensions A and B. H 2 2 2 2 2 Fig. 1) Outline of chipboard box; 2) Outline of cover paper (dimensions given in table). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(2), 1974 103 NOTES ON THREE CHAUDOIR SPECIES OF PLATYNUS FROM CENTRAL AMERICA (CARABIDAE: PTEROSTICHINI: AGONI) Donald R. Whitehead Organization for Tropical Studies, c/o Department of Entomology, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560 Abstract Type-localities are restricted to Guatemala, Sacatepequez: Capetillo for Platynus crossomerus (Chaudoir); Guatemala, Izabal: Quirigua for P. gua- temalensis (Chaudoir); and Costa Rica, Puntarenas: 5-8 km. above Monteverde for P. melanocnemis (Chaudoir). Platynus crossomerus (Chaudoir 1878) is a junior name for P. procephalus (Bates 1878), a new synonymy. Chaudoir (1878) named 3 species of Colpodes MacLeay from Guatemala and Costa Rica based on material in the Putzeys Collection of the Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique (IRSB), Brussels. Whitehead (1973) treated these names as valid species of Platynus Bonelli in a paper concerning type material of Mexican species of Platynus. A continuation of that study, this note is based on further material in IRSB and in the United States National Museum (USNM): restricted type-localities are designated, 1 of the Chaudoir names is reduced to synonymy, and 1 species is incorporated into my key to Mexican Platynus species (1973). Platynus crossomerus (Chaudoir). I compared the holotype with material of P. procephalus (Bates) in USNM, and found 1 male to be an essentially exact match. I here restrict the type-locality of P. crossomerus to Guatemala, Sacatepequez: Capetillo. Further, I place the name Platynus crossomerus (Chaudoir 1878) into synonymy with P. procephalus (Bates 1878), a New Synonymy. These specimens represent a violaceous form of P. procephalus, and the first alter¬ native of couplet 66 (64') in Whitehead (1973) should be altered to read “Elytron submetallic or violaceous . . .”. Platynus guatemalensis (Chaudoir). I here restrict the type-locality to Guatemala, Izabal: Quirigua, based on a female in USNM that I compared with the holotype. This form will not key beyond couplet 8 (7') in Whitehead (1973). As it does not closely resemble any known Mexican species keyed through couplet 8, 1 here emend that couplet as follows: 104 WHITEHEAD: 3 C.A. PLATYNUS (CARABIDAE) 8(7'). Rufopiceous, unmetallic, unicolorous; tooth of mentum nar¬ row, acute; pronotum with 2 pairs of marginal setae, latera explanations broad, sides sinuate, hind angles nearly right basal impressions impunctate; apex of mtercoxal process prosternum not truncate; brachypterous, metepisternum short; elytron with microsculpture isodiarnetric, basal a epipleural carinae joined in an arc; hind femur with 1 or more dorsoapical setae; last article of hind tarsus abate be¬ neath, articles 1-4 clearly bisulcate P. guatemalensis (Chaudoir) 8' Combination of characters not as above . 8A ( = couplet 8 in Whitehead 1973). Platynus guatemalensis is a more robust form than any Mexican species keyed through couplet 8; in pronotal form it resembles only certain described forms from northeastern Mexico, but differs from them by the narrow mental tooth and non-truncate prosternum. Platynus melanocnemis (Chaudoir). I recently discovered Putzeys’ second specimen in undetermined IRSB material, a male labelled “Costa Rica” (green) but without Chaudoir s deter¬ mination label; this is a paralectotype. I here restrict the type-locality Costa Rica, Puntarenas: 5-8 km. above Monteverde, based on a male I collected 19-23-III-73 under stones along a small stream in montane rain forest (USNM). This specimen is smaller than Putzeys’ specimens (ely ra length about 6.5mm vs. 8.0mm), but otherwise is not distinguishable. Costa Rican specimens have tarsi, tibiae, and extreme apices of : femora pale, in sharp contrast to dark basal parts of the legs; and both males have but 1 pair of anal setae. References Cited Bates, H. W. 1878. On new genera and species of geodephagous Coieoptera from Central America. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1878.587-609. Chaudoir, M. de. 1878. Revision des genres Onychopterygia, Dicranoncus e Colnodes. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (ser. 5) 8:275-382. . Whitehead, D. R. 1973. Annotated key to Platynus including Mexisphodrus and most “Colpodes”, so far described from North America mduding Mexico (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Agonim). Quaest. Ent. 9(3). 1 Id-Zl t. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(1), 1974 ( continued from inside front cover) departments, provinces, parishes, and/or counties listed. Dates are listed by day month (in Roman numerals), and last 2 digits of the year. Listing of ecological data is en¬ couraged. Location of specimens should be shown in brackets; if the data is extensive these should be abbreviated as shown and the abbreviations listed in the text. Any article concerning Coleoptera will be considered. Descriptions of new taxa must Cunt^nLkeyS (°r be correlated with existing keys) and illustrations. All manuscripts should be typed on 814 X 11” opaque white paper with 1 inch margins. They should be typed on one side only and double spaced throughout (including title, footnotes, tables figure legends, and references). All scientific names should be underlined. Use the following order: title, author, author’s address, abstract, body of text, references cited, and figures. All footnotes, tables, and figure legends should be provided on separate sheets and double spaced. Indicate approximate figure and table locations in pencil in the margin of the manuscript. An abstract should be a concise statement of the facts presented, not that they are presented (e.g list names of organisms, not just that they were discussed or described as new), these abstracts are the key to how your article will be cited in the abstracting journals and should be carefully written. THE COLEOPTERISTS SOCIETY Officers for the Society 1974 President: J. F. Lawrence, Harvard University, Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, M A 02138. Vice President: P. O. Ritcher, Dept. Ent., Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, OR 97331 Secretary. R. D. Gordon, Syst. Ent. Lab., USDA, ARS, c/o U. S. National Museum Washington, D. C. 20560. Treasurer: T. L. Erwin, Div. Coleoptera, Dept. Ent., U. S. National Museum Washington, D. C. 20560. Editor (Coleopterists Bulletin): R. E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., Div. Plant Industry, P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601. Editor (Coleopterists Newsletter): C. W. O’Brien, Univ. P. O. Box 111 Florida A & M University, Tallahassee, FL 32307. Council through 1974 C. H. Lindroth, Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden. Patricia Vaune, Dept. Insects & Spiders, American Museum of Natural History New York, N. Y. 10024. H. R. Burke, Dept. Entomology, Texas A & M University, College Station, TX 77843. Council through 1975 J. M. Campbell, Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario KlA OC6, Canada. John A. Chemsak, Division of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley CA 94720. Lee H. Herman, Jr., Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural His¬ tory, Central Park West at 79th St., New York, N. Y. 10024. NOTICES Notices to appear on this page are a free service to members and subscribers. Such copy will be limited to the back page, the older notices being moved up and replaced with the newest ones at the bottom. The editor reserves the right to reword such notices for brevity, consistency , and clarity. SCARABAEIDAE* Studying myrmecophilous and termitophilous Aphodiinae Request ioa" oI New Woud matena1 " pec! a” Will sort from general scarab collect, ons or from light trap samples. Robert E. Woodrutf, Fla. Dept LUCAaiDAEOB^ro-ch?nraSle3pFec:3es60O,,er Buprestidae. Carabidae, Cerambycidae. and Scarabaeidae CEMMBYC,Mt0LU«^ wt!* purchase or exchange. R. H. McPeak. ,0370 Limetree FREEapUBUCATI0N'8h yoVaTno, now receiving "Progress Reports", the newsletter of the North American leetle Fauna Proiect send your name, address, and interest in beetles statement to; Dr. R. H Arnett, NABF Project, Dept. Biol., Siena College, Loudonville, NY 12211. r prs anci ca|jf FOR SALE: Used insect boxes of various types and sizes and unit pinning ray ?:rsr. sss ~ HE* Sk ==:•: r ,:r ins SCARABAEIDAE: Looking to. all material of Coprinae. literature and specimens, also in exchange and purchase. ^sa^fcasaaas -SssESZ si 0.00. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, Box AJ. CoMege >ark Mar^and 2 ? CARABUS, CARABIDAE, CERAMBYCIDAE: Will purchase or exchange Albert Sermet, Pres du lac LUCAN, DAt WoUrtdS rewstn6;! most genera; prefer exchange tor lucanids or other beetles; will identity loans, will buv if necessary Hughes E Bomans, 39 Avenue Charles Verhaegen, 1950 Crainhem, Belgium. MICROPEPLIDAE- Work^g toward a world monograph of the entire family. Specimens, prae.mag.nal stages, M'Cd°! Son and" r ecological records needed from all areas 0, correspondence invited SILPHIDAE: Presently revising the genus ' the genus and/or larvae & pupae Distribution and ecological records welcome. STAPHYLINIDAE. Rev's'"9 genus Bryocharis (subfam. Tachyporinae). Request loan of New World and East Asiatic material espec y. Nohel Botany Inst., Czech. Acad. Sci., 25243-Pruhonice nr. Prague, Czechoslovakia. BUPRESTIDAE- 50 Euchroma gigantea (av. 6cm) plus general collection, unidentified in alcoho'n*r°™ Zone |many scaTabs longhorns, eto ) to trade tor any interesting Coleoptera. David Swanson. 502 Beech St. SCARABAEIDAE Cha/cosoma a, /as and subspecies trom Malaysia. Philippines. Java. & Sumatra (5-,tcm) For Sale. K A. Schmitt. W168 N11469 El Camino, Gk™an'”n„®l“r““f , . picco27 10131 Torino. ITALY. S^^N^m^^^g^r morphological studies 0, family, M ~a Zsollur, Langea, OPiUhencentrus, Ir^sia^ Oxygorna^Ctenostoina^ ^^p^.cn^a^^r^^rTuse'poo'rty Caledonica, Distipsidera, Amara, Prothyma. Wsh to excnange^ Dorro ^ M|ch 48823 FOR S^LE^Exotic'beetles'fromMalaysiaJh^w'Guinea, Africa0 Brazil, etc. Send SI .00 for 64 p. catalogue. Prospect Manuals R. Abian. Riza, St. Laoag CHy. Nocos Norte. Rep. LITER ATUReTdESIRED: Donations o, reprints, iournals. and reference works are solicited to build up library. Wau SCARABAEIDAE;1' Want to purchase Dynastes tityus and Plusiotus from North and Central America or trade for BUPRESTIDAE- Buy exchange, determine Central American Agrilinae to. revisionary studies Henry A Hes- CERAdABYcfoAE & tSST £SSy SSSS and Plegaderus (World revision,, ail stages. Robert H. Perry, 118 Pilgrim Ct„ Bolingbrook, III. 60439. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN AN INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUD Y OF BEETLES VOLUME 28, NUMBER 3 SEPT., 1974 NITIDULIDAE: New palm Mystrops by W. A. Connell . 105-107 LANGURIIDAE: Synonymy in Acropteroxys by Patricia Vaurie . . . 108 SCARABAEOIDEA: Colombian Santa Marta by H. F. Howden & J. M. Campbell CARABIDAE: Pasimachus sublaevis by P. S. Miliotis . STAPHYLINIDAE: N.A. Osoriinae by Ian Moore & E. F. Legner ••• . 115-119 STAPHYLINIDAE: Cafius sulcicollis % by Ian Moore . 119 CARABIDAE: Glanodes in New Mexico by G. G. Perrault . 120 CERAMBYCIDAE: Virginia notes I. by R. H. Perry . 121-122 CARABIDAE: Neotropical Glyptolenus by D. R. Whitehead . 123-132 CURCULIONIDAE: Acamptini by E. C. Zimmerman . 133-142 BUPRESTIDAE: New Acmaeodera by J. N. Knull . 143-144 COCCINELLIDAE: New tribe Oryssomini by R. D. Gordon . 145-154 STAPHYLINIDAE: New Oxyporus & notes by J. M. Campbell . 155-157 STAPHYLINIDAE: Lectotype designation by J. M. Campbell . 158 TENTYRIDAE: Larvae by J. T. Doyen . 159-165 SCARABAEIDAE: Mating behavior by Gwenn Bennett . 167-168 BOOK REVIEW . 166 Edited By: Robert E. Woodruff Mailing date for this issue: October 28, 1974 NOV 2 2 V THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN (Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.) The Coleopterists Bulletin is published quarterly, beginning in March by the Coleopterists Society. All manuscripts, editorial questions or business matters should be sent to the editor: Dr. Robert E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., Div. Plant Ind., P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, Florida 32601. Subscriptions: Each annual volume consists of 4 numbers, and subscriptions are for the calendar year. Back issues will be supplied for subscriptions taken out anytime during the year. . Society Membership (without subscription, but includes Coleopterists Newsletter) • Individual Subscription (including Society membership) ^ Institutional Subscription . 10.00 Back Issues: At the present time the Society maintains no supplies of back issues prior to Volume 25. Earlier volumes may be supplied by previous publishers: Vol. 1-3 out of print Vol. 4-20 Catholic University Press, Washington, DC 20017. Vol. 21-24 Dept. Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN 47907. Missing Issues: Subscribers failing to receive issues may notify the editor within a year and receive a free replacement. Please notify the editor immediately of any address changes. Separates: All articles will be arranged to begin on a nght hand page. Because of economics, copies will be supplied to authors as separates rather than reprints. These will be supplied from additional copies of the issue, based on the maximum order of separates and cannot be supplied with covers nor free of extraneous matter. Twenty -five tear sheets are provided free to authors of notes of less than one printed pa _ge Costs - of separates with the estimated number of printed pages, will be supplied with the galley proof and an order form for separates. . The Coleopterists Newsletter is a mimeographed publication issued twice a year and mailed to all members of the Coleopterists Society regardless of whether they have a subscription to the Coleopterists Bulletin. News items and correspondence con¬ cerning the Newsletter should be sent to the editor: Dr. C. . W. O Bnen, Lab. of Aqua ic Entomology, Univ. P. O. Box 111, Florida A&M Univ., Tallahassee, Fi, 32307. Notice to Authors Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, although those from members of the Coleopterists Society will be given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors join the Society. All manuscripts should conform to instructions in the Style Manual for Biological Journals (3rd Ed.) prepared by the Committee on Form and Style of the Conference of Biological Editors, and published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, 2000 P Street NW, Washington, DC 20063. The following exceptions are noted: 1) All geographical names are to be spelled out, 2) use words, not symbols, for male and female, 3) use numerals throughout, except to begin a sentence, 4) entomology, -ical, -ist, etc. are to be abbreviated Ent. in literature citations Specimen label data should be listed in the following manner: MEXICO: State of Veracruz, Fortin de las Flores, 10-VIII-70, I. B. Jones, under bark of Pinus moctezumae, 7000ft. [USNM] (2). The number in parentheses indicates the number ot specimens. Geographical names are listed in order with largest units first, with states, Continued inside back cover (Mailed under second-class permit at Gainesville, Florida. Postmaster: send form 3579 to editorial office-Dr. R. E. Woodruff, Florida Dept. Agr., Div. Plant Industry, P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 105 A NEW PALM ASSOCIATED MYSTROPS FROM BRAZIL (COLEOPTERA NITIDULIDAE)1 W. A. Connell Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, Delaware 19711 Abstract Mystrops gilloglyi n. sp. (Nitidulidae), from Pernambuco, Brazil is described and illustrated. This Neotropical genus contains 19 described species, of which 5, including M. gilloglyi, are associated with palms. Mystrops is a small Neotropical genus that is distinguished from most other nitidulids by the presence of conspicuously elongated antennae in the males, extending to the tip of the abdomen in some species. Little published information on the group is almost exclusively taxonomic. A review by Gillogly (1955) is recommended to anyone attempting to identify members of the group. Since then, Gillogly (1972) described an additional species from Costa Rica and Jelinek (1969) described 3 from Bolivia and Paraguay. Host associations have been reported for only 4 species: M. fryi Grouvelle, M. heterocera Sharp, M. bondari Gillogly, and M. costaricensis Gillogly. All were collected from male flowers of certain palms. The following brings the number of described species to 19. Mystrops gilloglyi Connell, New Species (Fig. 1-6) Oblong-oval, length 2 to 2.25 times greatest width, moderately depressed; testaceous with vaguely defined fuscus areas near elytral suture in some specimens; dorsal surface uniformly punctate, except scutellum less strongly so, and moderately densely clothed with fine pale testaceous pubescence; punctures separated by their own diameters or less and each bearing a short fine pale testaceous hair; alutaceous between punctures. Head transverse; strongly and broadly depressed on frons between anten¬ nal bases. Eyes prominent, finely faceted. Clypeus not evident. Labrum deeply bilobed, indentation reaching almost to base; lobes evenly rounded, heavily bearded. Mandibles dilated in basal 0.66, strongly narrowed at beginning of apical 0.33 which has the appearance of a darkened tusk, a smaller tooth behind this on inner margin concealed by labrum, and an additional one behind this on left mandible of male. Miscellaneous Paper No. 673, approved by the Director, Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication No. 427, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology. 106 CONNELL: PALM MYSTROPS FROM BRAZIL Antennae of male reaching from 0.25 to 0.75 length of elytra, setose, but the only long setae are a few on the club. Segment 1 thick, cylindrical, as broa as club and 0.25 longer. Other segments except club narrower, but each enlarged at tip; 2, 3, 6, 7, and 8 about equal in length; 4 and 5 longer, as long as basal segment; 9, 10, and 11 forming club, 9 elongate conical, as long as 10 an 11 combined, 10 and 11 transverse. Female antennae not elongated. Pronotum nearly twice as wide as long, slightly narrowed toward front; anterior margin nearly straight; front angles rounded, hind angles obtuse but elongated hairs covering them make these angles appear to project rearwar , hind margin sinuate at each side near angles. Scutellum triangular. Elytra combined width about equal to length; sides evenly arcuate; tips separately rounded; sutural angles obtuse; sutural striae complete, but narrowing strongly near apex. Fig. 1-6: My strops gilloglyi sp. n. 1) male, legs not shown on right side, antenna omitted on left side; 2) detail of dorsal surface scuipturmg; 3) right antenna of allotype; 4) ventral aspect of left side of thorax and abdomen, 5) left mandible of male; 6) left mandible of female. Fig. 7. Apical portion of left mandible of Mystrops rotundula Sharp. (Redrawn from Sharp 1889). All illustrations by E. P. Catts. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 107 Pygidium similar in both sexes; in basal 0.75 variably flattened to slightly convex medially, often turned upwards at sides, juncture of lateral margin with margin of hypopygidium visible from above and often forming a low rim along both sides; the apical 0.25 deflexed and concave, appearing variably truncate or indented from above, while actually rounded at the tip which can be seen only in a rear end view; a median protuberance of variable size proximad to the perpendicularly deflexed portion; clothed with moderately long hairs which extend beyond lateral and posterior margins; male supplementary segment not evident. Prosternum nearly smooth except for 6 to 10 transverse wrinkles and sparse, shallow punctures. Metasternum with axillary space extending from inner margin of coxal cavity to meet the episternal suture at about half the distance to the hind coxa. Sternite 1 with postcoxal line extending posterio-laterally from inner margin of hind coxal cavity nearly to the hind margin of the sternite and ending there, or, in some specimens, recurving toward the outer part of the hind coxa. In Gillogly’s key this species runs to M. rotundula Sharp, which I have not seen, but Sharp’s (1889) description is of a smaller species with differently formed mandibles (Fig. 7). Moreover, I do not find an indication of a pygidium shaped as in M. gilloglyi in the descriptions of any of the previously known species. This species is named after Lorin R. Gillogly, in recognition of his efforts toward a better understanding of this interesting genus. Length 2.0 to 3.0mm; width 0.8 to 1.4mm. Holotype male and allotype in National Museum of Natural History [USNM]. Type locality : Brazil, Pernambuco. G. P. de Arruda, May 1969, from palm tree. Paratypes, same data [USNM-3], [California Academy of Sciences - 2], [Instituto Biologica, Sao Paulo, Brazil - 2]. References Cited Gillogly, L. R. 1955. A Review of the Genus My strops Erichson (Coleoptera, Nitidulidae) Rev. Brasil. Ent. 3:191-204. Gillogly, L. R. 1972. A new species of Mystrops from Costa Rica. Pan-Pacific Ent. 48:116-120. Jelinek, J. 1969. Drei neue Arten der Gattung Mystrops Er. (Coleoptera, Nitidulidae). Acta Ent. Bohemoslavaca 66:366-372. Sharp, D. 1889. Nitidulidae. In Biol. Centr. Amer., Coleop. 2 (pt. 1):266. 108 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 * SYNONYMY IN ACROPTEROXYS GRACILIS NEWMAN (COLEOPTERA, LANGURIIDAE, LANGURIINAE) Patricia Vaurie Dept. Insects & Spiders, American Museum of Natural History, New York City Acropteroxys gracilis Newman, found in the United States, Mexico, and Central America, was divided into 2 subspecies by Vaurie (1948): nominate gracilis (type locality, Mt. Pleasant, Ohio), and divisa Horn (type locality, “Colorado and New Mexico”). They were said to differ in the coloration of The pronotum and prosternum (nominate gracilis, pronotum red with center third black, entirely or partially; gracilis divisa, pronotum red with varying amounts of black transversely or angularly across base, and black marks on prosternum). Examination of additional specimens, chiefly from Mexico shows that the color is not well correlated with geographical distribution and that divisa is merely a color variety of gracilis (New Synonymy). Martins and Pereira (1965:158) already expressed doubt as to the validity of divisa as a subspecies, but they did not synonymize the name for lack ol material. Their 8 specimens of divisa were from Mexico (states of Mexico, Puebla, Morelos, Veracruz, and Chiapas). Since my revision (1948) I have examined material from the Mexican states of Durango, Chihuahua, Jalisco, Sinaloa, Colima, Oaxaca, Tabasco, and Veracruz. Although many of these specimens are colored as stated for “ divisa ”, some show characters of both “subspecies” (specimens from Jalapa and Orizaba in Veracruz; Monte Alban, Oaxaca; Durango; also Arizona and Brownsville, Texas). In addition, there are other color varieties throughout the range of the species, some with the pronotum entirely red, some with it virtually entirely black. Literature Cited Martins, U. R., and Pereira, F. S. 1965. Revisao dos Langurnnae neo- tropicais (Coleoptera, Languriidae). Arq. de Zool. (Sao Bauio) 13:139-300; fig. 1-97. ... _ .. . Vaurie P 1948. A review of the North American Languriidae. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist. 92:119-156; fig. 1, 2. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 109 OBSERVATIONS ON SOME SCARABAEOIDEA IN THE COLOMBIAN SIERRA NEVADA DE SANTA MARTA H. F. Howden and J. M. Campbell Biology Department, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ontario, and Biosystematics Research Institute, Research Branch, Canada Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario Abstract The Scarabaeoidea fauna of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta of northern Colombia is briefly considered, particularly in relation to the geological his¬ tory of the area. The habits of 3 species, Heterogomphus dilaticollis Bur- meister, Golofa porteri Hope, and Sphenognathus bellicosus Boileau, are discussed in some detail. In May, 1973, we spent 11 days on the San Lorenzo ridge of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Magdalena, Colombia. Our base was the Inderena Experiment Station at 7,000 feet. Collecting was largely limited to areas 6,000-8,500 feet in elevation within walking distance. The rains started approximately 3 weeks before our arrival, and during our stay it rained fairly regularly in the afternoons, with amounts varying from a trace to over 3 inches. Mornings were usually clear with the temperature averaging 70° F. Evenings were clear and cool, approximately 50°F, and often windy. The area near the Inderena Station was largely either cleared or planted with pines and eucalyptus. One-half mile below the station (6,000-6,500 feet) there were patches of heavy forest; the presence of tree ferns indicated a cloud-forest formation (Fig. 1-2). Above the station (Fig. 3) and at the top of the ridge (8,000-9,000 feet) there were only scattered areas where the partly cut-over forest was accessible. Much of the ridge top was covered with grass, weeds, and scattered plantings of pine. Since we were generally interested in Coleoptera, we utilized a variety of collecting techniques; i.e., observation, sweeping, beating (both during the day and at night), log and stone turning, sifting, black-light, malaise traps, and dung, carrion and fruit traps. From our experience in similar areas in South and Central America we expected to find a rich fauna, but results were disappointing. The fauna seemed quite depauperate, and in many ways resembled an insular one. We may have been too early in the season, but this would not account for the paucity of species in some groups, such as the Staphylinidae. Possibly the poor fauna may be explained by the historical aspects of the geology of the area. The major uplift of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta to its present elevation of over 18,000 feet occurred in the relatively recent past (geologically speaking), within the last 3 or 4 million years. The range was formed by an uplift of an ancient plate and is not volcanic in origin. At least four-fifths of the surrounding area is quite low, with the Pliocene-Pleistocene base below current sea level. The nearest mountains, the Sierra de Perija, on the Colom- bian-Venezuelan border, lie to the south and east of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, and since the prevailing trade winds blow from the northeast, 110 HOWDEN & CAMPBELL: COLOMBIAN SCARABAEOIDEA Fig 1-4* (1-2) Cloud forest formations near Inderena Station, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia, 6,000-6,500 feet. (3) Forest above Inderena Station at 7,500 feet. (4) Males of Golofa ported on growing shoots of bamboo at 8,500 feet. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 111 Fig. 5-8: (5) Heterogomphus dilaticollis Burmeister, male. (6) “Turreted” burrow of H. dilaticollis. (7) Golofa porteri Hope, male. (8) Sphenognathus be/licosus Boileau, male. 112 HOWDEN & CAMPBELL: COLOMBIAN SCARABAEOIDEA there appears to be little chance of wind transport of small insects from adjacent high areas. The recent uplift and relative isolation could account for the depauperate fauna in the 6,000 to 8,500 foot levels of the San Lorenzo R^ge. At lower elevations (2,000-5,000 feet) there is a much richer fauna Endemism moderate at levels above 3,000 feet, but mainly at the species level, indicative of a relatively short period of isolation. This seems to support the concept o an insular, relatively recently uplifted area as an explanation for the lack ol species diversity. The distribution of the scarab fauna illustrates the general pattern. At 3 500 feet on the road to San Lorenzo near the settlement of Campana, 35 species of Scarabaeidae were taken on dung or at black-lights during an afternoon and evening of collecting. Only 1 species, in 1 G° als° occurred at 7,000 feet, where 1 specimen was taken at black-light. With th exception the elevational differences were complete, the faunal shift appear¬ ing to occur between 5,000 and 6,000 feet. Between 6,000 and 8,500 feet there seemed to be little change, and the following genera of Scarabaeidae were taken: Eurysternus (1 species), Canthidium ( 1 species), Uroxys 1 species , Onthophagus (1 species), Aphodius (1 species), Pseudosenca ? 1 spec es , Macrodactylus (1 species), Anomala (1 species). Ancognatha (2 sp , Cvclocephala (1 species), Megacerus (1 species), Heterogomphus (2 species), Dvnastes (1 species), Golofa (2 species); and in Lucamdae, Sphenognathus( 1 sneciesh The first 5 genera listed were taken in dung or carrion traps. In Pseudoserica (?) was taken beating and at light between 7,000 and 8,000 feet. The A nomala and Macrodactylus were diurnal, the Macrodactylus being very common at the station flying along grassy banks and resting on moss-covered rocks. Ancognatha vulgaris Arrow and a black Ancognatha sp., Cvclocephala, Megacerus jason Hbst., Heterogomphus rugicolis _ Prell Dvnastes neptunus Quen., and a small Golofa were collected only at light. /The Megacerus, Heterogomphus, and Dynastes were found at the lights ot the Telecom station at 8,000 feet near the top of the ridge; the remaining species were taken at both the Telecom and San Lorenzo Stations. More detailed observations were made on 3 species, 2 Dynastinae and 1 Lucamdae. While collecting along the San Lorenzo road between 6,000 and 8,500 feet, we found numerous fragments of the moderate-sized dynastid Heterogomphus dilaticollis Burm. (Fig. 5). The fragments usually consisted of the head, pronotum, forelegs, and occasionally one elytron. Often in the ear y morning, the forelegs and antennae of the fragments were still moving In areas where numerous fragments were found, a number of odd turreted burrows (Fig. 6) were noted. The burrows were open, about 15 mm in diameter, with the rim 15 to 30 mm above the surrounding ground level Investigation showed that the burrows were made by Heterogomphus dilaticollis. majority of burrows were along the roadside in the compacted pebbly-clay soil, and 1 burrow was found in the center of the gravel road. The burrows, not including the “turret”, were irregularly vertical for approximately 16 to 24 cm, then turned toward the horizontal for 6 to 8 cm. Because of rocks and roots, some burrows were quite sinuous, and in almost all cases the horizontal portion of the burrow terminated under a large rock or root, making excava¬ tion difficult. Because of these obstructions, only 15 burrows were fully ex¬ cavated. Each of these yielded a male dilaticollis. The only live female seen THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 113 was walking across the road, and it was not determined whether females make similar burrows. The males apparently utilize the burrows over a period of days, since burrows we disturbed were subsequently reopened. We also noted a moderate-sized fox-like canid ( Dusicyon ?) attempting to dig out the beetles; and this animal is apparently the major predator, not only of dilaticollis, but of other dynastids in the area. On the San Lorenzo range, from approximately 6,500 feet to the top of the ridge, there were scattered clumps of bamboo or a bamboolike grass. This plant formed very thick clumps, often 20 to 30 feet high and very dense. However, fresh growth was evident in nonleafy stalks that extended above the main clump of vegetation for 2 or 3 feet. On 1 clump of the “bamboo”, at 8,500 feet, we found 18 males of Golofa porteri Hope (Fig. 7). Each male was on a separate stalk, facing downward, approximately 3 to 5 inches below the growing tip (Fig. 4). The porteri were actively feeding on the stalk, and several nearly severed stalks were seen. While contemplating the best method of collecting the specimens, we heard a “clicking, squeaking” noise and after moving around the clump we saw 2 males on a single stalk fighting. One male was considerably larger than the other and was above the smaller specimen facing downward. Each male had its head lowered, so that the long, slender head horn extended directly forward. They grappled with their elongated forelegs, as each attempted to place the head horn under the opponent. At the same time, both males were vigorously sonifying, their abdomens moving up and down. The “battle” was observed for approximately 1 minute, when suddenly the larger male successfully placed his head horn under his opponent and flipped him off the stalk. The victor then resumed feeding, while the vanquished smaller male flew to the base of another stalk. The small male started to ascend the new stalk on which a very large male was facing down¬ ward near the terminus. The small male approached to within a foot of the larger one before its presence was observed. The large male extended its forelegs, lowered its frontal horn and sonified vigorously. The small male immediately stopped its upward progress, remained completely still for perhaps 15 seconds, and then flew off to an unoccupied stalk. Subsequent observations were halted by the advent of the afternoon rains. We collected a number of the specimens, but missed others that flew off when we disturbed the clump. Since there were no females in the clump of “bamboo”, we can only conclude that the aggressive behaviour noted was in defense of a “feeding territory , and was not related to courtship. We did find a female porteri in another clump of “bamboo”, 50 yards away, but there was no associated male. Golofa porteri seemed to be largely diurnal, flying early in the morning, but a few specimens, particularly females, were taken at the lights of the Telecom Station. Another largely diurnal species was the lucanid, Sphenognathus bellicosus Boileau (Fig. 8). We first found this species along the road below the San Lorenzo Station at 6,500 feet. During the first week we found 5 specimens, either in the road (in several instances upside down) or on roadside vegetation. Several other specimens were seen flying near the top of the tree canopy along the road. We believed the species to be uncommon until we worked 2 narrow saddles along the top of the ridge at 8,500 feet. The length of the saddles was approximately 100 feet, with the ridge abruptly rising to 300 to 500 feet on either end. The sides of the saddles, which barely accommodated the road, fell away steeply for nearly 1,000 feet on either side to relatively heavily forested 114 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 areas Along the saddles were a number of woody shrubs with numerous ste forming a clump 8 to 10 feet high. The majority of clumps housed from 1 to 5 male Sphenognathus (Fig. 8). There was no indication of any feeding or other activity Apparently the concentration of specimens was due to a combination of a tendency to fly uphill plus wind patterns which concentrated specimens at the saddles. Thirty-five specimens were found, all males. Sphenognci us belUcosus is of particular interest, since it is the only species we collected among the larger, high elevation scarabaeids that is endemic to the San Marta range. Acknowledgements Our visit to the San Lorenzo Station was made possible through the kindness of Dr. Jaime Ramirez Gomez, Institute de Desarrollo de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (Inderena) de Santa Marta. Mr. and Mrs. Terry Johnson, U. S. Peace Corps (with tederena), helped us in many ways, particularly through their extensive knowledge of the San Lorenzo area Dr. S. Endrodi, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest, assisted with the identification of the Dynastinae, and Dr. M-Oe Lisle Paris France, identified the Lucamdae. Dr. F. K. North, Geology Department, Carleton University, kindly helped us with the geological aspects °f ThfsTork was supported, in part, by an operating grant to H. F. Howden from the National Research Council of Canada. RANGE EXTENSION FOR PASIMACHUS SUBLAEVIS BEAUVOIS (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE) Paul S. Miliotis R. F. D. 1, Dunstable, Massachusetts A specimen of Pasimachus sublaevis Beauv. was collec‘ed °P«n |?nd dunes of Monomoy Island, Cape Cod, Massachusetts on 8-X-1973 : (det. Ross T Bell). A search for other specimens in a collection of Coleoptera tro Monomoy Island, made by Robert Baird, yielded 4 additional specimens. This species is apparently unrecorded from Massachusetts. Banning (1950) recorded the distribution as New York and New Jersey f° F °™d ^The to Illinois and Indiana. No Massachusetts records could be found in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, C^ National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D. C. (Dr. Terry L-Er , personal comm.), the most northerly records being several Long Island, Ne York specimens in the National Museum. , , eT. DftocTRa,, Specimens are deposited in my own collection and that of Dr. Ross T. Bell, University of Vermont. References Cited Banninger, M. 1950. The Subtribe Pasimachina (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Scaritini). Rev. de Entomologia 21(3):481-511. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 115 THE GENERA OF THE OSORIINAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) Ian Moore and E. F. Legner1 Division of Biological Control, College of Biological and Agricultural Sciences, Citrus Research Center and Agricultural Experiment Station, Univ. California, Riverside, CA 92502 Abstract A generic summary (morphology and distribution) is presented for the following 3 genera of Osoriinae: Osorius, Neotrochus, and Fenderia. The subfamily Osoriinae, treated here in the restricted sense suggested by Moore (1964), may be briefly characterized as follows: antennae inserted at side margins of head; first segment of maxillary palpi not more than one-third longer than second; last segment of maxillary palpi not arcuate; abdomen without paratergites; anterior coxae large, elongate, with a transverse or diagonal sulcus on anterior face. Members of this subfamily are usually cylindrical in form. Many species are found in the sandy margins of streams, but some inhabit rotting wood, and others are found in leaf litter. The subfamily is extensively represented throughout the tropics, but a few species are indigenous to the warmer areas of the United States and other temperate zones. KEY TO THE GENERA OF OSORIINAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO 1. Anterior tibiae much enlarged, strongly spinose . Osorius Latreille T. Anterior tibiae not enlarged, not spinose . 2 2(T). Last segment of maxillary palpus not narrower than penul¬ timate; labrum truncate, not dentate . Neotrochus Blackwelder 2'. Last segment of maxillary palpus much narrower than pen¬ ultimate; labrum rounded, dentate . Fenderia Hatch Osorius Latreille Latreille 1829:438; Erichson 1839:30, 1840:753; LeConte 1861:69; LeConte & Horn 1883:102; Blatchley 1910:473; Notman 1925:3; Bradley 1930:67; Arnett 1961:242. Synonym: Melosoma Say 1830:49. Type: braziliensis Guerin- Meneville. Key: Notman 1925:6. ‘Staff Research Associate and Associate Professor of Biological Control, respectively. 116 MOORE & LEGNER: GENERA OF N.A. OSORIINAE Form: cylindrical, robust; integuments shining. Head: large, cylindrical. Eyes small, often not interrupting the side margin of the head. Antennae short, incrassate, somewhat geniculate; first segment as long as the next 4 or 5 together; their fossae located well in front of the eyes beneath a distinct ridge. Mandibles very stout, pointed. Labrum transverse, widest at base, apex truncate with the angles rounded. Paraglossae very long, prominent, comb-like, protruding well beyond the apex of the latrum. Ma¬ xillary palpi 4-segmented; first segment short; second elongate, curved, widest at apex; third as wide as apex of second, transverse; fourth as wide as third, twice as long as wide, pointed. Inner lobe of maxilla slender, pointed, ciliate; outer lobe broad, truncate with an apical pointed process and a few apical setae. Labial palpi 3-segmented; first segment widest, transverse; second and third of equal width and length, each about twice as long as wide; third narrowed to apex. Ligula rounded, simple. Gular sutures united. Infraorbital carina lacking. Fig. 1-3. Genera of Osoriinae: sp.; 3) Fenderia capizzii Hatch. 1) Osorius latipes Erichson; 2) Neotrochus I . O m m THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 117 Thorax: cylindrical; pronotum usually widest at apex. Prosternum moderate, medially strongly tumid, its process pointed and extending a short distance between the coxae. Lateral prosternal suture obliterated. Hypomera delimited by a carina. Trochantin small, triangular. Epimera not delimited by a suture. Mesosternum short, its process long, narrow, pointed, carinate, extending about halfway between the coxae. Metasternum elongate, its process very short, pointed. Elytra quadrate, epipleura delimited by a carina. Scutellum large. Anterior coxae very large, rectangular, exserted, with a diagonal sulcus on the anterior face, contiguous. Middle coxae large, exserted, contiguous. Posterior coxae transverse, contiguous. Tibiae greatly expanded, with many large spines and setae. Tarsi 5-segmented; first 4 segments short, with the first a little the longest; fifth longer than the first 5 together. Abdomen: cylindrical, usually narrowed at base. Segments without paratergites. First visible segment with a small keel between the coxae. Distribution: 9 species in this tropical genus are reported from the United States, 2 of which range into the northeastern states. Between 200-300 species have been placed in this genus. Except for 2 of our species, 1 from Japan, several from China, and 1 from Australia, the species are known only from the tropics and subtropics. Neotrochus Blackwelder Blackwelder 1943:164; Arnett 1961:242. Synonym: Holotrochus Chapin 1928:65 (not Erichson 1839). Key: Chapin 1928:65. Form: subcylindrical; integuments shining, foreparts without pubescence. Head: not constricted behind to form a neck; a short, longitudinal carina over each eye. Eyes moderate, not very prominent. Antennae somewhat incrassate, first segment as long as the next 3 together, their fossae located well in front of the eyes under a distinct ridge. Mandibles stout, pointed, each with 2 internal teeth. Labrum transverse, the apex truncate, the angles rounded. Maxillary palpi 4-segmented; first segment small; second about as long as wide, widest at apex; third as wide as apex of second, transverse; fourth as wide as third, a little longer than second and third together, pointed. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow, bifid at apex; outer lobe broad, ciliate at apex. Labial palpi 3-segmented, segments of about equal width, first and third segments about 3 times as long as wide; second segment ball-shaped; third pointed. Ligula transverse, a little produced in the center of the apex. Gular sutures united. Infraorbital carina absent. Thorax: pronotum quadrate, the sides subparallel; the base a little emarginate. Prosternum large, with a prominent pointed tumidity just anterior to its process, which is pointed and extends slightly between the coxae. Lateral prosternal sutures obliterated. Hypomera delimited by a carina. Trochantin large, oval. Epimera not delimited by a suture. Mesoster¬ num short, its process long, narrow, pointed carinate, extending two-thirds of the way between the coxae. Metasternum long, its process pointed, extending one-third of the way between the coxae where it meets the mesosternal process. Elytra quadrate; the humeral angle with a small tooth; the sutural striae subparallel; the epipleura delimited by a carina. Scutellum large. Anterior coxae large, exserted, contiguous, with a diagonal sulcus on the anterior face. Middle coxae large, round, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae 118 MOORE & LEGNER: GENERA OF N.A. OSORIINAE transverse and somewhat triangular. Tibiae not much expanded, with a few small setae. Tarsi 5-segmented, the first 4 segments short, the fifth about as long as the first 4 together. Abdomen: cylindrical, without paratergites; first visible segment with a small keel between the coxae. Distribution: this is a small tropical genus with a few species extending into temperate areas. They are found under the bark of trees. The above description was taken from a Brazilian species, as we have seen no North American material in this genus. Fenderia Hatch Hatch 1957:245; Arnett 1961:242. Type: capizzii Hatch. Form: minute, cylindrical, elongate, integuments shining. Head: large, orbicular, narrowed behind to form a distinct but broad neck. Antennae with the first 2 segments elongate, the rest round, with the eighth smaller than the seventh; their fossae located well in front of the eyes under a prominent ridge which is well back from the anterior margin of the head. Mandibles very long and slender, arcuate; the apex finely pointed, each with a long slender, curved tooth internally. Labrum transverse, the apex with seven teeth, the center tooth the longest. Maxillary palpi 4-segmented; first segment short; second longer; third large, bulbous; fourth about as long as second, very slender, aciculate. Labial palpi 3-segmented; first segment large, elongate; second shorter; third very narrow, short. Ligula quadrate with a palpus-like appendage at each outer angle. Gular sutures united behind, divergent in front. Infraorbital carina absent. Thorax: pronotum narrowed behind, with 2 irregular longitudinal impressions on each side of the disc. Prosternum large, its process short and pointed, hardly going between the coxae. Lateral prosternal suture distinct. Hypomera very broad, delimited by a carina. Trochantin minute or absent. Epimera not delimited by a suture. Mesosternum moderate, its process very long, acute, carinate, extending all the way between the coxae. Metasternum moderate, its process very short, pointed, meeting the mesosternal process. Elytra small; epipleura delimited by a carina, almost as large as disc of elytra. Scutellum small. Anterior coxae exserted, contiguous, with a diagonal sulcus on the anterior face. Middle coxae exserted, separated. Posterior coxae ex¬ serted, contiguous. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi 5-segmented; first 4 segments short, last not quite as long as first 4 together. Abdomen: cylindrical, without paratergites. First segment with a small keel between the coxae. First five segments constricted basally. Distribution: There is a single known species found in litter under red¬ wood and other coniferous trees in the northwestern United States. Notes. The very long falcate mandibles are quite remarkable in this group. Their points of articulation are so far apart as to give the head an unusual appearance. In most other regards, this genus is similar to other members of this subfamily. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 119 Literature Cited Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1961. Staphylinidae In The beetles of the United States (A manual for identification) part II, fasc. 15:233-310. Catholic University Press, Washington, D.C. Blackwelder, R. E. 1943. Monograph of the West Indian beetles of the family Staphylinidae. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 182:1-658. Blatchley, W. S. 1910. The Coleoptera or beetles (exclusive of the Rhyn- cophora) known to occur in Indiana with bibliography and description of new species. Indiana Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., Bull. 1:1-1386. Bradley, J. C. 1930. A manual of the genera of beetles of America North of Mexico. 360 p. Ithaca, N.Y. Chapin, E. A. 1928. The North American species of Holotrochus Erichson (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) with Descriptions of Two New Species. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 30:65-67. Erichson, W. F. 1839. Genera et species staphylinorum insectorum coleopterorum familiae (pt. 1) p. 1-400, Berlin. 1840. Ibid. (pt. 2) p. 401-954. Berlin. Hatch, Melville. 1957. The beetles of the Pacific-Northwest. Part II: Staphyliniformia. Univ. Washington Publ. Biol. 16:1-384. Latreille, P. A. 1829. Le regne animal . . . par M. LeBaron Cuvier . . ., Tome IV : crustaces, arachnides et partie des insectes. 584 p. Paris. LeConte, J. L. 1863. New species of Coleoptera, pt. I. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 26 (pt. 4) 507:1-567. Moore, Ian. 1964. A new key to the subfamilies of the Nearctic Staphylinidae and notes on their classification. Coleopt. Bull. ±8:83-91. Notman, Howard. 1925. A synoptic review of the beetles of the tribe Osoriini from the Western Hemisphere. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 67:1-34. Say, Thomas. 1830. Descriptions of new species of North American insects and observations on some of the species already described. Diss. Usef. Knowl. CAFIUS SUL CIC OLLIS LECONTE FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) Ian Moore Staff Research Associate, University of California, Riverside, California 92502 Moore and Legner, 1973 (Pan-Pac. Ent. 49:279-280) gave speculations on the distribution of several species of Cafius in Baja California and reported C. sulcicollis LeConte from the Salton Sea. They said “It is unlikely that the species was introduced from the Gulf of California as no member of the genus is known from the northern part of the Gulf.” We have recently seen 3 specimens of C. sulcicollis from Punta Chueca, (29.00°-l 12.05°) Sonora, Mexico, light trap on beach, 18-1-1974, Vincent Roth, and 44 specimens from Punta Cuevas, (29.42°-112.35°) Sonora, Mexico, crepuscular flight over inter¬ tidal zone, 24-25-IX-1973, Vincent Roth and W. Brown. It is possible that C. sulcicollis found its way to the Salton Sea from the Gulf of California. 120 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 NEW RECORDS OF GLANODES (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE: HARPALINI) FROM NEW MEXICO Georges G. Perrault 138, rue Houdan, 92330 Sceaux, France During the summer of 1968, I had occasion to. collect in the chihuahuan desert which in south New Mexico goes north at the foot of the Sacramento Mountains into Eddy and Chaves counties That particular year the rainy season began early in the south and at the beginning of July, it was in full f°rCOn July 5, in the valley of the Rio Penasco, altitude about 12°0pL in muCS grassland with yuccas and little plant cover, about 5 miles east of Hope, on Rd US 82 in Eddy County, specimens of Carabidae were numerous, althoug species were not: Opadius cordatus (LeC.), Selenophorus sp., Discoderussp Pasimachus californicus (Chaudoir) and duplicates ^^ClaLdeTfohni lemniscata (LeC.), and 4 males and 5 females of Harpalus ( Glanodes ) cohni Ba Ballasted it only from western Texas in a limited range. This record extends the range northward into New Mexico, and seeming to cover the eastern approaches of the Davis and Sacramento mountains or the whole northeastern part of the chihuahuan desert. One of the unidentified females listed by Ball, was collected near Malaga, also in Eddy County, and }t i ^ofthe belonged to H. cohni. However it also could be H. stephani Ball (1972) the rangeSof which overlaps that of H. cohni in northwestern Texas, and more records are needed to set the boundary of the ranges of the 2 species and “‘“fxtdfyTulyT^ear1 O^n.on the western slope of San Agustin Pass, in the San Andres mountains, altitude about 1000m and 10 miles east of Las Cruces (Dona Ana County) I collected 2 specimens of Harpalus (GlanodeJ ohliquus (Horn), 1 male and 1 female, along with Discoderus sp. and Hyperaspis fimbriolata (Melsh). This locality is near one f°r an unidentified female listed by Ball. It establishes the presence of the species in the whole northwestern part of the chihuahuan desert. •• The 2 new records put the 3 species: ohliquus, cohni, and stephani in a area surrounding the Alamogordo valley from which no sPecl£s has yet been recorded. Ohliquus and cohni are separated in the north th® and the San Andres mountains, and stephani, the range of which includes south east Arizona and northwest Texas, would normally occur in the area south of the Alamogordo valley itself. Thus it would be very interesting to search the valley to determine if Glanodes species occur there. Literature Cited Ball G. E. 1972. Classification of the species of Harpalus subgenus Glanodes ’ Casey (Coleoptera-Carabidae) Coleopt. Bull. 26(4): 179-204. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 121 NOTES ON THE LONG-HORNED BEETLES OF VIRGINIA, PART I Robert H. Perry 118 Pilgrim Ct., Bolingbrook, Ill. 60439 Abstract Three specimens of Stenocorus vittiger (Randall) have been collected from the southern Appalachian range in Virginia that are markedly different from the normal species. Its possible taxonomic placement is discussed. In preparation for a paper on the long-horned beetles of Virginia, I found 3 specimens of Stenocorus vittiger (Randall) that deserve comment. They vary from the normal and typical species as follows: in females the elytra are entirely yellow except for the sutural line which widens slightly below the median point, a line extending on the apical half of the lateral margin from the half way point to a point just short of the apices (rarely attaining the apices), and the apical tips of the elytra. The male is the same except the lateral line extends basally just short of the shoulders. Stenocorus vittiger (Randall) ranges from Minnesota thru the northern midwest to Ohio, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey. These are the southern boundaries of the typical species. Three other specimens are known from Virginia (2) and North Carolina (1), but they were from the lowlands (less than 2000') and show the normal elytral striping. The 3 deviant specimens were taken above 4000' elevation and within 40 miles of each other. No other ‘yellow’ specimens have been seen by the author so these may represent a local population. Since only 6 specimens have been taken south of Pennsylvania, there may not be much of a population in Virginia with which to breed. The 3 ‘yellow’ specimens seem to be well removed from the rest of the population, both geographically and alti- tudinally. Both localities (at which the ‘yellow’ specimens were taken) are primarily covered with oak. Linsley & Chemsak (1972) do not list a host for this species, although many adult feeding plants are known (Knull 1946). The elytral variation may be explained by different hosts, but since nothing is known of their larval feeding habits, this would only be speculation. Hopping (1937) and Linsley & Chemsak (1972) mention that the species appears to be quite constant in color, variation being expressed only in the width of the median testaceous vittae. But the width has never been seen to this extreme. I would like to thank Richard L. Hoffman and Henry Dybas for their learned counsel and my appreciation to Robert W. Surdick for the excellent drawing of the female. The 3 ‘yellow’ specimens are in the author’s collection. 122 PERRY: VIRGINIA CERAMBYCIDAE I. A.W. SORDiCK Stenocorus vittiger (Randall) Literature Cited Hopping, R. 1937. The Lepturini of America, North of Mexico. Part II. Canada Dept. Mines and Resources Bull. 85, Biol. her. 22:5-b. Knull J. N. 1946. The long-horned beetles of Ohio (Coleoptera: Geram- bycidae). Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull. 39 (Vol. 7, No. 4). 172. Linsley, E. G., and J. A. Chemsak. 1972. Cerambycidae of North America. Part VI, No. 1. Taxonomy and classification of the subfamily Lep- turinae. Univ. California Publ. Ent. 69.55-56. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 123 AN ANNOTATED KEY TO DESCRIBED SPECIES OF THE NEOTROPICAL GENUS GLYPTOLENUS (CARABIDAE: PTEROSTICHINI: AGONI) Donald R. Whitehead Organization for Tropical Studies, c/o Department of Entomology, U. S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D. C. 20560 Abstract The Neotropical agonine genus Glyptolenus Bates is briefly redefined to include certain species heretofore assigned to Colpodes MacLeay. All described species are keyed, and the following data are given for each: major literature citations; type-locality; label data and type-depository; and notes on distribution and relationship. Type-localities are restricted for some species. Lectotypes are designated for all names not borne by clear holotypes. All undescribed species known to me are treated parenthetically in the key and briefly mentioned in the discussion of closely related forms. Of 19 species-group names recognized as valid, 12 are new combinations in Glyp¬ tolenus. Four other names are treated as synonyms, the following 3 as new synonymies: G. chalybaeus Dejean 1831 ( = G. lebioides Bates 1878); and G. ruf ico Ills Chaudoir 1878 ( = G. cayennensis Chaudoir 1878, =G. viridinitens Oberthur 1883). Bates (1878) described the genus Glyptolenus to contain G. rugicollis, an agonine with grooved tarsi and tibiae. In 1882 and 1884, he transferred 3 species with these characteristics from Colpodes to Glyptolenus, and added 2 new species: G. ater (Chaudoir), G.janthinus (Dejean), G. latitarsis Bates, G. nigrita (Chaudoir), and G. transformatus Bates. Only 1 additional species has since been placed in Glyptolenus, the West Indian G. simplicicollis Darling¬ ton. During my study of Mexican Colpodes type material in London and Paris in 1968, I found Bates’ interpretation of the genus to be illusory. Chaudoir (1878) keyed a section of Colpodes on the canaliculate structure of the tibia, correctly disregarding presence or absence of longitudinally directed median sulci on the dorsal surfaces of the tarsal articles. This arrangement is reflected in his collection, with species recognized as Glyptolenus by Bates interspersed with many other species in which the tarsi are not distinctly sulcate. This paper extends my treatment of Mexican Platynus (1973), in which I characterized Glyptolenus as Agoni ( sensu Lindroth 1966) with anterior tibia externally canaliculate and male genitalia basally melanistic. This diagnosis is sufficient to distinguish Glyptolenus from all other Agoni genera of the World. Glyptolenus is an exclusively New World genus; I plan a detailed revision of the species of Mexico and Central America, but have no plans to revise the South American species. I here treat all names referable to the genus, in essentially the same format as in my Platynus paper except that the discussion for each included form is more extended. I have examined type material for each included name, and here designate lectotypes as appropriate. In the key 124 WHITEHEAD: NEOTROPICAL GLYPTOLENUS to described species, parenthetic characteristics are given to help distinguish the described forms from all undescribed forms known to me. Types in the Oberthr collection are located by box, column, and row (e.g., 298/ )• Acknowledgements All type material is housed in the following 4 collections, and I heartily thank curators of these collections for permission to study this material. American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH), PAVygodzinsky, British Museum (Natural History), London Ha^m°nd’ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge (MCZ), J. White, Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (MNHP), A. Bons. I thank also the following for the privilege of studying collections under their care: J. Negre, Versailles (JNeg); G. E. Ball, University of Alberta Edmonton (UASM); T. L. Erwin, United States National Museum of Natural History (USNM); the directors, Institut Royal des Sciences Natureiles, G. E. Ball funded this study from NSF Grant GB-3312 and Canada NRC Grant A- 1399. He also placed lectotype labels on types in Pans and London at my request; P. Hammond provided further assistance in checking labels ol types in London. 1. 1'. 2(1). 2'. 3(2). 3'. 4(3). 4'. 5(4). 5'. 6(4'). 6'. 7(1'). 7'. Key to Described Species of Glyptolenus Elytral interval 3 at most bisetose, apical seta absent Elytral interval 3 trisetose, apical seta present . Tarsal articles 1-4 sulcate dorsomedially ■■■■•■ . Tarsal articles 1-4 not sulcate dorsomedially; America . G- sulcipenn . 2 . 7 . 3 South is (Chaudoir) Elytral apex rounded . . Elytral apex spinose; South America Anterior pronotal seta present Anterior pronotal seta absent . 4 G. spinosus (Reiche) . 5 . 6 Pronotum not rugose; elytral striae distinctly punctate, (lateral pronotal explanation narrow, impunctate; pronotal front angle weakly produced); Central AmerK:^; Za^a^s Bates Pronotum strongly rugose; lateral pronotal margin angu- late at middle; South America . G. mgritus (Chaudoir) Elytral striae impunctate; lateral pronotal explanation de¬ veloped strongly only at base; West Indies . ..... __ F . G. simplicicollis Darlington Elytral striae distinctly punctate; lateral pronotal explana¬ tion strongly developed throughout; (elytral striae strongly punctate); Central America . G. transformatus Bates Elytron piceous or aeneopiceous; pronotum not rugose, an terior pronotal seta present; pronotal hind angle well de veloped . . . Combination of characters not as above . THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 125 8(7). Apices of elytral intervals concave or striate; elytron pi- ceous or rufopiceous, slightly iridescent; South America . • . G. apicestriatus (Chaudoir) 8'. Apices of elytral intervals flat to convex; (elytral striae strongly punctate; tarsal articles 1-4 deeply sulcate dorso- medially); South America . G. rivalis (Chaudoir) 9(7'). Pronotum not strongly rugose . 10 9\ Pronotum strongly rugose; elytron piceous or rufopiceous; (pronotum with posterior seta, base broad, hind angle denticulate, lateral margin angulate at middle); Central America . G. rugicollis Bates 10(9). Anterior pronotal seta absent . 11 10'. Anterior pronotal seta present . 13 11(10). Elytron black or piceous; Central America . G. ater (Chaudoir) IT. Elytron bright blue to blue-black . 12 12(11'). Elytron bright blue; elytral microsculpture formed of dense transverse lines; elytral intervals strongly convex; Central and South America . G. janthinus (Dejean) 12'. Elytron blue-black, with or without greenish luster; elytral microsculpture more open, only slightly stretched toward elytral apex; elytral intervals weakly convex . . G. latelytra (Darlington) 13(10'). Eye bulging, prominent . 14 13'. Eye not bulging, distance between eyes more than half maximum width of head . 15 14(13). Elytral microsculpture formed of dense lines; (elytron blue-green to bright blue, not bright green); Central and South America [ — lebioides Bates] . G. chalybaeus (Dejean) 14'. Elytral microsculpture more open; elytron green or blue- green; pronotum broad to narrow, piceous to rufous; South America [ = cayennertsis Chaudoir, = viridinitens Oberthiir] . G. ruficollis (Chaudoir) 15(13'). Lateral pronotal margin not or slightly sinuate behind, hind angle rounded or obtuse . 16 15'. Lateral pronotal margin distinctly sinuate behind . 19 16(15). Pronotal hind angle rounded, posterior seta far forward; (elytron brightly colored, not aeneopiceous) . 17 16'. Pronotal hind angle evident, posterior seta near base . 18 17(16). Elytron bright blue; South America . G. azureipennis (Chaudoir) 17'. Elytron blue-green; South America . G. cyclothorax (Chaudoir) 18(16'). Elytral microsculpture formed of dense lines; (tarsal ar¬ ticles 1-4 deeply sulcate dorsomedially); South America . . . G. affinis (Chaudoir) 18'. Elytral microsculpture more open; South America . . G. aereipertnis (Chaudoir) 19(15'). Lateral pronotal margin strongly sinuate, hind angle nearly right; tarsal articles 1-4 deeply sulcate dorsomedially; eye large; elytron cupreoaeneous; South America . . G. nitidipennis (Chaudoir) 126 WHITEHEAD: NEOTROPICAL GLYPTOLENUS 19' Pronotum narrow, lateral margin less sinuate, hind angle obtuse; tarsal articles 1-4 not sulcate dorsomedially; eye flattened; (elytron bright blue, not violaceous) . 2U 20(19'). Pronotum narrow, nearly as long as wide, base strongly constricted, lateral margin more strongly sinuate; South America [ = purpureovarius Motschoulsky] G. azureus (Dejean) 20'. Pronotum more transverse, base less strongly constricted, lateral margin less strongly sinuate; Central America...... . . G. purpuripenms (Chaudoir) Annotated List of Species Glyptolenus aereipennis (Chaudoir), new combination. Dyscolus aereipennis Chaudoir 1850:388. Type-locality: Brazil , re¬ stricted by Chaudoir (1859) to Brazil, Rio de Janeiro: Nova Friburgo. Type: lectotype male, here designated, first male (first specimen) in series of 9 specimens labelled “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/ 1/1), MNHP. Colpodes aereipennis : Chaudoir 1859:358; Chaudoir 1878.379, Csiki 1931:747; Blackwelder 1944:37. Specimens of this South American species key readily to couplet 18; G. affinis and various undescribed forms that also key to couplet 18 differ by having extremely dense, fine elytral microsculpture. I have examined 16 ad¬ ditional specimens of G. aereipennis from various localities in eastern Brazil, including specimens in MNHP from Nova Friburgo collected after Chaudoir’s works were published. Localities are: Brazil, Bahia: Cachimbo. Rio de Janiero: Nova Friburgo; Rio de Janeiro. Santa Catarina: Nova Teutonia. [Not located]: Caraga. Glyptolenus affinis (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes affinis Chaudoir 1878:379; Csiki 1931:747; Blackwelder 1944:37. Type-locality: Venezuela, Distrito Federal: Caracas. Type: holotype male labelled “14 « sect, b.” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/2), MNHP. Specimens of this South American species key readily to couplet 18, and differ from the related G. aereipennis by having much finer and denser elytral microsculpture. I have examined just 1 additional specimen from “Venezuela”, in the Bates collection, MNHP. I have seen 4 specimens of 1 or perhaps several related undescribed species. These specimens are smaller and differ by having tarsal articles 1-3 not or slightly sulcate dorsomedially. Localities are: Bolivia, Cochabamba. Chapare, Alta Palmar (JNeg) 1; Yungas, Puente Villa (JNeg) 1. Ecuador, Pichincha: Quito (IRSB) 1. Venezuela, Merida: Merida (USNM) 1. The Ecuador specimen has bright blue rather than green elytra. The Venezuela specimen has the head, pronotum, and appendages including the basal an¬ tennal articles dark rather than rufous as in the Bolivian specimens. I suspect these 4 specimens are conspecific, but that they represent a species distinct from G. affinis. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 127 Glyptolenus apicestriatus (Reiche), new combination. Anchomenus apicestriatus Reiche 1843:75. Type-locality: “Colombia”. Type: lectotype male, here designated, labelled “Colombia”, “Anchomenus apicestriatus Reiche Rev. ent. 1843”, and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/2/3), MNHP. Colpodes apicestriatus : Chaudoir 1878:381; Csiki 1931:748; Blackwelder 1944:37 (as apice striata). A second male in the Chaudoir collection, MNHP, is labelled “14 sect, a.” and is a paralectotype. I have not seen additional material of this highly distinctive form, the only member of the genus with the apices of the elytral intervals concave or striate. Specimens of this species should key readily. Glyptolenus apicestriatus probably is closely related to G. affinis and G. nitidipennis. Glyptolenus ater (Chaudoir). Colpodes ater Chaudoir 1859:358; Chaudoir 1878:380. Type-locality: Mexico, Veracruz: Toxpam. Type: lectotype male, here designated, labelled “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/6), MNHP. Glyptolenus ater\ Bates 1882:99; Csiki 1931:766; Blackwelder 1944:41. Specimens of this species are readily distinguished as keyed. I have examined 47 specimens of this species from various localities in Mexico, Gua¬ temala, and Panama. Glyptolenus azureipennis (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes azureipennis Chaudoir 1859:355; Chaudoir 1878:377; Csiki 1931:748; Blackwelder 1944:38. Type-locality: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro: Nova Friburgo. Type: lectotype female, here designated, labelled “Bresil Bescke” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (297/6/3), MNHP. I have seen but 4 specimens of this species, all in MNHP. A paralectotype female (stated to be a male in original description) is labelled “Colombie”. Two other specimens are labelled “Oberhalb Muzo Dr. Otto Thieme IV. 1887”. A specimen in the Oberthiir material placed with azureipennis material and labelled “Colombie” and “ . . . Mniszech” is conspecific with G. cyclothorax. Also, I have labelled a specimen in IRSB previously identified as G. azureipennis as G. cf. affinis because its pronotal hind angles are distinct; this specimen was not, however, compared with type material, and I may not have it keyed properly through couplet 17. Glyptolenus azureus (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes azureus Chaudoir 1859:354; Chaudoir 1878:377; Csiki 1931:748; Blackwelder 1944:38 (as azurea ). Type-locality: “Colombia”, here restricted to Colombia, Cundinamarca: Bogota. Type: lectotype male, here designated, labelled “male” (green), “Anchomenus” (green), “azureus in Colombia” (green), and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (297/6/1), MNHP. Ophryodactylus purpureovarius Motschoulsky 1864:308. Type-locality: Venezuela, Distrito Federal: Caracas. Type: lectotype male, here designat¬ ed, labelled “Ophriodactylus purpureovarius Motsch.” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (297/6/1), MNHP. Colpodes purpureovarius: Chaudoir 1878:377 (synonymy). 128 WHITEHEAD: NEOTROPICAL GLYPTOLENUS I examined 35 specimens of G. azureus from the following localities: Bolivia, Cochabamba: Yungas del Palmar. Colombia, Cundinamarca: Bogota; “Tequendauria”. Venezuela, Distrito Federal: Caracas I also examined a specimen from Ecuador, Loja: Loja (MNHP) in which the front tibiae are not canaliculate though the hind tibiae are: I canno decide if this specimen is conspecific with G. azureus, but it definitely is close y Known distributions of G. azureus and G. purpuripennis are separated by the entire length of Central America, yet where they occur they seem to be abundant. Though superficial differences are rather slight, the 2 torms probably are reproductive isolates. Glyptolenus chalybaeus (Dejean), new combination. Anchomenus chalybaeus Dejean 1831:720. Type locality: Brazil (al “Guadeloupe”), here restricted to Brazil, Rio de Janeiro: Nova Friburgo. Type* lectotype female, here designated, labelled “male” (green), chalybaeus mihi in Brafilia D. Latreille” (green), “Anchomenus” (green), Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/2/1), MNHP. Colpodes chalybaeus: Chaudoir 1859:357; Chaudoir 1878:381; Csiki 1931:750; Blackwelder 1944:38 (as chalybaea ). Colpodes lebioides Bates 1878:599; Bates 1882:129; Csiki 1931:756; Black- welder 1944:39. Type-locality: Nicaragua, Chontales: [locahty,, no specified]. Type: lectotype female, here designated, labelled Chontales and “Colpodes lebioides Bates”; in Bates collection (372/4/3), MNHP. New y This is a widespread, geographically varied species, and is closely related to G. ruficollis. Central American specimens tend to be more greenish as in ruficollis, but with head and pronotum dark; the lebioides specimens tend to have dark femora and stronger bluish or aeneous luster on the head and pronotum, but the lectotype of chalybaeus also has dark femora (unlike most other South American specimens). I examined 40 specimens from various localities in Dominica, Guadeloupe, Costa Rica, Panama, and Brazi . I have also examined 2 specimens from the Mexican states of Chiapas and Veracruz (UASM) which may be conspecific with G. chalybaeus but which have bright green elytra. I tentatively regard them as representative of an undescribed species. Glyptolenus cyclothorax (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes cyclothorax Chaudoir 1878:377; Csiki 1931:752; Blackwelder 1944:38. Type-locality: “Colombia”. Type: lectotype female, here designated, labelled “13 e sect.” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (297/6/4), MNHP. „ .. There is 1 additional specimen of cyclothorax in the Chaudoir collection labelled “Colombie” and “. . . Mniszech”, but it is placed under azureipenms. Another specimen in MNHP was not compared with the type but runs without difficulty through my key to cyclothorax; it is from Peru: Chanchamayo [Not located]. Glyptolenus azureipenms and G. cyclothorax are closely related, and they may be conspecific. Glyptolenus janthinus ( Dejean). Anchomenus janthinus Dejean 1831:721. Type-locality: Bresil . Type, holotype male labelled “Anchomenus”, “janthinus mihi h in Brasilia D Lacordaire”, and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/8), MNHP. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 129 Colpodes janthinus: Chaudoir 1859:357; Chaudoir 1878:381. Glyptolenus janthinus: Bates 1882:98; Bates 1884:282; Csiki 1931:766- Blackwelder 1944:41. This species is distinctive, abundant, and widespread. I examined 18 specimens from various localities in Costa Rica, Panama, and Brazil. Glyptolenus lately tr a (Darlington), new combination. Colpodes lately tr a Darlington 1935:199; Blackwelder 1944:39. Type- locality: Jamaica, Blue Mountains. Type: holotype female labelled “Main Range Blue Mts. 5-7388 ft. Aug. 17-19”, “Jamaica 1934 Darlington”, and “22011 M.C.Z. Holotype Colpodes latelytra D.”; in MCZ. Darlington originally compared his specimen of G. latelytra with 2 specimens of G. chalybaeus from Guadeloupe, Gourbegre (MCZ), but did so inaccurately: in chalybaeus the anterior pronotal setae are present (not ab¬ sent as stated by Darlington); and the type of latelytra is a female (cited as a male by Darlington). Specimens of this species should key with no difficulty. I suspect its closest relatives are G. ater and G. janthinus, but the elytral microsculpture near apex and base is much more open and only slightly transverse. I have seen 1 other specimen, a male from Jamaica, Green Hills (USNM). Glyptolenus latitarsis Bates. Glyptolenus latitarsis Bates 1884:282; Csiki 1931:266; Blackwelder 1944:41. Type-locality: Panama, Chiriqui: Boquete. Type: holotype male labelled “TYPE H.T.”, “Sp. figured”, “Boguete, 3500 ft. Champion”, etc.; in BMNH (375/2/4). One additional specimen (Panama, Chiriqui: Volcan de Chiriqui) is in the Bates collection, MNHP. I tentatively consider as conspecific three further specimens: Mexico, Chiapas: 3.1 mi. s. Pueblo Nuevo (UASM) 2; 1.5 mi. n. Pueblo Nuevo (UASM) 1. The Mexican specimens differ from the type by having darker appendages and by less narrowed lateral pronotal explanations. Specimens of G. latitarsis should key with no difficulty, but this species, G. nigritus, and G. transformatus belong to a rather large complex of species most of which are not yet described. I have examined 1 specimen of an undescribed form distinguished from G. latitarsis by much wider lateral pronotal explanations and by more strongly developed pronotal front angles: Mexico, Oaxaca: 16.9 mi. s. Valle Nacional (UASM). Glyptolenus nigritus (Chaudoir). Colpodes nigrita Chaudoir 1878:380. Type-locality: “Amerique meridionale . Type: holotype female labelled “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/7), MNHP. Glyptolenus nigritus : Bates 1882:98; Csiki 1931:766; Blackwelder 1944:41. This species is close to G. latitarsis, G. transformatus, and at least 2 additional undescribed Central American species. I have seen no additional specimens of G. nigritus, but have examined 2 specimens of an apparently undescribed South American form which is closely related. These specimens differ from the type of nigritus by having a non-rugose pronotal disc and by having broad, punctate lateral pronotal explanations. Localities are: Peru, San Martin: Moyobamba (MNHP) 1; Hua'llaja, Aguaytia (JNeg) 1. 130 WHITEHEAD: NEOTROPICAL GLYPTOLENUS Glyptolenus nitidipennis { Chaudoir), new combination. „ ' Dvscolus nitidipennis Chaudoir 1850:384. Type-locality: Co ombia Type: lectotype female, here designated, first of 2 females labelled Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/7), MNHP. Colpodes nitidipennis: Chaudoir 1859:357; Chaudoir 1878.381, Csiki 1931:758; Blackwelder 1944:39. . . The only specimens of this form seen by me are the 2 specimens in Chaudoir collection and 1 in the Bates collection (MNHP), none with specific locality data. Glyptolenus purpuripennis (Chaudoir), ne^ co™kination. 9Q. r -k- Colpodes purpuripennis Chaudoir 1878:377; Bates 1882.129 Csik 1931:761; Blackwelder 1944:40. Type-locality: “Oaxaca , here restricted to Mexico, Oaxaca: Cerro de Plumas (see Bates 1882). Type: lectotype male, here designated, labelled “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection I have examined specimens of this species from various localities in uplan parts of the Mexican states of Chiapas, Guerrero, and Oaxaca It is close y related to G. azureus, but distributions of the 2 forms apparently are widely disjunct. Glyptolenus rivalis (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes rivalis Chaudoir 1878:380; Csiki 1931:761; Blackwelder 1944.40. Type-locality: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro: Petropohs. Type: lectotype fema e, here designated, 1 of 2 specimens labelled “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir ; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/5), MNHP. . , , During my visit to London and Paris in 1968, I distinguished 5 forms in a South American complex centered about G. rivalis; I do not know how many of these are distinct species, but I have seen some samples in which 2 forms are present. The type of G. rivalis has the elytral striae strongly punctate, and tarsal articles 1-3 strongly sulcate dorsomedially; another form has the tarsal articles faintly sulcate, and 3 forms have the striae less strongly punctate. 1 he latter 3 forms differ from one another in density of elytral microsculpture, and in size of posterolateral pronotal impressions. In addition to the type specimens, I have seen 15 specimens from Brazil with the above specified characters of G. rivalis: Brazil, Parana: Bocamva (UASM) 13. Rio de Janeiro: Nova Friburgo (MNHP) 1. Santa Catarina. Nova Teutonia (JNeg) 1. Glyptolenus ruficollis (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes ruficollis Chaudoir 1878:379; Csiki 1931:762; Blackweld 1944:40. Type-locality: Brazil, Rio de Janeiro: [locality not specified], type, lectotype (?female), here designated, labelled “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir ; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/3), MNHP. Colpodes cayennensis Chaudoir 1878:380; Csiki 1931:750; Blackwelder 1944:38. Type-locality: French Guiana, Cayenne. Type: holotype male labelled “ 14 ® sect, b.” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (298/1/4), MNHP. New synonymy. Colpodes viridinitens Oberthur 1883:54. Type-locality French Guiana, Cayenne Type: holotype female labelled “Cayenne Dr. Nodier , Colpodes viridinitens R. Oberthur TYPE Col. novit. I. p. 54”; in Oberthur collection (298/1/3), MNHP. Placed next to type of ruficollis. New synonymy. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 131 The Chaudoir collection contains only the type specimens oiruficollis and cayennensis, while the Bates collection contains 2 specimens of cayennensis from Cayenne and 1 of ruficollis without locality data; the cayennensis specimens differ from the ruficollis specimens by having narrower and more piceous pronota. However, other specimens in the Oberthur collection, all from French Guiana, indicate that the distinction does not hold. The type of viridinitens has the form of ruficollis but the color of cayennensis; 1 specimen from Gourdonville has the form of cayennensis but the color of ruficollis ; and 3 specimens from Passoura and 2 from Roches de Kourou have the form and color of ruficollis. Both Blackwelder and Csiki listed ruficollis from Mexico and Guatemala, attributed to Bates (1882:125); the Bates record pertains to Colpodes ruficornis, and G. ruficollis is not known from Central America. Neither Blackwelder nor Csiki listed viridinitens, and I am indebted to G. E. Ball for finding the original description for me. Glyptolenus ruficollis and G. chalybaeus are related, similar, and sympa- tric in South America where they are distinguished readily by the open microsculpture of ruficollis. Glyptolenus rugicollis Bates. Glyptolenus rugicollis Bates 1878:595; Bates 1882:98; Csiki 1931:766; Blackwelder 1944:41. Type-locality: Nicaragua, Chontales: [locality not specified]. Type: holotype female labelled “Chontales” and “Glyptolenus rugicollis Bates”; in Bates collection, MNHP. Bates (1882) confused at least 2 and probably 3 species under the name G. rugicollis-, his records from El Tumbador and Las Mercedes, Guatemala, refer to an undescribed form. In true G. rugicollis the pronotum has 2 pairs of marginal setae, has the base relatively broad and hind angles denticulate, and has the lateral margins more or less angulate at the middle. I have seen 3 specimens with these characteristics: Nicaragua, Chontales: [locality not specified] (MNHP) 1, holotype. Costa Rica, Cartago: Turrialba (USNM) 1. Panama, Chiriqui: Volcan de Chiriqui (BMNH) 1. Glyptolenus simplicicollis Darlington. Glyptolenus simplicicollis Darlington 1934:97; Blackwelder 1944:41. Type-locality: Dominica, Laudet. Type: holotype male labelled “Laudet Dominica, B. W. I. June 9 1911” and “Holotype Glyptolenus simplicicollis Dari.”; in AMNH. The absence of the terminal seta of elytral interval 3 implies that this species is related to G. latitarsis, G. nigritus, and G. transformatus, but the relationship probably is not close. In form, and in particular in the narrow pronotal explanations, G. simplicicollis more nearly resembles the group that includes G. ater, G. janthinus, and G. latelytra. I have not seen additional material of this species. Glyptolenus spinosus (Reiche), new combination. Agonum spinosus Reiche 1843:77. Type-locality: “Colombia”. Type: lec- totype female, here designated, labelled “14 € sect, b.” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (297/6/6), MNHP. Colpodes spinosus: Chaudoir 1859:360; Chaudoir 1878:378; Csiki 1931:763; Blackwelder 1944:40 ( as spinosa ). I have seen no additional specimens of this fine species, the only member of the genus with spinose elytral apices. 132 WHITEHEAD: NEOTROPICAL GLYPTOLENUS Glyptolenus sulcipennis (Chaudoir), new combination. Colpodes sulcipennis Chaudoir 1878:377; Csiki 1931:764; Blackwelder 1944:40. Type-locality: Colombia, Cundinamarca: Bogota. Type, hoiotype female labelled “13€sect.” and “Ex Musaeo Chaudoir”; in Chaudoir collection (297/6/5), MNHP. . I have seen no other specimens of this distinctive form. Glyptolenus transformatus Bates. „„„ . . , Glyptolenus transformatus Bates 1882:99; Csiki 1931:766; Blackwelder 1944-41 Type-locality: Guatemala, Quezaltenango: Cerro Zuml. lype. hoiotype female labelled “TYPE H.T.”, “Cerro Zunil 4-5000 ft. Champion , etc.; in BMNH (375/2/3). . , x _ , I have examined no further material of this species, but have seen 5 specimens of a related but undescribed species from the Mexican states ol Jalisco and Oaxaca in the Sierra Madre del Sur (UASM). Literature Cited Bates H. W. 1878. On new genera and species of geodephagous Coleoptera from Central America. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878:587-609. Bates, H. W. 1882. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae. 1(1 ) :40-152, pi. iii-v. Bates H. W. 1884. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae. l(l):Supplement. 257-299, pi. xiii. Blackwelder, R. E. 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Part 1. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 185:i-xii, 1-188. Chaudoir, M. de. 1850. Memoire sur la famille des carabiques. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 23:349-460. c Chaudoir, M. de. 1859. Monographie du genre Colpodes MacLeay. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (ser. 3) 7:287-364. . Chaudoir, M. de. 1878. Revision des genres Onychopterygia, Dicranoncus et Colpodes. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (ser. 5) 8:275-382. Csiki, E. 1931. Coleopterorum catalogus, pars 115, Carabidae: Harpalinae V. Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1934. New West Indian Carabidae, with a list of the Cuban species. Psyche 41:66-131. , ,ino, Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1935. West Indian Carabidae II. Itinerary ui 103 , forests of Haiti; new species; and a new key to Colpodes. Psyche Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1831. Species general des coleopteres de la collection de M. leCompte Dejean. Paris. Vol. 5, part 2:385-883. Lindroth, C. H. 1966. The ground-beetles (Carabidae, excl. Cicindehnae) ol Canada and Alaska. Part 4. Opusc. Ent. Suppl. 23:409-648. Motschoulsky, V. von. 1864. Enumeration des nouvelles especes de coleopteres rapportes de ses voyages. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 37:171-240,297-355. T ... Oberthur, R. 1883. Liste des carabiques recoltes a Saint-Laurent-du-Marom, en 1878 et 1879 par M. le Dr. Charles Nodier, et description des especes nouvelles. Col. Novit. 1:51-54. Reiche, L. 1843. Coleoptera colombiana. Rev. Zool. 1843:37-41, 75-79, 141-140, Whitehead, D. R. 1973. Annotated key to Platynus, including Mexisphodrus and most “ Colpodes ”, so far described from North America including Mexico (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Agonini). Quaest. Ent. 9:173-217. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 133 STUDIES OF ACAMPTINI* (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE: COSSONINAE) Elwood C. Zimmerman Division of Entomology, CSIRO, Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601 Abstract A review of the literature and history of the classification of the Acamptini is given together with a key to the genera and an annotated list of the species. It is demonstrated that the Acamptini are Cossoninae and not Cryp- torhynchinae as considered by some authors. Pseudacamptus Champion and Glyphostethus Marshall are reduced to synonyms of Acamptus. Glyphos- tethus cancellatus Marshall, Pseudacamptus plurisetosus Champion, and Pseudacamptus texanus Sleeper are transferred to Acamptus. Acamptus cancellatus Marshall, including the male and female genitalia, is illustrated for the first time, and it is concluded that the species is tropical American and has been introduced accidentally to Samoa and Fiji (recorded from the latter for the first time). A lectotype is selected for Acamptus rigidus LeConte. Paracamptopsis Hustache is excluded from the Acamptini, and it is noted that Paracamptus Casey, Acamptoides Champion and Anchacamptus Voss are Cryptorhynchinae and not Cossoninae as listed in Coleopterorum Ca- talogus and some other literature. In 1921, Sir Guy Marshall described what he considered to be an unusual new genus and species of Samoan cossonine weevil, and he called it Glyphos¬ tethus cancellatus. It was based upon a single specimen found by Dr. Swale at Apia, Upolu, Western Samoa in 1916. Having not seen the unique holotype, the weevil was long a puzzle to me. When I went to Samoa in 1940, 1 tried hard to rediscover the species. In spite of extensive and intensive collecting, I found only 1 example, and it was captured near the end of my expedition. My specimen was found beneath the dead bark of Hibiscus tiliaceus at about 200 m. above Utulei, near Pago Pago, Tutuila, 24-VIII-1940. While studying my Samoan collection in 1943, I found, much to my great surprise, that Glyphos¬ tethus is the same as the American Acamptus. Later, when I was able to take my specimen to the British Museum to compare it with the holotype of cancellatus, I found that the type is a badly abraded specimen. Moreover, there are in the British Museum 2 Fijian specimens, one collected by R. Veitch at Labasa (Lambasa), Vanua Levu, VII-1922, and the other taken by H. S. Evans at Lomaloma, Vanua Levu. Although I made a very large collection of Curculionidae in Fiji in 1938, I did not collect the species in that archipelago. It is noteworthy that the above-mentioned 4 Pacific island specimens were collected singly at widely separated localities, and all of them were found at or near seaports. There appears no doubt that this species has been introduced to the Pacific from America. To strengthen further this conclusion, I can now also report that cancellatus is closely similar to the more recently described *This is number 23 of a series of reports resulting from my project “Pacific Island Weevil Studies” begun under U. S. National Science Foundation Grant G-18933. 134 ZIMMERMAN: ACAMPTINI (CURCULIONIDAE) Acamptus verrucosus Voss from Colombia, South America. It is possible that Acamptus cancellatus was dispersed into the Pacific during the days of sailing ships and we may expect to find it established in other localities on tropical Pacific islands. This recalls the discovery that the American Anchonus duryi Blatchley has been accidentally established in the Society and Gambler Islands in southeastern Polynesia as reported by me in 1964. The taxonomic position of Acamptus has been the subject of considerab e uncertainty. When LeConte described the genus in 1876, he the “Group Acampti” to receive it. He placed the Acampti in the Tribe Cryp- torhynchini” between his “Group Ithypori” and his “Group Cryptorhynchi . This was the equivalent of making the Acamptini a tribe of the Cryp- torhynchinae. LeConte considered Acamptus an unusual weevil, and he characterized the group as follows: “As Camptorhinus differs from the Cryptorhynchi by the pectoral groove being confined to the prosternum, though distinctly limited behind, so is t e singular insect which constitutes this group similarly separated from the Ithypori by the shorter beak resting upon the front coxae. The body is elon¬ gate, as in Camptorhinus, and the tibiae are stout, sinuate on the inner side, and strongly hooked at the tip. The other characters are peculiar, the tarsi are not dilated nor spongy beneath, and the club of the antennae is pubescent and sensitive only near the tip. [The latter character does not apply to all species now known.] . . , “These characters indicate relationships in various directions, such as the Byrsopides and Cossonidae, but the insect preserves unchanged all the es¬ sential characters of the Cryptorhynch type of Curculiomdae. These details were repeated by LeConte and Horn in their 1883 monograph In Biologia Ccntrali- Americana (1909:1), Champion described 3 new genera in this group (. Acamptopsis , with a 5-segmented antennal funicle; Pscudacamptus, with a 6-segmented funicle; Choerorrhynchus, ^ with a 7-seg- mented funicle), and he called the cluster “Group Acamptina of the sub¬ family Curculioninae. He gave a key to the 4 genera then recognized. Although he included the group in his last section of the Cryptorhynchinae, he remarked upon its affinity with the Cossoninae, and he said that “they seem to me to be best placed near the Cossonina and Trypetina”. In a footnote, Champion called attention to the fact that Paracamptus Casey and Acamptoides Champion have complete pectoral canals and bilobed third tarsal segments and do not belong to the Acamptini. Champion characterized the Acamptini follows* aS “The ‘Acamptina’ have the rostrum stout and deflexed, its basal portion received in a deep groove in the prosternum and its apex resting on the narrowly separated anterior coxae; the prothorax projecting over the head anteriorly; the third tarsal joint simple;the funiculus 5-, 6-, or 7-jointed; and the body more or less setose and lutose.” Other characters of fundamental importance that have not previously appeared in literature are the long rectal loop sclerotization and the row of sclerolepidia along each metepisternum which are characteristic of most Cossoninae. . , , In 1916:519, Blatchley and Leng followed Champion s suggestion, and they included the group as “Tribe Acamptini” of the Cossoninae. In 1920:333, Leng placed the Acamptini as the first tribe of the Cossoninae in his catalog of North American Coleoptera. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 135 Fig. 1-2: Dorsal and lateral aspects of a female of Acamptus cancellatus (Marshall). Found beneath the bark of a dead Hibiscus tiliaceus tree at about 200 m. above Utulei, Tutuila, Samoa 24-VII-1940, E. C. Zimmerman. Length: 3.7 mm, excluding head. The weevil is fully winged. 136 ZIMMERMAN: ACAMPTINI (CURCULIONIDAE) In 1929a -512-514, Hustache described Paracamptopsis as a new genus containing 2 species from Mt. Kenya, Africa. He elevated the group to sub¬ family status and placed it next in front of the Cryptorhynchinae in his report. Hustache was not, however, dealing with African representatives of the Acamptini, because Paracamptopsis and Acamptus belong to different groups. Inexplicably, in the same paper ( 1929a :466), Hustache described in the Rhyparosominae a new species, laeviceps, from Kilimandjaro, which he wrongly assigned to Microcopes Faust, whereas it is an ally of his Paracamp¬ topsis. In 1953:119, Sir Guy Marshall transferred the species to Gethen Marshall. . _ In 1936, Csiki treated the Acamptini as the first tribe of the Cossonmae in Coleopterorum Catalogus. Also in 1936, Hustache, in the Cryptorhynchinae volume of Coleopterorum Catalogus, included the group as the first tribe of the Cryptorhynchinae. Hustache said that although the Acamptini had already been reported on in the Cossoninae volume of the Catalogus, they were better placed with the Cryptorhynchinae. Hustache evidently overlooked Champion’s 1909 comments regarding Paracamptus Casey and Acamptoides Champion, and he erroneously included those 2 genera in the Acamptini instead of placing them with the Cryptorhynchinae where they belong. Casey originally noted the association of his Paracamptus with Lem- bodes in the Cryptorhynchinae. In 1952, Anderson reported upon his study of the larvae of several species of Acamptus, and he concluded that they are definitely cossonine. Anderson treated the group as tribe Acamptini of the Cossoninae, and he concluded his studies with the following remarks (1952:288): . “ Acamptus was originally placed by LeConte (1876, p. 238) in the Cryp- torhynchini, near the Ithypori. Champion (1910), after studying genera which he considered clearly related to Acamptus, transferred the genus to the Cos¬ soninae. More recently Hustache (1936) and Voss (1947) have referred the genus to the subfamily Cryptorhynchinae, tribe Ithyporini, subtribe Acamp- tina. Unfortunately close relatives of Acamptus are not shown in the larval stage. Therefore conclusions based on larval characters must be considered tentative. However, none of the genera of the true Ithyporini available for study ( Conotrachelus , Aeatus, Chalcodermus and Rhyssomatus) has larvae which have the subtriangular labrum, the mandible with a differentiated, ridged area on the inner surface, nor the anterolateral setae on the epipharynx arranged as in Acamptus, all characteristics held in common with one or more genera in the true Cossoninae. The general appearance of the larva of Acamptus is typical of the Cossoninae as is its communal biology. The majority of cossonines . . . live in colonies in the host. All stages of a species will be found together, adults living and breeding entirely within the wood as long as the latter furnishes sufficient nutriment. No species of the ithyporine genera known have a similar biology, there being no evidence of community life. In view of these considerations Acamptus has been continued in the Cossoninae.” Kissinger, in his work on the genera of Curculionidae of North America (1964:10, 64), placed the Acamptini adjacent to the Ithyporini in the Cryp¬ torhynchinae. He thus repeated the erroneous 1876 opinion of LeConte and Horn. Also, by including Paracamptus Casey, Kissinger’s “Acamptini is a mixture containing both Cossoninae and Cryptorhynchinae. As listed in the Cryptorhynchinae part of Coleopterorum Catalogus in THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 137 1936, the Acamptini is a compound assemblage of 2 tribes of Cossoninae and a tribe of Cryptorhynchinae. Seven genera are listed by Hustache. Of these, Acamptoides Champion and Paracamptus Casey belong to the Cryp¬ torhynchinae. Paracamptopsis Hustache, although evidently cossonine, does not belong to the Acamptini; it belongs in association with Gethen Marshall and Miopus Marshall, and the problems associated with those names remain to be elucidated in another report. Thus, from the listing in Coleopterorum Catalogus, only Acamptus LeConte, Acamptopsis Champion, Choerorrhynchus Champion, and Pseudacamptus Champion belong to the Acamptini. I consider Pseudacamptus a synonym of Acamptus. Fig. 3-11: Details of the male and female of Acamptus cancellatus (Marshall). 3-6, female: 3) genitalia, left lateral aspect; 4) eighth tergite, drawn to same scale as 3; 5) sclerotization of eighth sternite; 6) spermatheca, drawn to same scale as 5. 7-11, details of the male and drawn to the same scale as the bar between Fig. 7 and 8: 7) 8) dorsal and left lateral aspects of aedeagus with tegumen (note the development of the parameres); 9) ventral aspect of tergite 8 with the divided sternite 8 and sternite 9 attached; 10) dorsal aspect of tergite 7 (pygidium); 11) rectal loop. 138 ZIMMERMAN: ACAMPTINI (CURCULIONIDAE) In 1947, Voss described Anchacamptus from Colombia, and he incorrectly assigned it to the Acamptini (which he treated as a subtribe of the Ithyporini of the Cryptorhynchinae). Anchacamptus not only does not belong to the Acamptini, it does not belong to the subfamily Cossininae. It belongs to the Cryptorhynchinae in association with such genera as Acamptoides Paracamptus, and Lembodes. It has no sclerolepidia along the metepisternal suture as is typical of the Cossoninae. It does have a sclerotized rectal loop and developed male genital parameres, and these characters are shared by various Cossoninae and Cryptorhynchinae. KEY TO THE GENERA OF ACAMPTINI 1 Antennal funicle only 5-segmented; rostrum stout, its great¬ est subapical breadth as viewed from above more than one- half as broad as the total length of rostrum to margin ot eye as seen from side . Acamptopsis Champion 1'. Antennal funicle 6- or 7-segmented; rostrum more slender, its greatest subapical breadth as seen from above less than one- half the length of rostrum in front of eyes as seen from side . ^ 2. Basal half of antennal club densely setose; abdominal ven- trites 3 and 4 very short, together only about one-third the length of 5 along medial line; antennal funicle 7-segmented in known species . Choerorrhynchus Champion 2' Basal half of antennal club bare and shiny; abdominal ven- trite 3 plus 4 more than one-half as long as 5 along medial line; antennal funicle either 6- or 7-segmented Acamptus LeConte LIST OF THE ACAMPTINI Genus Acamptopsis Champion Acamptopsis Champion, 1902:2. Type-species: Acamptus encaustus Cham¬ pion, by original designation. Acamptopsis cubanus Champion. Acamptopsis cubanus Champion, 1909:2. Cuba (type locality: Cayamas). Acamptopsis encaustus Champion. Acamptopsis encaustus Champion, 1909:2, pi. 1, fig. la-c. Acamptopsis encanotus, misspelling by Hustache, 1936:5. Panama (type locality: Volcan de Chiriqui, 3,000 feet). Genus Choerorrhynchus Champion Choerorrhynchus Champion, 1909:3. Type-species: Choerorrhynchus tenui- tarsis Champion, by monotypy and original designation. Choerorrhynchus tenuitarsis Champion. Choerorrhynchus tenuitarsis Champion, 1909:3, pi. 1, fig. 2a-c. Panama (type locality: Volcan de Chiriqui, 3,000 feet). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 139 Genus Acamptus LeConte Acamptus LeConte, 1876:238. Type-species: Acamptus rigidus LeConte, by monotypy. Casey, 1892:445. Blatchley and Leng, 1916:519. Hustache, 19295:177; 1932:77(329). Pseudacamptus Champion, 1909:3. Type-species: Pseudacamptus plurise- tosus Champion, by monotypy and original designation. New synonym. Glyphostethus Marshall, 1921:596. Type-species: Glyphostethus cancellatus Marshall, by monotypy and original designation. New synonym. Anderson, 1952:286, fig. 19, larva. Pseudacamptus was separated hom Acamptus because of the difference in number of funicular segments in the antennae, but in Acamptus the number varies from 6 to 7. The number of segments is not of generic value in Acamptus. Glyphostethus is a simple synonym. Its author was confused by finding the type-species in a fauna foreign to the tribe, and this could mislead almost any taxonomist. When I began this study in 1943, I had an invaluable exchange of corres¬ pondence with the late L. L. Buchanan (a careful worker and an astute observer) regarding Acamptus material in the United States National Museum, and I believe that details from his letter of 1 December 1943 are worthy of inclusion here: “I have your letter of October 29 concerning the status of Acamptus rigidus LeConte and A. echinus Casey and their generic placement. Several years ago, in attempting to identify a tew Acamptus specimens, I encountered a puzzling and contradictory situation, and I believe your inquiries can best be answered by giving you a rough summary of notes I made at that time. “A. rigidus was described from “South Carolina to Texas” and as having a 6-jointed funicle. I have not examined LeConte’s type specimen, but our collection contains examples of Acamptus from South Carolina and Texas, as well as from all the coastal states between and including Maryland to Texas; also, from the District of Columbia, West Virginia, and Arkansas. All these specimens have a 6-jointed funicle, and there is scarcely any doubt that LeConte was correct as to the antennal structure of rigidus. The above- mentioned eastern United States specimens, however, represent several forms, - species or geographical races or perhaps both. I was unable to settle this point satisfactorily. [I have examined LeConte’s material at the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard. It is a mixed series containing specimens with both 6 and 7-segmented antennal funicles. The type (lectotype) of rigidus has a 7-seg- mented antennal funicle, and thus LeConte was incorrect in stating that the number is 6.] “Casey, therefore, was mistaken (unless the antenna of LeConte’s type proves to be not as originally described, a very unlikely thing, for reasons given) in saying (1892, p. 446) that the funicle of A. rigidus is 7-jointed; though Casey was correct in describing the funicle of his A. echinus as 7- jointed. [As noted above, LeConte was wrong and Casey was right in describing the antennal funicle of rigidus.] Later, Casey changed his mind (1895, p. 837) about the type locality of echinus, stating that the species 140 ZIMMERMAN: ACAMPTINI (CURCULIONIDAE) probably came from Arizona instead of New York. Here again Casey probably was wrong, as we have at least one specimen, agreeing perfectly with echinus, from New York; furthermore, all Arizona specimens at hand have a 6-jointed funicle and represent an undescribed species (unless they belong to Cham¬ pion’s Pseudacamptus plurisetosus from Mexico). “In addition to the New York specimens of echinus, the Museum collec¬ tion contains specimens with 7-jointed funicles from Ontario, Illinois, Nebraska, and Kansas. These are a little smaller than echinus specimens and do not agree exactly among themselves, and may represent one or two geographic races of echinus. The whole Acamptus problem obviously is much more complex than is indicated by the few names and localities recorded in literature. “As to the number of genera involved, I believe that everything mentioned above ( rigidus , echinus, etc.) belongs to a single genus , Acamptus, the number of funicular segments being, on this conclusion, of less than generic impor¬ tance. “Please feel free to use any of this information. There is little likelihood that I will get back to Acamptus. . . .” In 1954, Sleeper described 1 of the forms studied by Buchanan as Pseudacamptus texanus. Sleeper borrowed part of the Acamptini from the United States National Museum (including the material referred to in Buchanan’s letter quoted above), and it was returned with labels indicating that Sleeper had divided it into 6 “species” of “Pseudacamptus” , including texanus and 5 forms on which there are name labels that appear to be un¬ published manuscript species names. Excepting for the Arizona form studied by Buchanan and mentioned by him in the letter quoted just above, it ap¬ pears that the other segregates on which Sleeper has placed species name labels are forms of his variable texanus, and that they do not represent distinct species. The colonial, geographic, and individual morphological variability of Acamptus species is confusing, and it will require much work to provide an adequate taxonomic treatment of the group. That task must be left for a careful taxonomist who may in the future assemble an extensive collection of specimens. I have noted, in the limited studied material, the same reared series contains forms so distinctive that, on first sight, I considered them different species. One must treat this group with utmost caution if one does not wish to encumber the literature with synonymous names. Acamptus breed in dead wood and under the dead bark of a variety of trees, such as Carya, Hibiscus, Liquidambar, Persea, Platanus, Salix etc., in the characteristic manner of the Cossoninae. They have been found to be locally abundant in some areas, although it appears that they are not often taken by collectors. The adults are obscure insects and may easily be mis¬ taken for bits of bark or rotten wood. Acamptus cancellatus (Marshall), new combination (fig. 1-11). Glyphostethus cancellatus Marshall, 1921:596. 1931:323. This is a Central or South American species that has been accidentally introduced to Samoa (Tutuila and Upolu) and to Fiji (Vanua Levu) (type locality: Apia, Upolu, Samoa). The holotype (in the British Museum) is THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 141 so badly abraded that it presents a false impression of the species. As noted above, I found only one specimen of this species (beneath the rot¬ ting bark of Hibiscus tiliaceus) during my 1940 Samoan expedition. Acamptus echinus Casey. Acamptus echinus Casey, 1892:445; 1895:837. Blatchley and Leng 1916:520. North America (New York to Ontario, Illinois, Kansas, Nebraska) (type locality: New York State). The status and extent of the distribution of this form remains to be clarified. As noted above in the quotation from the Buchanan letter, Casey seemed unsure of the type locality of echinus. Acamptus interstitialis (Chevrolat). Cryptorhynchus interstitialis Chevrolat, 1880:253. Acamptus interstitialis (Chevrolat) Hustache, 1932:77. Cryptorhynchus orthodoxus Chevrolat, 1880:253. Synonymy by Hu¬ stache, 1932:77. Guadeloupe (type locality “Guadulpia”). Acamptus plurisetosus (Champion), new combination. Pseudacamptus plurisetosus Champion, 1909:3, pi. 3, fig. 2 a-c. Mexico (type locality: Sierra de Durango ”). As noted by Champion, the originally unique holotype has much stouter setae than does Acamp¬ tus rigidus, and the elytral setae are not confined to the alternate inter¬ vals as they are on rigidus and echinus, for example. Acamptus rigidus LeConte. Acamptus rigidus LeConte, 1876:239. Champion, 1909:3. Blatchley and Leng, 1916:519. Wickham, 1896:123, pi. 4, fig. 6 (not pi. 5, fig. 5 as cited in Hustache, 1936:5), biology. Eastern North America (type locality: not cited by LeConte but here designated as South Carolina). The LeConte series is compound and does not have a clearly designated holotype. I hereby designate as lectotype, and, with the assistance of John Lawrence, have so labeled the specimen which carries the principal name label and the locality label “S.C.” [South Carolina] in the LeConte collection in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University. Acamptus texanus (Sleeper), new combination. Pseudacamptus texanus Sleeper, 1954:185. North America (type locality: Colorado County, Texas). Acamptus verrucosus Voss. Acamptus verrucosus Voss, 1947:51. South America, Colombia (type locality: Medellin). Acknowledgments I am indebted to John Lawrence for information regarding specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University; Rose Ella Warner for the loan of material from the United States National Museum; and Horace Burke for specimens reared by him and from the collection of the Texas A. and M. University, College Station, Texas. 142 ZIMMERMAN: ACAMPTINI (CURCULIONIDAE) Literature Consulted Anderson, W. H. 1952. Larvae of some genera of Cossoninae. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 45:281-309, Fig. 1-22. Blatchley, W. S. and C. W. Leng. 1916. Rhynchophora or weevils of North Eastern America. 682 p., Fig. 1-155. Nature Publishing Co., In¬ dianapolis, Indiana. Casey, T. L. 1892. Coleopterological notices IV. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 6:359-712. Casey, T. L. 1895. Coleopterological notices VI. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 8:435-838. Champion, G. C. 1909-1910. Curculionidae (concluded) and Calandrinae. In: Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta, Coleoptera 4(7):i-vi, 1-221, col. PI. 1-9. Chevrolat, A. 1880. Diagnoses de Curculionides de la Guadeloupe. Na- turaliste 2(30):251-253. Hustache, A. 1929a. Curculionidae. In: Voyage de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique Oriental (1911-1912). Resultats scientifiques, Coleoptera 30:365-562, pis. x-xi. P. Lechevalier, Paris. Hustache, A. 19295. Curculionides de la Guadaloupe, I. Faune des Colonies Frangais 3:165-267 (1-103 in reprint), Fig. 1-8. Societe d’Editions Geographiques, Maritimes et Coloniales, Paris. Hustache, A. 1930. loc. cit., Part II. 4:1-148 (105-252 in reprint), Fig. 9-17. Hustache, A. 1932. loc. cit., Part III. 5:1-142 (252-394 in reprint), Fig. 18-28. Hustache, A. 1936. Cryptorrhynchinae. In: Coleopterorum Catalogus 151:1-317. W. Junk, Gravenhage. Kissinger, D. G. 1964. Curculionidae of America North of Mexico: A key to the genera, p. i-v, 1-143, Fig. 1-59. Taxonomic Publications, South Lancaster, Massachusetts. LeConte, J. L., and G. H. Horn. 1876. The Rhynchophora of America North of Mexico. Proc. American Philos. Soc. 15:i-xvi, 1-455. LeConte, J. L., and G. H. Horn. 1883. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 507:i-xxxvii, 1-567, illustrated. Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America North of Mex¬ ico. p. i-x, 1-470. John D. Sherman, Jr., Mount Vernon, New York. Marshall, G. A. K. 1921. On the Curculionidae of the Samoan Islands. Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 4(3):585-600. Marshall, G. A. K. 1931. Curculionidae. In: Insects of Samoa 4(5):249-346, Fig. 1-31. British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Marshall, G. A. K. 1953. On a collection of Curculionidae (Coleoptera) from Angola. Museo do Dundo. Publ. Cult. Cia Diamant 16:97-120, Fig. 1-3. Sleeper, E. L. 1954. New Rhynchophora II. Ohio Jour. Sci. 54(3): 180-186, Fig. 1-6. Voss, Eduard. 1947. Ueber Curculioniden, vorwiegend aus dem Gebeit der Anden. Rev. Ent. 18:45-64, Fig. 1-4. Wickham, H. F. 1896. Description of the larvae of some Heteromerous and Rhynchophorous beetles. Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 4:118-125, pi. 4 (misnumbered “5”). Zimmerman, E. C. 1964. Anchonus clurvi in southeastern Polynesia. Psyche 71:52-56, pi. 8, Fig. 1-12. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 143 A NEW SPECIES OF ACMAEODERA, WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES OF BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Josef N. Knull Professor Emeritus, Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210 Abstract A new species, Acmaeodera thoracata, is described from Texas with notes on Melanophila piniedulis Burke and Mastogenius crenulatus Knull. Acmaeodera thoracata Knull, new species Resembling a small A. tubulus (Fab.); entire insect on both surfaces and appendages dark brown, nearly black with shining bronzy luster; each elytron with an irregular line of 4 yellow spots starting behind humerus and ending about apical fifth. Head convex, coarsely punctured, a short white seta arising from each puncture; antennae not extending to middle of pronotum, serrate from the fifth segment, scape stout, second segment wider than third, slightly longer, third segment subequal to fourth, fifth to eleventh transverse, segments finely punctate. Pronotum about twice as wide as long, widest in front of middle, basal margin truncate, anterior margin sinuate, median lobe broad; disc con¬ vex, a transverse corrugated stripe at base, a pit in front of scutellar region and a deeper pit at base on either side, a slight median depression behind anterior margin; median area glabrous, punctures in middle well separated, those toward side margins larger and closer, a white seta arising from each puncture. Elytra convex, at base narrower than widest part of pronotum, sides sub¬ parallel behind base, expanded about middle, then broadly rounded to rounded apices, finely serrulate at tips, surface with transverse depression at base, umbone glabrous, striately punctured on basal half, punctures separated by less than their own width, oval, interspaces uniserrately finely punctate, apical half striate, punctures contiguous in striae, interspaces finely punctate, a short, white recumbent seta arising from each interspace puncture. Pros- ternal margin of thorax slightly retracted, truncate, proepisternum with large punctures, abdomen finely punctate, last sternite rounded, glabrous with punctures around edge, each puncture with a short recumbent white seta. Length 4.5 mm; width 1.6 mm. Type: sex undetermined, Texas, Starr County, 10-IV-1965, D. J. and J. N. Knull, in collection of author. At first I thought that this specimen was an abnormal A. tubulus, but there are so many ways in which it differs from that species. The body shape and the punctures of the pronotum are different. A. tubulus is wider behind middle, surface more densely punctured, side margins of elytra rather coarsely serrate from middle, and the last sternite more punctate. 144 KNULL: NEW ACMAEODERA & NOTES Notes Specimens of Melanophila piniedulis Burke were taken on dying pinon pine ( Pinus edulis Engelm.) 9-VI-1954, 15-VII-1955, in the Davis Mountains, Texas. Mastogenius crenulatus Knull (1934, Ohio Jour. Sci. 34(5):333). More specimens of this species are available, and I agree with Hespenheide (1973, Col. Bull. 27(4): 185) that it is a valid species. Specimens were taken from dead branches of: sugar maple (Acer saccharum Marsh.) 2-VI-1947 in Delaware County, Ohio; oak ( Quercus sp.), Greene County, Ohio, 25-V-1947, and in numbers from dead branches of willow (Salix) on the bank of the Rio Grande River in Hidalgo County, Texas, 30-III-1960. The numbers taken would in¬ dicate that willow is also a host plant. Specimens vary in size from 3.2 to 2 mm. Acmaeodera thoracata, new species, Length 4.5 mm., width 1.6 mm. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 145 A REVIEW OF THE ORYSSOMINI, A NEW TRIBE OF NEOTROPICAL COCCINELLIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Robert D. Gordon Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, USDA1 Abstract The genus Oryssomus Mulsant is removed from the Cranophorini and established as the type-genus of a new tribe, Oryssomini. Oryssomus lineatus, n. sp., Pseudoryssomus, n. gen., P. formosus, n. sp., P. pumilus, n. sp., and P. brevipilosus, n. sp., are described. Oryssomus melzeri Korschefsky is trans¬ ferred to Eupalea Mulsant. Mulsant (1850) described the genera Oryssomus and Cranophorus, placing them together in his “branch” Cranophoraires. Chapuis (1876), placed the same 2 genera in his Group VIII, “Cranophorites”. Broun (1886) described the genus Holopsis (New Zealand), stating that it belonged to the Cranophorites and should be placed between Oryssomus and Cranophorus. Weise (1895) described the genus Cassiculus (New Zealand) for Cranophorus venustus Pascoe, stating that it belonged near Cranophorus. Casey (1899) erected the tribe Cranophorini for the genera Nipus Casey (North America), Cranophorus (African), and Oryssomus (Neotropical). Brethes described the genera Cranoryssus (Chile, 1923) and Orynipus (Chile, 1925), placing them in the Cranophorini. All of the above genera were included in the Cranophorini by Korschefsky (1931) as well as the genus Cleidostethus Arrow. Blackwelder (1945) listed the Neotropical genera ( Cranoryssus , Orynipus and Oryssomus) as belonging to the Cranophorini. The genus Holopsis Broun was removed from the Coccinellidae and placed in the Corylophidae by Matthews (1899) but it was unaccountably included again in the Coccinellidae by Korschefsky (1931). Crowson (1955) again stated that Holopsis belonged in the Corylophidae. The genus Nipus was removed from the Cranophorini and placed in the Sticholotini by Gordon (1970). The remaining genera are a heterogenous assemblage of mostly unrelated elements which have been placed together only because they have the head concealed by the pronotum. Examination of antennae, mouthparts, and genitalia indicates that Orys¬ somus should be removed from the Cranophorini. The affinities of Oryssomus are with the Exoplectrini and Noviini and Oryssomus is here considered to form the type-genus of a new tribe, Oryssomini, to be placed near the Exoplectrini. Of the genera still remaining in the Cranophorini, it is likely that only the type-genus, Cranophorus, can be retained in that tribe. The remain¬ ing genera will probably have to be assigned to other existing tribes or placed in new tribes. The habitus views presented here were prepared by Miss Kate Conway, the line drawings by Miss Linda Heath. 'Mail address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. 146 GORDON: NEW TRIBE ORYSSOMINI Oryssomini Gordon, new tribe Form elongate; lateral margin of elytron and pronotum discontinuous. Dorsal surface pubescent. Pronotum completely covering head, anterior border rounded, not emarginate or truncate (Fig. 1). Head with anterior clypeal margin broadly, feebly emarginate, lateral angle bluntly rounded; antenna 10-segmented, inserted immediately before eye, basal segment greatly enlarged, club large, 3-segmented, inner margin of all club segments strongly produced (Fig. 6); terminal segment of maxillary palpus large, strongly securiform (Fig. 7); mandible with 2 strong apical teeth and 1 large, basal tooth (Fig. 8). Epipleuron flat, not notched for reception of femoral apices. Legs with tibiae simple or angulate externally (Figs. 9, 10); tarsus trimerus; tarsal claw strongly bifid. Abdomen with 5 visible sterna; postcoxal line complete as in Pullus or incomplete as in Scymnus (Fig. 11, 12); abdominal punctures (at least on first sternum) large, flat-bottomed, shallow (Fig. 11). Male genitalia simple, symmetrical; trabes usually as long as or longer than phallobase (Fig. 16); sipho not strongly curved anterior to base, usually with median loop, apex nearly membranous, unmodified (Fig. 18). Female geni¬ talia: spermatheca stout, bent, ramus present, nodulus well developed, cornu large, accessory gland small; infundibulum absent; bursa a long, simple sac; genital plates triangular, elongate or not, styli present (Fig. 14, 15). The head with emarginate clypeal margin, large, securiform maxillary palpus and large, robust antenna is of the type possessed by the Exoplectrini. The postcoxal line of the Pullus or Scymnus type and flattened, unnotched epipleuron are similar to the same structures in the Noviini. The tribe Orys¬ somini is apparently not closely related to any other group of genera and is provisionally placed near the Exoplectrini in the present classification. The occurrence of both modified and unmodified tibiae in a group of otherwise similar genera is unusual but a parallel situation exists in the Exoplectrini where Chnoodes has simple tibiae and Exoplectra has the tibiae angulate externally. Key to genera of Oryssomini Tibia slender, unmodified (Fig. 9) . Oryssomus Mulsant Tibia widened, flattened, angulate on external margin near base (Fig. 10) . Pseudoryssomus new genus Oryssomus Mulsant Oryssomus Mulsant, 1850:939; Crotch, 1874:292; Chapuis, 1876:217-218; Gorham, 1895:210. Casey, 1899:132. Korschefsky, 1931:176. Black- welder, 1945:446. Type-species, Oryssomus terminatus Mulsant, monobasic. Oryssomini with all tibiae simple, unmodified (Fig. 9). Postcoxal line complete. Female genitalia with genital plate not elongate, somewhat trian¬ gular (Fig. 14); spermatheca simple, curved, without nodulus (Fig. 14). THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 147 Fig. 1-5; habitus views: 1) O. subterminatus; 2) O. lineatus; 3) P. formosus; 4) P. pumilus; 5) P. brevipilosus. 148 GORDON: NEW TRIBE ORYSSOMINI Korschefsky (1935) described Oryssomus melzeri from Brasil. It is obvious from his figure on page 254 that this cannot be a member of Oryssomus. Examination of the Korschefsky collection in the USNM revealed that he had placed his paratype of melzeri under the genus Eupalea where it belongs. He apparently did not correct his error in the literature, but O. melzeri does belong in Eupalea and is a junior synonym of E. suffriani Mulsant (New Synonymy). With melzeri removed, there remain 2 described species in Oryssomus, subterminatus Mulsant (Colombia and Central America) and deyrollei Crotch (Brasil), and a third species is described below. There are 3 specimens of O. subterminatus in the Crotch Collection, University Museum, Cambridge, England, the first of these bearing the following labels is here designated lectotype: “Type, subterminatus Reiche/Type [blue paper]/ 836 FCC-1181”. The head and abdomen are missing from the specimen. There are 2 specimens representing 2 different species under the name Oryssomus deyrollei Crotch in the Crotch Collection. The first of these, bearing the following labels, is here considered to be the holotype: “Type [blue paper]/ Type, Deyrolli, Bras,/831, FCC-1176”. The abdomen is missing from the holotype. The second specimen is probably not type material as it does not match Crotch’s description at all and is tentatively determined to be Cranoryssus germaini (Crotch). Key to species of Oryssomus 1. Pronotum usually with an elongate, median, black spot ex¬ tending from base nearly to apex; elytron black with large, red spot on apical third (Fig. 1) . subterminatus Mulsant 1'. Dorsal color pattern not as described above 2 2. Elytron black with external margin entirely orange . deyrollei Crotch 2'. Elytron black, with external margin black, humeral area and diagonal stripe red (Fig. 2) . lineatus, n. sp. Oryssomus lineatus Gordon, new species (Fig. 2, 16-18) Holotype male: Length 4.32 mm, greatest width 3.00 mm. Form elongate, robust, widest posterior to middle of elytra, outline of pronotum and elytron strongly discontinuous. Ventral surface and head entirely brownish red; pronotum black except apical five-eighths yellow, yellow area nearly divided medially by apical extension of black area (Fig. 2); elytron black except humeral area broadly red, red area extending posteriorly in a broad, diagonal stripe to apical third of elytron (Fig. 2). Pronotum shining; punctures fine, separated by less than to twice their diameter; pubescence grayish white. Elytron shining; pubescence grayish white except reddish brown on black sutural stripe, mostly appressed but with some long, erect hairs. Abdomen densely punctured, becoming more so along lateral margin of all sterna and on apical 3 sterna; postcoxal line complete, evenly rounded, extending slightly beyond middle of first sternum. Genitalia simple; basal lobe equal in length to paramere, tapered from base to pointed apex, apex slightly bent downward in lateral view (Fig. 16, 17); sipho only slightly curved above basal piece, with 1 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 149 complete loop anterior to middle, apex almost membranous, unmodified (Fig. 18). Female: Similar to male in all external aspects. Variation: Length 3.72 to 4.70 mm, greatest width 2.68 to 3.21 mm. The width of the red stripe on the elytron may be slightly wider or narrower than on the holotype. Holotype: Male, USNM type no. 72831, from Bolivia, Santa Cruz Oct. 1954, G. Pinckert. Paratypes: Total 19, from Trinidad, summer 1958, R. R. Bideshi in USNM and CNC collections. As indicated in the key, color pattern alone is sufficient to distinguish lineatus from subterminatus or deyrollei. In addition, the male genitalia of lineatus are proportionately larger than those of subterminatus, and the basal lobe is tapered from base to apex in lineatus, almost parallel sided in basal three-fourths in subterminatus. The holotype of lineatus is from Bolivia, and all of the paratypes from Trinidad. There is no doubt that the specimen from Bolivia is correctly labeled, and so, while I have no reason to suspect that the Trinidad specimens are incorrectly labeled, the Bolivian specimen has been selected as the holo¬ type. Pseudoryssomus Gordon, new genus Oryssomini with all tibiae expanded, flattened, angulate on external mar¬ gin near base (Fig. 10). Postcoxal line complete or incomplete (Fig. 12, 13). Female genitalia with genital plate elongate (Fig. 15); spermatheca simple, curved, with well-developed nodulus (Fig. 15). The only apparent differences between Oryssomus and Pseudoryssomus are in the legs and female genitalia as indicated above. The legs are exactly of the type found in the genus Exoplectra. It is somewhat unusual in the Coc- cinellidae to have more than 1 type of postcoxal line in the same genus. P. formosus has the postcoxal line definitely incomplete as in Scymnus (Fig. 12) and the other 2 species have it complete as in Pullus (Fig. 13). I’ve not been able to detect any differences other than the postcoxal line and so have placed all 3 species in the same genus. Type-species, Pseudoryssomus formosus, new species. Key to species of Pseudoryssomus 1. 1'. 2. 2'. Length more than 4.00 mm.; elytron black with distinct, red lateral border (Fig. 3), postcoxal line incomplete (Fig. 12).... . . formosus, n. sp. Length less than 3.75 mm.; color of elytron not as described above. Postcoxal line complete (Fig. 13) . 2 Pubescence on elytron long with many erect hairs; Panama • . pumilus, n. sp. Pubescence on elytron short, no erect hairs visible; Vene- zue^a . brevipilosus, n.'sp. 150 GORDON: NEW TRIBE ORYSSOMINI (f! ' r/i" tO. , P ■> , h . M \ \ ' ' 1 ? A »\ A f r f ft Mm! 12 13 Fig. 6-14. 6) O. subterminatus, antenna; 7) O. subterminatus, maxillary palp; 8) O. subterminatus, mandible; 9) O. subterminatus, proleg; 10) P. formosus, proleg; 11) O. subterminatus, first abdominal sternum; 12) P. for- mosus, first abdominal sternum; 13) P. brevipilosus, first abdominal sternum; 14) O. subterminatus, female genitalia. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 151 Pseudorvssomus formosus Gordon, new species (Fig. 3, 12, 15, 19-21) Holotype male: Length 4.66 mm, width 3.77 mm. Form elongate, robust, widest at middle of elytra, outline of pronotum and elytron discontinuous. Ventral surface and head entirely yellowish red; pronotum red except oval, translucent, yellow area on each side of middle at apex, small, irregular black spot at base anterior to scutellum (Fig. 3); elytron black with a broad, red lateral border, lateral border slightly narrowed medially, strongly narrowed at apex, an obscure, narrow, dark-red sutural area on disc (Fig. 3). Pronotum shining, finely, densely punctured, punctures separated by less than to twice their diameter; pubescence a mixture of erect and appressed yellowish-white hairs. Elytron shining, punctures coarser than on pronotum, separated by less than to twice their diameter; pubescence a mixture of appressed, white hairs and erect yellowish-white hairs. Abdomen densely punctured, becoming more so along lateral margin of all sterna and on apical 3 sterna; postcoxal line widely incomplete, as in Scymnus (Fig. 12), extending beyond middle of first sternum. Genitalia simple; basal lobe slightly longer than paramere, lateral margin thickened and abruptly widened in apical half, apex bluntly pointed; paramere slightly curved in lateral view, nearly parallel-sided (Fig. 19, 20); sipho with 1 complete loop at middle, apex nearly membranous, unmodified (Fig. 21). Female: Similar to male in all external aspects; concealed 6th sternum with apical margin slightly sinuate on each side of middle; apex of sper- matheca tapered to blunt point (Fig. 15). Variation: Length 4.25 to 5.38 mm, width 3.08 to 4.00 mm. Two of the specimens in the type series are somewhat teneral, the areas that are normally red being yellow. Holotype: Male, USNM type no. 72832, from Costa Rica, Turrialba, 1946, R. Perez A. Paratypes: Total 7, in USNM and CNC collections, 4 with same data as holotype; 2 from Costa Rica, Turrialba, 5-VI-1951, 0. L. Cartwright; 1 from Guatemala, Alta V. Paz, Cacao Trece Aguas, 23-4. The color pattern, including the shape of the basal black spot on the pronotum, is completely uniform in the type series. There may be a tendency for the median black area of the elytron to extend outward toward the lateral margin, particularly if formosa should prove to be widespread in Central America and southern Mexico. Pseudoryssomus pumilus Gordon, new species (Fig. 4, 22) Holotype female: Length 3.58 mm, greatest width 2.52 mm. Form elongate, widest at middle of elytra, outline of pronotum and elytron strongly discon¬ tinuous. Ventral surface and head entirely brownish yellow; pronotum red¬ dish yellow except anterior border pale yellow, translucent, a large, oval, black spot present on posterior margin anterior to scutellum (Fig. 4); elytron black with 2 large, reddish-yellow, lateral spots narrowly connected along suture (Fig. 4). Pronotum shining, extremely finely, densely punctured, punctures separated by 1 to 2 times their diameter; pubescence mostly appressed with some erect hairs, yellowish white. Elytron shining, punctures fine, coarser 152 GORDON: NEW TRIBE ORYSSOMINI \ i ' 20 16 22 17 19 Fig. 15-23, genitalia: 15) P. formosa, female genitalia; 16-18) O. lineatus, male genitalia; 19-21) P .formosa, male genitalia; 22) P. pumilus, spermathecal capsule; 23) P. brevipilosus, spermathecal capsule. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 153 than on pronotum, separated by less than to twice their diameter; pubescence appressed or semi-erect, yellowish white. Abdomen with punctures fine, sparse at middle of first and second sterna, dense and coarser elsewhere; postcoxal line complete, as in Pul/us, extending slightly beyond middle of first sternum; 6th sternum entire, rounded on apical margin. Genitalia with apex of sper- matheca enlarged, bulbous (Fig. 22). Male: Not known. Holotype: Female, USNM type no. 72833, from Panama, Barro Colorado Isl., 1-9-V-1964, W. D. and S. S. Duckworth. Another female specimen from Barro Colorado in the USNM collection is probably conspecific. It is not regarded as a paratype because it is at variance with the type in the style of pubescence and type of postcoxal line. The small size, rounded 6th sternum, and bulbous spermathecal apex separate pumilus from formosus which is much larger, has the apical border of the 6th sternum sinuate on each side of the middle and has the spermathecal apex slender and pointed. Pseudoryssomus brevipilosus Gordon, new species (Fig. 5, 13, 23) Holotype female: Length 3.45 mm, greatest width 2.60 mm. Form elongate, widest across center of elytra, outline of pronotum and elytra strongly dis¬ continuous. Ventral surface and head brownish red; pronotum red except parabolic basal spot dark brown; elytron with lateral half red, median half dark brown, outer border of brown area irregular, projecting laterally at middle, an elongate sutural area obscurely paler, dark red (Fig. 5). Pronotum shining, finely densely punctured, punctures separated by less than to 3 times their diameter; pubescence extremely short, appressed, yellowish white. Ely¬ tron shining, punctures slightly coarser than on pronotum, separated by less than to twice their diameter; pubescence short, a mixture of appressed and semierect hairs. Abdomen densely, evenly punctured, punctures coarser on basal sterna, becoming finer on apical sterna; postcoxal line complete (Fig. 13), extending well beyond middle of first sternum. Genitalia with apex of spermatheca broadly rounded, apical fourth slightly bulbous (Fig. 23). Male: Not known. Holotype: Female, USNM, type no. 72834, from Venezuela, Exp. Territ. Amazonas, Mt. Marahuaca, N. Slopes, Benitez Camp, 1-25-V-1950. The short dorsal pubescence which has no erect hairs will separate brevipilosus from pumilus which has long pubescence with some distinctly erect hairs. The spermatheca is relatively slender and elongate in brevipilosus, short and robust in pumilus. References Blackwelder, R. E. 1945. Checklist of the Coleopterous Insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America, Part 3. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 185:1-188. Br£thes, J. 1923. Catalogue synonymique des Coccinellides du Chili. Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat. 25:453-456. 154 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 Br£thes, J. 1925. Sur une collection de Coccinellides (et un Phalacridae) du British Museum. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires 1923-25 (1925) 33:145-175. Broun, T. 1886. Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera, Part 3. pp. 813-815. Wellington. . . XT v , Casey T. L. 1899. A revision of the American Coccinellidae. Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 7:71-169. , ... , Chapuis, F. 1876. Famille des phytophages des erotyliens des endomychides et des coccinellides. Vol. 12, p. 1-424 in J. T. Lacordaire, Histoire naturelle des insectes. Genera des coleopteres. Crotch, G. R. 1874. A revision of the Coleopterous family Coccinellidae. 311 p. London. . Crowson, R. A. 1955. The Natural Classification of the families of Coleoptera. 187 p. London. Gordon, R. D. 1970. A review of the genus Nipus Casey (Coleoptera: Coc¬ cinellidae). Coleopt. Bull. 24:71-75. Gorham, H. S. 1895. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Coc- ciAellidae 7:209-216. ^ ^ . .... _ Korschefsky, R. 1931. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars 118, Coccinellidae 1. Volume 16, p. 1-224. „ Korschefsky, R. 1935. Neue Coccinelliden aus Afnka, Brasilien und For¬ mosa (14. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Coccinelliden) Arb. Morph. Tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem 2:252-256. . Matthews, A. 1899. A monograph of the Coleopterous families Corylophidae and Sphaeriidae. 220 p. London. Mulsant, E. 1850. Species de coleopteres trimeres securipalpes. Ann. bci. Phys. Nat., Lyon 2(2):1-1104. Weise, J. 1895. Neue Coccinelliden, sowie bemerkungen zu bekannten Arten. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique 39:120-146. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 155 A NEW SPECIES OF OXYPORUS (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) FROM MEXICO WITH COMMENTS ON OXYPORUS ELEGANS LECONTE J. M. Campbell Biosystematics Research Institute, Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario Abstract A new species, Oxyporus lawrencei, is described from the Distrito Federal Mexico. Oxyporus elegans Leconte is considered a valid species, distinct from U. jemoralis Gravenhorst based on a study of the male genitalia. A new species of Oxyporus from Mexico and a series of specimens of O elegans Leconte were recently submitted to me for study. I would like to thank Dr. John Lawrence and Mr. Jim Neal for the opportunity to examine this material. Oxyporus (Oxyporus) lawrencei Campbell, new species (Fig. 1-3) With the characters of the subgenus Oxyporus. Length 6.5-6.6 mm. Orange, with head, prothorax, outer apical angles of elytra, procoxae, and mesepister- na black. Surface of head and pronotum very finely granulate, shining; ab¬ domen more coarsely and distinctly granulate, subopaque. Male: Head transverse; width of head (including eyes) only slightly greater than width of pronotum; temples rounded, width across temples slightly narrower than maximum distance between outer margins of eyes; length of temples 1.25 times greater than length of eye. Mandibles moderate in size, distinctly shorter than length of head; inner edges finely serrate near bases, evenly curved to acute apices. Labrum narrowly emarginate in middle of anterior margin; impressed along midline. Clypeus with anterior margin slightly concave medially. Frons with a narrow, transverse impression between bases of antennae, with a shallow impression between antennal bases and midline. Pronotum slightly transverse (ratio l/w = 13/17); sides rounded, widest at anterior fourth, distinctly narrowed to both base and apex. Ultimate and apical half of penultimate abdominal sternites sparsely covered with long setae; remaining sternites with long setae sparsely placed near posterior mar¬ gins. Tarsi filiform, lacking fine setae ventrally. Genitalia (Fig. 1, 2) with median lobe broad, apex broadly rounded; parameres each with a very fine, short seta on apex; internal sac (Fig. 3) as illustrated. Female: Unknown. Types: Holotype, male, with labels as follows: Eslava, Mex. Aug. 30, 98/ Collection of Frederick Allen Eddy/HoLOTYPE male, Oxyporus lawrencei, J. M. Campbell, 1974. The specimen is deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts (MCZ Tvpe No 32207). ^ 156 CAMPBELL: NEW OXYPORUS & NOTES Fig. 1-3: Male genitalia of Oxyporus lawrencei ; 1 ) ventral; 2) lateral; and 3) internal sac. Fig. 4-6: Male genitalia of Oxyporus elegans ; 4) ventral; 5) lateral; and 6) internal sac. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 157 One male paratype with the same data is deposited in the Canadian Na¬ tional Collection (CNC No. 13337). Remarks: Eslava, Mexico was not located by Selander and Vaurie ( 1962), but is specified in the Biologia Centrali-Americana as being in the Distrito Federal at an elevation of 8000 feet. Oxyporus lawrencei keys to couplet 17 of my key to the New World Oxypormae (Campbell 1969). This key should be changed as follows to include this new species. 17. Abdomen orange, completely lacking black markings . A , j . ; , . ; . lawrencei new species Abdomen with at least fourth visible segment black . 18 18. Abdomen with third, fourth, and anterior half of fifth vis¬ ible segments black; head and pronotum black or black with irregular red areas, Costa Rica and Panama . bierigi Campbell Abdomen with only fourth segment black; head and pro¬ notum pale, Mexico . flohri Sharp Oxyporus lawrencei may be readily distinguished from all other Mexican Oxyporus by its entirely orange abdomen, by the reduced black markings on the elytra, and by the more granulate surface of the body. The male genitalia are similar to those of mexicanus Fauvel, but differ in the shape of the internal sac (Fig. 3). This species should be placed between mexicanus and guerreroanus Bernhauer (see Campbell 1969). This species is named in honor of Dr. J. F. Lawrence, Museum of Com¬ parative Zoology, Harvard University. Oxyporus (Oxyporus) elegans Leconte (Fig. 4-6) In my revision of Oxyporus (1969:243) I remarked that this species was probably a color variety or subspecies of femoralis Gravenhorst. I have recently received a series of 22 specimens of this species from Mr. Jim Neal of Stephen F. Austin State University, Nacogdoches, Texas. They were collected from the following localities in eastern Texas: Nacogdoches Co., Stephen F. Austin Experimental Forest; 22-IV-72; Sabine Co., Pineland, 23-X-71. [Canadian National Collection and collection of Mr. Neal]. Further study of this series of specimens, including a study of the male genitalia, indicates that elegans is a valid species and is distinct from femoralis. In addition to the differences in coloration (see Campbell 1969:242), elegans may be distinguished from femoralis by the flatter median lobe of the male genitalia, the apex of which is more broadly rounded (Fig. 4, 5), and by the different shape of the internal sac (Fig. 6). Oxyporus elegans was recorded from the following mushroom hosts by Mr. Neal (personal communication): Lentinus lepideus and Pluteus sp. Specimens were collected in both the spring (April) and the fall (October) of the year. Literature Cited Campbell, J. M. 1969. A revision of the New World Oxyporinae (Coleoptera- Staphylinidae). Can. Ent. 101:225-268. Selander, R. B., and P. Vaurie. 1962. A gazetteer to accompany the “In- secta” volumes of the “Biologia Centrali-Americana”. Amer. Mus. Novitates 2099:1-70. 158 THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION FOR TACHINOMORPHUS GRANDIS (SOLSKY) (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) J. M. Campbell Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa During a recent study of the genus Tachinomorphus of North and Central America, I was unable to locate any syntypes of Tachinomorphus grandis (Solsky). In the published revision (Campbell 1973), I stated that the types were probably in the collection of the Zoologischeskij Institut, Akademiya Nauk, Leningrad, USSR. , Subsequently Mr. Hans Silfverberg informed me that Solsky s type material for this species was located in the Zoological Museum of Helsinki, Finland. I would like to express my appreciation to Mr. Silfverberg for this information and for making them available for study. The type series consists of 2 specimens, 1 male and 1 female each with the following labels: Mexico/Solsky/Mus. Zool. H:fors, Spec. typ. No. 2220, Tachinomorphus grandis Sol./Mus. Zool. Helsinki Loan No. CA35. The female bears an additional label: Tachinus grandis mihi male, female Me- xique. I hereby designate the male as lectotype and the female as allolectotype of Coproporus grandis Solsky (now Tachinomorphus grandis). I have added a red type label to each of the specimens confirming this designation and returned them to the Zoological Museum in Helsinki. Solsky (1868) recorded the species from Mexico, “. . . et probablement de 1 Etat d Oaxaca . The occurrence of the species in the state of Oaxaca has been confirmed by sub¬ sequent collecting (Campbell 1973). The lectotype and allolectotype are both representatives of the same species I referred to as T. grandis in my revision, thus no change in the usage of the name grandis is required. References Cited Campbell, J. M. 1973. A revision of the genus Tachinomorphus (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) of North and Central America. Can. Ent. 105:1015-1034. Solsky, S. 1868. Etudes sur les Staphylinides du Mexique. Horae Socie- tatis Entomolog. Rossicae 5:119-144. THE COLEOPTERISTS BULLETIN 28(3), 1974 159 LARVAE OF BOTH ROTES PLUMBEUS AND LOBOMETOPON FUSIFORME (COLEOPTERA: TENTYRIIDAE: EPITRAGINI) John T. Doyen Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley 94720 Abstract Larvae of the tribe Epitragini are characterized by a slender, elongate body, enlarged forelegs and prothoracic sternellum, transversely ridged labrum armed with stout, blunt setae, and the presence of a tuft of stout, blunt setae set in a membranous basal patch on the dorsolateral surface of each mandible. These features are similar to those of known tentyriid larvae, es¬ pecially members of the tribe Tentyriini. Characteristics of larval Tentyriidae ( = Tentyriinae, Tenebrionidae of authors; see Doyen, 1972) are based on relatively few taxa, mostly from Eurasia and Africa. Among North American species, the only larvae as¬ sociated with adults include 2 species of Asidini (Philo litha and Stenomorpha : Brown, 1973) and 2 species of Coniontini ( Coniontis and Coelus : Marcuzzi and Rampazzo, 1960). Keleynikova (1971) described the larva of Colposphena karelinh (Menetries) from Turkmenia. Until now, this has been the only larva ascribed to the tribe Epitragini. The present paper describes larvae of 2 North American members of the Epitragini, Bothrotes plumbeus (LeConte) and Lohometopon fusiforme Casey. The Epitragini occur in tropical and warm temperate regions throughout the world, except Australia. Most species are diurnally active fliers, commonly occurring on flowering herbs and shrubs. Pollen and flowers are probably the normal food of adults. Traditionally the Epitragini have been considered distinct from the Tentyriini (Horn 1870; Casey 1907; Freude 1967-68), which includes apterous, geophilous species. Koch (1950; 1955:19; 1960:33) compared apterous South African Epitragini with typical Tentyriini, concluding that the tribes were not distinct. His reasoning was based primarily on the genus Derosphaerius, where a gradual transition from fully winged to completely apterous species bridges the morphological gap between the 2 tribes. Apterous species of Derosphaerius also show strong development of supraorbital structures, dilation of the intercoxal process of the first visible abdominal sternite, and reduction of the precoxal grooves on the metasternum, characters frequently used to distinguish the Tentyriini from the Epitragini. Conversely, some Madagascan members of the Tentyriini have retained the precoxal grooves, though flightless (Koch, 1960). The evidence presented below indicates a high degree of similarity among larvae of the 2 tribes, supporting Koch’s taxonomic conclusions. Larvae described below were obtained by confining adult beetles in plastic utility boxes containing oviposition medium of mixed sand and oak leaf litter 'Placed in the Tentyriini by Freude (1967). 160 DOYEN: LARVAE OF BOTH ROTES & LOBOMETOPON to a depth of about 5 cm. Further details of rearing were similar to those described by me earlier (1973). Larvae were preserved in Kahle’s solution and later transferred to 70% ethyl alcohol. No attempt was made to determine the amount of time spent in the various instars, which probably varies considera¬ bly under either natural or laboratory conditions, depending on the availability of food and water. Descriptive terminology follows that of Spil- man (1963). Tribe Epitragini Body elongate, slender, weakly moniliform (Fig. 1), slightly flattened ven- trally; cuticle weakly sclerotized except for frontoclypeal suture, mandibles, hypopharynx and claws; cranium, pronotum and prosternellum with lateral portions densely set with long, fine setae. Head prognathous (Fig. 2), dorsoventrally flattened, sometimes with 2 pigment spots (uocelli ”) at base of each antenna; labrum and clypeus trans¬ verse, labrum with transverse, prominently raised ridge bearing row of stout blunt setae and with incomplete row of stout, blunt setae along anterior margin (Fig. 3, 9); mandibles with basal membranous patch on dorsolateral surface set with stout, blunt setae (Fig. 4, 10); right mandible bidentate, left weakly tridentate (Fig. 6, 10), molar surfaces simple, flattened; maxillae with fused mala and stipes, indistinctly 2 segmented cardo; mala with median row of stout spines (Fig. 7); submentum and gula fused; labium with mentum trapezoidal, ligula a short, median protuberance with 2 apical setae near midline (Fig. 6, 12); antennae with second segment about 1.5 times length of first; third segment peglike, with few apical setae (Fig. 3, 13). Prothorax slightly longer than mesothorax and metathorax (Both? otes and Lobometopon) or subequal ( Colposphena ); sternum broad, trapezoidal, lateral margins converging posteriorly; sternellum quadrispherical, enclosing coxal cavities laterally and posteriorly (Fig. 6); epipleura partially enclosing sternellum posteriorly, indistinctly separated from notum and pre-epipleura. Mesothorax and metathorax shorter than prothorax; sternum and sternellum indistinctly separated laterally, delimited by epipleural fold. Mesothoracic spiracles large, elliptical, set on preepipleura, partly concealed by sternum. Metathoracic spiracles small, set on preepipleura. Prothoracic legs enlarged, approximately 1.6 times length and girdth of mesothoracic and metathoracic legs; coxae globular, contiguous mesally, oriented anteroventrally on pro¬